EP1765313A2 - Compounds for immunopotentiation - Google Patents

Compounds for immunopotentiation

Info

Publication number
EP1765313A2
EP1765313A2 EP05791104A EP05791104A EP1765313A2 EP 1765313 A2 EP1765313 A2 EP 1765313A2 EP 05791104 A EP05791104 A EP 05791104A EP 05791104 A EP05791104 A EP 05791104A EP 1765313 A2 EP1765313 A2 EP 1765313A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
alkyl
antigens
compound
aryl
heterocyclyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP05791104A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Nicholas M/S R338 VALIANTE
Feng M/S R338 XU
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics Inc
Original Assignee
Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics Inc filed Critical Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics Inc
Priority to EP10179748A priority Critical patent/EP2277595A3/en
Publication of EP1765313A2 publication Critical patent/EP1765313A2/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/52—Purines, e.g. adenine
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7068—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines having oxo groups directly attached to the pyrimidine ring, e.g. cytidine, cytidylic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7042—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/7052—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides
    • A61K31/706—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/7064—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines
    • A61K31/7076—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid
    • A61K31/708—Compounds having saccharide radicals and heterocyclic rings having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. nucleosides, nucleotides containing six-membered rings with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom containing condensed or non-condensed pyrimidines containing purines, e.g. adenosine, adenylic acid having oxo groups directly attached to the purine ring system, e.g. guanosine, guanylic acid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • A61P31/22—Antivirals for DNA viruses for herpes viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • This invention pertains generally to compounds capable of stimulating or modulating an immune response in a subject.
  • the compounds are 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones, staurosporine analogs, derivatized pyridazines, cliromen-4-ones, indolinones, quinazolines, nucleoside analogs, or other small molecules as described herein.
  • the invention provides novel combinations of antigens with immune potentiators that may be used in vaccine therapies.
  • the compounds in one embodiment can be used as immunotherapeutics for proliferative diseases, infectious diseases, autoimmune diseases and/or allergies/asthma.
  • the maximum tolerated doses (MTDs) necessary for treatment efficacy may result in undesirable side effects and even weaken the immune response in the patient. Such side effects may require cessation of treatment.
  • MTDs maximum tolerated doses
  • the dual action of inhibiting bcr-abl, while stimulating an immune response likely contributes to its efficacy and tolerability, particularly because NK cells, which are stimulated by administration of Gleevec®, independently play a role in tumor recession. This synergistic approach to cancer regression is extremely effective.
  • cytotoxics that suppress the immune system may independently contribute to the disease state since they may inhibit separate pathways that are involved in recovery.
  • Another advantage to immune potentiation is that it provides a platfo ⁇ n less easily bypassed by resistance mutations.
  • therapeutic targets are so polarized and specific (which may be necessary in order to avoid targeting host cells), such as a particular substrate in a viral replicon or a kinase in a cancer cell line
  • a single point mutation in the disease state may render it unaffected by a drug resulting in even harsher strains of the disease in future generations.
  • Novel methods and mechanisms for treating patients having diseases resistant to, or inadequately treated by, conventional approaches utilizing agents targeting specific immune response mechanisms in the body is needed.
  • Substances that stimulate immune cells in vitro exhibit similar immuno- stimulatory effects in vivo.
  • cytokines such as recombinant cytokines, pathogen products (e.g. toxins, lipids, proteins/peptides, carbohydrates and nucleic acids) and other mammalian-derived immunostimulatory molecules (e.g. heat shock proteins, immune complexes and proteoglycans) all induce a measurable pro ⁇ inflammatory response both in vitro and in vivo.
  • pathogen products e.g. toxins, lipids, proteins/peptides, carbohydrates and nucleic acids
  • immunostimulatory molecules e.g. heat shock proteins, immune complexes and proteoglycans
  • the classic adjuvants have been Freund's complete or incomplete (i.e., without mycobacteria) adjuvants.
  • Edmund Coley described the potential of Coley's toxin for cancer immuno-therapy.
  • Other materials such as mineral oil and aluminum hydroxide, have also been used as adjuvants, but they invariably suffer from disadvantages.
  • mineral oil is known to produce tissue irritation and to be potentially oncogenic.
  • Alum the only approved adjuvant in the United States, also induces granulomas at the inoculation site and furthermore it does not effectively induce cell-mediated immunity.
  • many of the adjuvants currently available have limited utility because they contain components that are not metabolizable in humans.
  • cytotoxic drugs are typically only effective against cancers with rapid growth rates, limiting their applicability and effective patient populations.
  • Compounding the problem of toxicity and weakened immune response is the potential for an increased fraction of treatment resistant carcinogenic cells as therapy progresses. In order for treatment to be successful (beyond palliative therapy), it is necessary that all of the cancer cells be eliminated from the patient. Where the drug is so selective in its targeted mechanism of action, the likelihood of drug resistance increases since cancer cell survival depends solely on modifying a single targeted point in the cellular machinery.
  • Drug regimens have been designed to kill as many tumor cells as possible by treating with "maximum tolerated doses" (MTDs) of these cytotoxic agents.
  • MTDs maximum tolerated doses
  • a conventional dosing schedule calls for episodic application of a cytotoxic drug at or near the MTD, followed by periods of rest to allow normal tissues to recover.
  • Many such chemotherapy regimens are initially efficacious, resulting in tumor regression, but eventually lead relapses often marked by aggressive cancers that are resistant to the cytotoxic drug.
  • an altered regimen with multiple mechanisms of action, functioning at doses low enough to avoid toxicity, while stimulating an immune response would be beneficial.
  • Such a regimen could be used in patients with both rapidly growing tumor cell lines as well as those with low growth rates and/or those in remission to prevent a relapse, since toxicities would be low and immune system functionality would be enhanced as opposed to being suppressed.
  • the current invention also seeks to provide individual therapeutic and prophylactic agents for treatment of disease states characterized by other immune deficiencies or abnormalities, including autoimmune diseases responsive to compounds with the capacity to modulate cytokines and/or TNF-a, such as multiple sclerosis and Crohn's disease.
  • SMIPs small molecule immune potentiators
  • the small molecule platform provides diverse compounds for the selective manipulation of the immune response, necessary for increasing the therapeutic index immune modulators.
  • novel compounds with a varied capacity to alter levels and/or profiles of cytokine production in human immune cells Compounds with structural disparities will often times elicit a desired response through a different mechanism of action, or with greater specificity to a target, such as a dendritic cell, modulating potency and lowering side effects when administered to a patient.
  • a target such as a dendritic cell, modulating potency and lowering side effects when administered to a patient.
  • novel sole acting agents with a varied capacity to alter levels and/or profiles of cytokine production in human immune cells.
  • chemotherapies may be offered that combine increasing efficiency with a large reduction of side effects and therapeutic doses.
  • the therapeutic efficiency of known cytostatic drugs is increased.
  • certain cell lines that are insensitive to chemotherapeutic treatment may become susceptible to chemotherapy by applying the combination of active substances.
  • the current invention also seeks to provide individual therapeutic and prophylactic agents for treatment of disease states characterized by other immune deficiencies, abnormalities, or infections including autoimmune diseases and viral and bacterial infections responsive to compounds with the capacity to modulate cytokines and/or TNF-a, such as multiple sclerosis, Crohn's disease, HIV, HSV, and HCV, among others.
  • Therapeutics that could serve to augment natural host defenses against viral infections with reduced toxicity would be very beneficial.
  • the present invention provides such therapeutic agents, and further provides other related advantages.
  • the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-diones in combination with antigens or other agents.
  • the invention further provides 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5- diones as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems.
  • 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state.
  • the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product.
  • the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth.
  • other therapies e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens
  • the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g.
  • chemotherapeutic agents mAbs or other immune potentiators.
  • certain 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole- 2,5-diones with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL- 12, TNF or IFN 's) could be useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae.
  • Type 1 cytokines e.g. IL- 12, TNF or IFN 's
  • the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection.
  • the 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer.
  • the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole- 2,5-dione compounds may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses.
  • methods of treating cancer are provided wherein known anticancer agents are combined with 3,4- di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject.
  • a method of inhibiting tumor cell growth comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually.
  • the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering indolinones in combination with antigens or other agents.
  • the invention further provides indolinones as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides indolinones for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems.
  • indolinones surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state.
  • the indolinone compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product.
  • the indolinone compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth.
  • the indolinone compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators).
  • indolinones with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN's) could be useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae.
  • the indolinone compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection.
  • the indolinone compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer.
  • the indolinone compounds may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses.
  • methods of treating cancer comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one indolinone and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually.
  • Preferred SMIPs of the second aspect of the present invention include indolinone compositions, specifically N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-((5-fluoro-2- oxoindolin-3-ylidene)methyl)-2,4-dimethyl-lH-pyrrole-3-carboxamide; 3-((3,5- dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)indolin-2-one; 3-(2,4-dimethyl-5-((2-oxoindolin- 3-ylidene)methyl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)propanoic acid; and 3-(3,5-dibromo-4- hydroxybenzylidene) -5 -iodoindolin-2-one .
  • the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering chromen-4-ones in combination with antigens or other agents.
  • the third aspect of the invention further provides chromen-4-ones as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides chromen-4-ones for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems.
  • chromen-4-ones surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state.
  • the chromen-4-one compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product.
  • the chromen-4-one compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth.
  • chromen-4-one compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators).
  • chemotherapeutic agents e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators.
  • certain chromen-4-ones with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN' s
  • Type 1 cytokines e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN' s
  • the chromen-4-one compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection.
  • the chromen-4-one compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer.
  • the chromen-4-one compounds may also be used in anti- Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses.
  • methods of treating cancer wherein known anticancer agents are combined with chromen-4-one compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject.
  • a method of inhibiting tumor cell growth comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one chromen-4-one and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually.
  • Preferred SMIPs of the third aspect of the present invention include chromen- 4-one compositions, specifically 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-8-(3- hydroxy-l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)chromen-4-one; 5,7-dihydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)- 4H-chromen-4-one; and 2,3 -dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-2-(3 ,A- dimethoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one.
  • the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering derivatized pyridazines in combination with antigens or other agents.
  • the invention further provides derivatized pyridazines as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma.
  • the invention provides derivatized pyridazines for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems.
  • derivatized pyridazines surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state.
  • the derivatized pyridazine compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product.
  • the derivatized pyridazine compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g.
  • the derivatized pyridazine compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, niAbs or other immune potentiators).
  • certain derivatized pyridazines with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines e.g.
  • the derivatized pyridazine compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection.
  • the derivatized pyridazine compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer.
  • the derivatized pyridazine compounds may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses.
  • methods of treating cancer comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one derivatized pyridazine and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually.
  • Preferred SMIPs of the fourth aspect of the present invention include derivatized pyridazine compositions, specifically l-(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine.
  • Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the fourth aspect of the instant invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, 60/582,654, US 6,258,812 and 10/748,071 which are incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein.
  • the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering staurosporine analogs in combination with antigens or other agents.
  • the fifth aspect of the invention further provides staurosporine analogs as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides staurosporine analogs for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems. For the treatment of cancer at lowered doses, staurosporine analogs surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state. [0052] As adjuvants, the staurosporine analog compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product. [0053] As immuno-therapeutics, the staurosporine analog compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g.
  • the staurosporine analogs also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, niAbs or other immune potentiators).
  • certain staurosporine analogs with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines e.g. IL- 12, TNF or IFN 's
  • Type 1 cytokines e.g. IL- 12, TNF or IFN 's
  • the staurosporine analog compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection.
  • the staurosporine analog compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer.
  • the staurosporine analog compounds may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses.
  • methods of treating cancer wherein known anticancer agents are combined with staurosporine analog compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject.
  • a method of inhibiting tumor cell growth comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one staurosporine analog and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually.
  • Preferred SMIPs of the fifth aspect of the present invention include staurosporine analog compositions, specifically 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3- gh ⁇ ' ⁇ U'-Mpyrrolop ⁇ fl ⁇ benzodiazonin-l-one, 2,3,10,11,12,13-hexahydro- 11,12-dihydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl; 9,13 -Epoxy- 1 H,9H-diindolo[ 1 ,2,3-gh: 3 ⁇ 2 ⁇ Y- lm]pyrrolo[3 ,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin-l -one, 2,3 , 10, 11 , 12, 13-hexahydro- 10-methoxy- 9-methyl-ll-(methylamino); 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3-gh:3',2',r-
  • the instant invention provides novel immune potentiators, immunogenic compositions, and novel methods of administering a vaccine, by administering nucleoside analogs alone or in combination with antigens/other agents.
  • the sixth aspect of the invention further provides compositions, novel compounds and pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of infectious diseases.
  • the nucleoside analogs used in the methods and compositions of the sixth aspect of the invention are inexpensive to produce and easy to administer.
  • the nucleoside analogs are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product.
  • the nucleoside analogs are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as Kaposi's sarcoma, anogenital warts, HIV, HCV, SARS, HBV, HPV, HSV, and H. pylori.
  • nucleoside analogs of the present invention target substrates in the virus or disease state, such as, for example proteases, replicases, DNA polymerase, and/or RNA polymerase.
  • substrates in the virus or disease state such as, for example proteases, replicases, DNA polymerase, and/or RNA polymerase.
  • nucleoside analogs with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN's
  • Type 1 cytokines e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN's
  • the nucleoside analogs may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection.
  • the nucleoside analogs may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer.
  • the nucleoside analogs may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses.
  • the present invention immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine, by administering fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD- 6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-Ol, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate in combination with antigens or other agents.
  • the seventh aspect of the invention further provides one of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate as a pharmaceutical composition, for use in the treatment of diseases associated or complicated with immune suppression, such as cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma.
  • diseases associated or complicated with immune suppression such as cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma.
  • the SMIP compounds namely fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN- 518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate) are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to fo ⁇ n a final vaccine product.
  • the SMIP compounds namely fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R
  • the SMIP compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of autoimmune diseases, chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth.
  • therapies e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens
  • autoimmune diseases e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens
  • chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori
  • medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens
  • one embodiment of the seventh aspect of the invention provides administering a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-Ol, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate to treat one of the following diseases: bacterial diseases autoimmune-, allergic- and viral-diseases, disturbances caused by the incidence of mental diseases, central nervous system depressants, habitual alcohols, and disorders of the respiratory system
  • the SMIP compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators).
  • chemotherapeutic agents e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators.
  • IL-12, TNF or IFN's are useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae.
  • methods of treating cancer comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one SMIP and a Mab or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said Mab or antigen is administered individually.
  • Preferable SMIPs of the seventh aspect of the present invention include fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate compositions as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: US 4,323,581, US 6,258,812, WO 98/35958, WO 01/60814, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, US 5,883,113, WO 99
  • preferred compounds of the seventh aspect include those encompassed by Formula I in the aforementioned references.
  • Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the seventh aspect of the instant invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, and 10/748,071.
  • Further embodiments of the several aspects of the invention include those described in the detailed description.
  • the "method of modulating an immune response in a patient comprising administering a compound" of a particular formula, such as formula (I) can be replaced with: "use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament for modulating an immune response in a patient.”
  • the compounds are used in the manufacture of a medicament for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer.
  • the compounds are used in the manufacture of a medicament for use as an adjuvant.
  • Preferred compounds of the present invention include those having a particular formula as described in the aspects of the invention.
  • Other embodiments provide the use of a compound of formula (I) and another agent for simultaneous separate or sequential administration.
  • the other agent is an antigen.
  • the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient.
  • the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer.
  • the use is as an adjuvant.
  • Other embodiments provide a pharmaceutical preparation or system, comprising (a) a first pharmaceutical agent, which comprises a compound of formula (I); and (b) a second pharmaceutical agent, wherein said first and second agents are either in admixture or are separate compositions.
  • the second agent is an antigen. More specifically, the agents are for simultaneous separate or sequential administration.
  • the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient.
  • kits comprising (a) a first pharmaceutical agent, which comprises a SMIP of formula I-L; and (b) a second pharmaceutical agent.
  • the second agent is an antigen.
  • the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient.
  • the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer.
  • the use is as an adjuvant.
  • Another embodiment provides the use of a compound of formula (I) and another agent in the manufacture of a combination medicament.
  • the other agent is an antigen.
  • the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient.
  • the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer.
  • the use is as an adjuvant.
  • Another embodiment provides the use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is co-administered with another agent.
  • the second agent is an antigen.
  • the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient.
  • the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer.
  • the use is as an adjuvant.
  • Another embodiment provides the use of an antigen in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is co-administered with a compound of formula (I).
  • the two agents are preferably administered within 4 hours of each other.
  • Another embodiment provides the use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is for administration to a patient who has been pre-treated with another agent.
  • the second agent is an antigen.
  • the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient.
  • the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer.
  • the use is as an adjuvant.
  • Another embodiment provides the use of an antigen in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is for administration to a patient who has been pre-treated with a compound of formula (I).
  • the pre-treatment may be recent (e.g. within the 24 hours preceding administration of said medicament), intermediate (e.g. more than 24 hours previous, but no longer than 4 weeks), more distant (e.g. at least 4 weeks previous), or very distant (e.g. at least 6 months previous), with these time periods referring to the most recent pre treatment dose.
  • the patient may be refractory to treatment by the pharmaceutical agent that was administered in the pre- treatment.
  • the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient.
  • the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer.
  • the use is as an adjuvant.
  • Another embodiment provides, the use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is for administration to a patient who has a tumor or infection that is resistant to treatment with another agent.
  • One embodiment of the first aspect invention includes a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound of fo ⁇ nula I: I wherein, Ri and R 2 are each independently H, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -C(O)R 0 , or heterocyclyl; or Ri and R 2 are taken together to form a bridge in subformula Ia:
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NR a R b , -C(O)R c , -S(O) p R d , or heterocyclyl;
  • R 5 is H or alkyl;
  • R 6 is H, -OH, -NH 2 , halogen, or alkyl;
  • R 7 is H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NR a R b , -C(O)R 0 , -S(O) p R d , or heterocyclyl;
  • R 5 is H.
  • R 3 and R 4 are both H.
  • Ri is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl
  • R 2 is heterocyclyl.
  • R 2 is defined as in subformula R 2a : the binding being achieved at the bond crossed with a -TM ⁇ ; Z is N, O, S, or CH, provided that when Z is O or S, w is 0 and R 8 is absent; R 8 is absent, aryl or heterocyclyl; v is 0, 1, or 2; and w is 0, 1, or 2.
  • Z is N.
  • w and v are both 1.
  • R 8 is pyridyl.
  • Rj and R 2 are taken together to form a bridge in subformula Ia:
  • R 6 is H.
  • n is 1.
  • X is O.
  • R 7 is -CH 2 -NH(alkyl), -CH 2 - NH 2 , -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 , -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH(alkyl), -CH 2 -CH 2 -N(alkyl) 2 or -CH 2 - N(alkyl) 2 .
  • alkyl with R 7 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl.
  • X is -CH 2 -.
  • R 7 is -CH 2 -NH(alkyl), -CH 2 - NH 2 , -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH 2 , -CH 2 -CH 2 -NH(alkyl), -CH 2 -CH 2 -N(alkyl) 2 or -CH 2 -N(alkyl) 2 .
  • alkyl with R 7 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl.
  • said modulating is inducing.
  • said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors.
  • said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject.
  • said subject is in remission from cancer.
  • said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
  • said compound is administered metronomically.
  • the subject is not suffering from cancer.
  • said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-ce levels.
  • said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis or Crohn's disease.
  • said subject is suffering from a viral infection.
  • said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV.
  • said subject is suffering from allergies.
  • said subject is suffering from asthma.
  • precancerous lesions such as actinic keratosis, atypical or dysplastic nevi, or premalignant lentigos.
  • the subject is suffering from a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation, such as, neuro-f ⁇ bromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock.
  • a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation such as, neuro-f ⁇ bromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock.
  • PDR proliferative diabetic retinopathy
  • Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition containing any of the aforementioned compounds or embodiments of formula I.
  • the subject is suffering from precancerous lesions
  • the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds can be used with or without an antigen in therapeutic applications, for example to treat cancer or infectious diseases.
  • the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds also may be used in combination with other therapeutic agents, such as anti-virals and monoclonal antibodies in different therapeutic applications.
  • One preferred embodiment of the method of inducing an immunostimulatory effect in a patient is directed to administering an immunogenic composition comprising a vaccine in an amount effective to stimulate an immune response such as a cell-mediated immune response and, as a vaccine adjuvant, an 3,4- di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound, in an amount effective to potentiate the immune response such as the cell-mediated immune response to the vaccine.
  • Agents combined with the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds, contemplated to be useful in treating the aforementioned diseases include those well known in the art, such as, anesthetics, hypnotic sedatives, anti-anxieties, antiepileptics, antipyretic antiphlogistics, stimulants, wake amines, anti-parkinson drugs, agents for psychoneuroses, agents for central nervous system, skeletal muscle relaxants, agents for autonomic nervous system, antispastic agents, cytotoxic agents, monoclonal antibodies, drugs for eye, drugs for nose and ear, anti-vertiginous drugs, cardiotonics, antiarrhythmic drugs, diuretics, pressure reduction drugs, vasoconstrictors, coronary vaso-dilators, peripheral vasodilating drugs, hyper-lipemia drugs, breath stimulants, antitussive and expectorant drugs, bronchodil
  • compositions described herein are used for the treatment of cancer and reduction of tumor growth.
  • an 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound of the invention is combined with a known mAb for the treatment of cancer.
  • an antibody and a 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-dione compound are administered.
  • a therapeutic composition for inhibiting tumor cell growth in a subject which composition comprises an effective amount of a combination of at least an 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound and a mAb and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit growth of certain mammalian tumor cells than are either of the agents when administered individually.
  • methods of treating allergies comprising administering an 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-dione compound alone or in combination with another agent known to be effective against allergies, wherein said combination is more effective in treating an allergic condition than the known agent(s) are without the addition of said 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound.
  • the known agent is an antihistamine and/or a leukotriene inhibitor.
  • the allergic condition is asthma.
  • the allergic condition is selected from the group consisting of allergic rhinitis, dermatosis, and urticaria.
  • the combination is administered to a subject enterally, parenterally, intranasally, subcutaneously, or intraarterially.
  • Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the first aspect of the invention are 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones, as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: US 5,552,396, US 5,057,614, and WO 95/17182.
  • preferred SMIPs of the first aspect of the invention include flavones, isoflavones and those encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references.
  • Reference to "3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones" indicates compounds having the general structure of Formula I as described herein.
  • Preferred 3 ,4-di( 1 H-indol-3 -yl)-l H-pyrrole-2,5-diones are [00125] The foregoing may be better understood by reference to the Examples, infra, that are presented for illustration and not to limit the scope of the inventive concepts.
  • Example compounds and their analogs are either commercially available, or are easily synthesized by one skilled in the art from procedures described in patents/applications, such as US 5,552,396, US 5,057,614, WO 95/17182 and other patents/applications listed herein.
  • Section K Second Aspect of the Invention - Indolinones for Immunopotentiation
  • AU definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only.
  • Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art.
  • a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound of formula I: I wherein, Ri is alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl; R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are each independently H, -CN, -OH 3 halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NR 3 Rb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O) n Rd, or heterocyclyl; each R a and R b is independently H, alkyl, -C(O)R 0 , aryl, heterocyclyl, or alkoxy; each R c is independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, -NH 2 , -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl) 2 , aryl, or heterocyclyl; each R d is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, or -NR
  • Ri is heterocyclyl. In a more particular embodiment still, Ri is R] a :
  • R 6 , R 7 and Rg are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, - NR a Rb, -C(O)R 0 , -S(O) n Rd, or heterocyclyl.
  • Ri is R] a
  • R 7 is -C(O)-(CH 2 ) p -N(H)( 2-r) (alkyl) r , wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and r is 0, 1, or 2.
  • Ri Ria
  • R 3 is F.
  • Ri is Ri a
  • R 7 is - (CH 2 ) t COOH, wherein t is 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • Ri is Ri 2
  • R 6 and R 8 are both methyl.
  • Rj is R] a
  • R 7 is H.
  • Ri is aryl. More particular still, Ri is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
  • R 3 is iodide.
  • said modulating is inducing.
  • said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors.
  • said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject.
  • said subject is in remission from cancer.
  • said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
  • said compound is administered metronomically.
  • the subject is not suffering from cancer.
  • said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF- ⁇ levels.
  • said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis.
  • said subject is suffering from a viral infection.
  • said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV.
  • subject is suffering from allergies.
  • said subject is suffering from asthma. [00146] It is contemplated that the invention encompasses all possible combinations of the embodiments described herein.
  • Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the second aspect of the invention are indolinones, such as N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-((5-fluoro-2-oxoindolin-3- ylidene)methyl)-2,4-dimethyl-lH-pyrrole-3-carboxamide; 3-((3,5-dimethyl-lH- pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)mdolin-2-one; 3-(2,4-dimethyl-5-((2-oxoindolin-3- ylidene)methyl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)propanoic acid; and 3-(3,5-dibromo-4- hydroxybenzylidene)-5-iodoindolin-2-one, as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: WO 01/60814, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, and WO 99/61422.
  • preferred SMIPs include those encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references.
  • Reference to "indolinones” indicates compounds having the general structure of Fo ⁇ nula I as described in this section.
  • Preferred indolinones are N-(2- (dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-((5-fluoro-2-oxoindolin-3-ylidene)methyl)-2,4-dimethyl-lH- pyrrole-3-carboxamide; 3-((3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)indolin-2-one; 3- (2,4-dimethyl-5-((2-oxoindolin-3-ylidene)methyl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)propanoic acid; and 3 -(3 , 5-dibromo-4-hydiOxybenzylidene)-5 -iodoindolin-2-one .
  • Section III Third Aspect of the Invention - Chromen-4-ones for Immiinopotentiation
  • AU definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only.
  • Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art.
  • a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound of formula I:
  • Ri and R 2 is H, -CN, alkyl, -OH, -NR a R b , alkoxy, -C(O)Rc, -S(O) n Rd, heterocyclyl, or aryl, and the other is:
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O) n Rd, or heterocyclyl;
  • R 7 and Ri 0 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NR a R b , -C(O)R 0 , -S(O) n Rd, or heterocyclyl;
  • R 8 and R 9 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, -O-(CH 2 ) q -R e , -C(O)Rc, -0-(CH 2 ) q -0-R e , -NR a R b , -S(O) n R d , or hetero
  • R 3 is heterocyclyl. [00157] In another more particular embodiment thereof, R 3 is:
  • R 7 is Cl.
  • R 4 and R 6 are both -OH.
  • R 5 is alkoxy.
  • R 5 is methoxy.
  • R 8 and R 9 are both -O-(CH 2 ) q - Rc
  • R 8 and Rg are both -OCH 3 .
  • R 2 is H. [00165] In another embodiment R 2 is:
  • Ri is H.
  • R 4 and R 6 are both -OH.
  • R 9 is -OH.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of:
  • said modulating is inducing.
  • said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors.
  • said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject.
  • said subject is in remission from cancer.
  • said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
  • said compound is administered metronomically.
  • said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF- ⁇ levels.
  • said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis or Crohn's disease.
  • said subject is suffering from a viral infection.
  • said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV.
  • said subject is suffering from allergies.
  • said subject is suffering from asthma.
  • the subject is suffering from a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation, such as, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock.
  • a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation such as, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock.
  • PDR proliferative diabetic retinopathy
  • Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the third aspect of the invention are chromen-4-ones, such as 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-8-(3- hydroxy- 1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)chrornen-4-one; 5 ,7-dihydroxy-3 -(4-hydroxyphenyl)- 4H-chromen-4-one; and 2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-2-(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one, as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: WO 97/42949, and WO 98/13344, US 5,554,519, WO 98/04541, and US 6,025,387.
  • chromen-4-ones such as 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-8-(3- hydroxy- 1 -methylpiperidin-4-y
  • preferred SMIPs include flavones, isoflavones and those encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references.
  • Reference to "chromen-4-ones” indicates compounds having the general structure of Formula I as described in this section.
  • Preferred chromen-4-ones are flavones and isoflavones selected from the group consisting of 2-(2- chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-8-(3-hydroxy-l-methylpiperidin-4- yl)chromen-4-one; 5,7-dihydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one; and 2,3- dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one.
  • Section IV Fourth Aspect of the Invention - Derivatized Pyridazines for Immunopotentiation
  • All definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only.
  • Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art.
  • One embodiment of the invention provides a method of modulating an immune response comprising administering a derivatized pyridazine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof.
  • a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound of formula I:
  • R 1 and R 2 are lower alkyl, or (ii) together form a bridge in subformula I*
  • A, B, D, and E are, independently of one another, N or CH, with the stipulation that not more than 2 of these radicals are N;
  • G is lower alkylene, lower alkylene substituted by acyloxy or hydroxy, -CH 2 -O-, - CH 2 -S-, -CH 2 -NH-, oxa (-O-), thia (-S-), or imino (-NH-);
  • Q is lower alkyl, especially methyl;
  • R is H or lower alkyl;
  • X is imino, oxa, or thia;
  • Y is aryl, pyridyl, or unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; and Z is mono- or disubstituted amino, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl,
  • G is methylene.
  • r is 0.
  • n is 0.
  • Y is substituted phenyl.
  • said phenyl is substituted with chloro.
  • said chloro is bound para to the phenyl group's point of attachment.
  • said modulating is inducing.
  • said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors.
  • said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject.
  • said subject is in remission from cancer.
  • said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
  • said compound is administered metronomically.
  • the subject is not suffering from cancer.
  • said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF- ⁇ levels.
  • said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 /xM.
  • subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis or Crohn's disease.
  • said subject is suffering from a viral infection.
  • said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV.
  • said subject is suffering from allergies.
  • said subject is suffering from asthma.
  • the subject is suffering from precancerous lesions, such as actinic keratosis, atypical or dysplastic nevi, or premalignant lentigos.
  • precancerous lesions such as actinic keratosis, atypical or dysplastic nevi, or premalignant lentigos.
  • the subject is suffering from a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation, such as, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock.
  • PDR proliferative diabetic retinopathy
  • the invention also relates to a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or an N-oxide thereof, for use in modulating an immune response of a subject, wherein said compound n is 0 and any of r, m, R 1 , R 2 , A, B, D, E, G, Q, R, X 5 Y and Z is as defined above or below.
  • the invention also relates to a compound of the formula I, a salt thereof or an N-oxide thereof, wherein n is 0 and X is imino or thia, and any of r, m, R 1 , R 2 , A, B, D, E, G, Q, R, Y and Z is as defined above or below.
  • the prefix "lower” denotes a radical having up to and including a maximum of 7, especially up to and including a maximum of 4 carbon atoms, the radicals in question being either linear or branched with single or multiple branching.
  • the plural form is used for compounds, salts, and the like, this is taken to mean also a single compound, salt, or the like.
  • Any asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)- configuration.
  • Substituents at a double bond or a ring may be present in cis (-Z-) or trans (-E-) form.
  • the compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers.
  • the radicals are as defined above for compounds of formula I.
  • ring members T 1 , T 2 , T 3 , and T 4 preferably only one is nitrogen, the remaining three being CH; preferably only T 3 , especially T 4 , is nitrogen, whereas the other ring members T 1 , T 2 , and T 4 or T 1 , T 2 , and T 3 are CH.
  • the index r is preferably 0 or 1.
  • the index n is preferably 0 or 1 , especially 0.
  • the index m is preferably 0, 1 , or 2, especially 0 or also 1.
  • ring members A, B, D, and E in formula I not more than 2 are N, and the remaining ones are CH.
  • each of the ring members A, B, D and E are CH.
  • G is a bivalent group -CH 2 -O-, -CH 2 -S-, or -CH 2 -NH-
  • the methylene group in each case is bound to the ring with ring members A, B, D r and E, whereas the heteroatom (O, S, or NH) is bound to the phthalazine ring in formula I.
  • Lower alkylene G may be branched or preferably linear and is especially branched or preferably linear Ci -C 4 alkylene, especially methylene (-CH 2 - ), ethylene (-CH 2 -CH 2 -), trimethylene (-CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -) or tetramethylene (-CH 2 - CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -). G is preferably methylene.
  • Acyl in lower alkylene substituted by acyloxy is preferably arylcarbonyloxy, wherein aryl is defined as below, especially benzoyloxy or lower alkanoyloxy, especially benzoyloxy; lower alkylene substituted by acyloxy is especially methylene substituted by benzoyloxy.
  • Lower alkylene substituted by hydroxy is preferably hydroxymethylene (-CH(OH)-).
  • G as lower alkylene substituted by acyloxy or hydroxy is preferred, or G as otherwise defined hereinbefore and hereinafter is in each case especially preferred.
  • Lower alkyl is especially Ci -C 4 alkyl, e.g. n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert- butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or especially methyl or also ethyl.
  • aryl is an aromatic radical having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, especially phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl or phenanthrenyl, the radicals defined above being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, preferably up to three, especially one or two substituents, especially selected from amino, mono- or disubstituted amino, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, etherified or esterified hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, esterified carboxy, alkanoyl, carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl, amidino, guanidino, mercapto, sulfo, phenylthio, phenyl-lower alkylthio, alkylphenylthio, phenylsulfmyl, phenyl-lower alkylsulfmyl,
  • Mono- or disubstituted amino is especially amino substituted by one or two radicals selected independently of one another from lower alkyl, such as methyl; hydroxy-lower alkyl, such as 2-hydroxyethyl; phenyl-lower alkyl; lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl; benzoyl; substituted benzoyl, wherein the phenyl radical is unsubstituted or especially substituted by one or more, preferably one or two, substituents selected from nitro or amino, or also from halogen, amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, and carbamoyl; and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, wherein the phenyl radical is unsubstituted or especially substituted by one or more, preferably one or two, substituents selected from
  • Halogen is especially fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, especially fluorine, chlorine, or bromine and halo is especially fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo, especially fluoro, chloro, or bromo.
  • alkyl has up to a maximum of 12 carbon atoms and is especially lower alkyl, especially methyl, or also ethyl, n- propyl, isopropyl, or tert-butyl.
  • Substituted alkyl is alkyl as last defined, especially lower alkyl, preferably methyl, where one or more, especially up to three, substituents may be present, primarily from the group selected from halogen, especially fluorine, and also from amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, N-lower alkanoylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl. Trifluoromethyl is especially preferred.
  • Etherified hydroxy is especially C 8 -C 20 alkyloxy, such as n-decyloxy, lower alkoxy (preferred), such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, or n-pentyloxy, phenyl-lower alkoxy, such as benzyloxy, or also phenyloxy, or as an alternative or in addition to the previous group C 8 -C 20 alkyloxy, such as n-decyloxy, halogen-lower alkoxy, such as trifluoromethyloxy or 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy.
  • C 8 -C 20 alkyloxy such as n-decyloxy, lower alkoxy (preferred), such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, or n-pentyloxy, phenyl-lower alkoxy, such as benzyloxy, or also phenyloxy, or as an alternative or in addition to the previous
  • Esterified hydroxy is especially lower alkanoyloxy, benzoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as tert-butoxycarbonyloxy, or phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as benzyloxcarbonyloxy.
  • Esterified carboxy is especially lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert- butoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or phenyloxycarbonyl .
  • Alkanoyl is primarily alkylcarbonyl, especially lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl.
  • N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl is especially substituted by one or two substituents, lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or hydroxy- lower alkyl, at the terminal nitrogen atom.
  • Alkylphenylthio is especially lower alkylphenylthio.
  • Alkylphenylsulfmyl is especially lower alkylphenylsulfmyl.
  • Alkylphenylsulfonyl is especially lower alkylphenylsulfonyl.
  • Pyridyl Y is preferably 3- or 4-pyridyl.
  • Unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl is preferably C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted in the same way as aryl, especially as defined for phenyl. Cyclohexyl or also cyclopentyl or cyclopropyl are preferred.
  • Heterocyclyl is especially a five or six-membered heterocyclic system with 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from the group comprising nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, which may be unsaturated or wholly or partly saturated, and is unsubstituted or substituted especially by lower alkyl, such as methyl; a radical selected from 2- methylpyrimidm-4-yl, oxazol-5- yl, 2-methyl-l,3-dioxolan-2-yl, lH-pyrazol-3-yl, and l-methyl-pyrazol-3- yl is preferred.
  • Aryl in the form of phenyl which is substituted by lower alkylene dioxy bound to two adjacent C-atoms, such as methylenedioxy, is preferably 3,4- methylenedioxyphenyl .
  • the bonds in formula I characterized by wavy lines are present either as single or as double bonds. Preferably both are at the same time either single or double bonds.
  • An N-oxide of a compound of formula I is preferably an N-oxide in which a phthalazine-ring nitrogen or a nitrogen in the ring with ring members A, B, D, and E carries an oxygen atom, or several of the said nitrogen atoms carry an oxygen atom.
  • Salts are especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I (or an N-oxide thereof).
  • Such salts are formed, for example, as acid addition salts, preferably with organic or inorganic acids, from compounds of formula I (or an N- oxide thereof with a basic nitrogen atom, especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Suitable inorganic acids are, for example, halogen acids, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, or phosphoric acid.
  • Suitable organic acids are, for example, carboxylic, phosphonic, sulfonic or sulfamic acids, for example acetic acid, propionic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, 2- hydroxybutyric acid, gluconic acid, glucosemonocarboxylic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, glucaric acid, galactaric acid, amino acids, such as glutmic acid, asparic acid, N-methylglycine, acetylaminoacetic acid, N-acetylasparagine or N- acetylcysteine, pyruvic acid, acetoacetic acid, phosphoserine, 2 ⁇ or 3- glycerophosphoric acid, glucose-6-pliosphonc acid, glucose-
  • salts may also be formed with bases, e.g. metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as tertiary monoamines, for example triethylamine or tri(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or heterocyclic bases, for example N-ethylpipperidine or N, N'-dimethylpiperazine.
  • bases e.g. metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as tertiary monoamines, for example triethylamine or tri(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or heterocyclic bases, for example N-ethylpipperidine or N, N'-dimethylpiperazine.
  • a compound of formula I may also form internal salts.
  • pharmaceutically unacceptable salts for example picrates or perchlorates.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts or free compounds are employed (where applicable in the form of pharmaceutical preparations), and these are therefore preferred.
  • any reference to the free compounds hereinbefore and hereinafter is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding salts, as appropriate and expedient.
  • the compounds of formula I (or an N-oxide thereof have valuable pharmacological properties, as described hereinbefore and hereinafter.
  • one of the ring members Ti, T 2 , T 3 and T 4 is nitrogen, and the others are in each case CH, and the binding is achieved via Ti and T 4 ;
  • A, B, D, and E are in each case CH, or also A, D, and E are each CH and B is N;
  • G is lower alkylene, especially methylene or ethylene (-CH 2 -CH 2 -), -CH 2 -NH-, -CH 2 - O-, hydroxymethylene, or benzoyloxymethylene, Q is methyl, which is bound to A, D, or to A and D;
  • R is H or lower alkyl, especially H or methyl,
  • X is imino, oxa, or thia
  • Y is phenyl, which is unsubstituted or is substituted by one or two substituents independently of one another from the group comprising amino; lower alkanoylamino, especially acetylamino; halogen, especially fluorine, chlorine
  • Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the fourth aspect of the invention are derivatized pyridazines, such as l-(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine, as well as analogs disclosed in US 6,258,812. More particularly, preferred SMIPs include derivatized pyridazines encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references. [00272] Reference to "derivatized pyridazines" indicates compounds having the general structure of Formula I as described in this section.
  • a preferred derivatized pyridazine is a phthalazine such as l-(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine.
  • Ri and R 9 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NR a Rb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O) n Rd, or heterocyclyl;
  • R 3 and R 8 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NR a Rb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O) n R d , or heterocyclyl;
  • R 4 and R 7 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, -0-(CH 2 ) q -R e , - C(O)Rc, -0-(CH 2 ) q -0-Re, -NR a R b , and -S(O) n Ra;
  • R 5 and R 6 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, al
  • Ri and R 9 are both H.
  • Rio is H.
  • R 3 is methyl.
  • r is 1 and R] 2 is H.
  • R 4 is -OCH 3 and R 5 is H.
  • R 4 is -CH 2 OH.
  • R 4 is -C(O)R 0 .
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of:
  • said modulating is inducing.
  • said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors.
  • said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject.
  • said subject is in remission from cancer.
  • said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
  • said compound is administered metronomically.
  • said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF- ⁇ levels.
  • said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis or Crohn's disease.
  • said subject is suffering from a viral infection.
  • said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV.
  • said subject is suffering from allergies.
  • said subject is suffering from asthma.
  • the subject is suffering from a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation, such as, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock.
  • a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation such as, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock.
  • PDR proliferative diabetic retinopathy
  • Any asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)-
  • Substituents at a double bond or a ring may be present in cis (-Z-) or trans (-E-) form.
  • the compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers.
  • Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the fifth aspect of the invention are staurosporine analogs, such as 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3-gh:3',2',r- lm]pyrrolo[3 ,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 1 -one, 2,3 , 10, 11 , 12, 13 -hexahydro- 11,12- dihydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl; 9,13 -Epoxy- 1 H,9H-diindolo[ 1 ,2,3 -gh: 3 ',2', 1'- lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][l,7]benzodiazonin-l-one, 2,3,10,11, 12,13-hexahydro-10-methoxy- ⁇ -methyl-ll- ⁇ ethylam ⁇ S-Epoxy-lH ⁇ H-diindolotl ⁇ -
  • preferred SMIPs include flavones, isoflavones and those encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references.
  • Reference to "staurosporine analogs" indicates compounds having the general structure of Formula I as described in this section.
  • Preferred staurosporine analogs are selected from the group consisting of 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3- gh: 3',2', 1 '-lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 1 -one, 2,3, 10, 11 , 12, 13 -hexahydro- 11,12-dihydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl; 9, 13 -Epoxy- 1 H,9H-diindolo[ 1 ,2,3-gh: 3 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1 '- lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 1 -one, 2,3 , 10, 11 , 12, 13-hexahydro- 10-methoxy- 9-methyl-ll-(methylamino); 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3-gh:3',2',
  • One embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from a viral infection comprising administering a small molecule in an amount such that said small molecule concomitantly inhibits viral replication while stimulating an immune response in said subject.
  • said small molecule is a nucleoside analog.
  • said small molecule inhibits viral DNA polymerase.
  • said small molecule is a nucleoside analog.
  • said small molecule is a substituted purine or pyrimidine.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a nucleoside analog of formula I:
  • R 3 is absent, H, Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 6- I 0 aryl, substituted C ⁇ -io aryl, heterocyclyl, or substituted heterocyclyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently H, halo, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, -C(O)-R d , Ci- 6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, or bound together to form a 5 membered ring as in R 4-5 :
  • R4-5 the binding being achieved at the bonds indicated by a ⁇ ⁇ V ;
  • R 8 is H, halo, Ci -6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, -OH, -NR a R b , -(CH 2 ) n -O-R c , -O- (Ci -6 alkyl), -S(O) p Re, or -C(O)-R 4 ;
  • Ri is -NH 2 .
  • each R f is H.
  • R 3 is -(CH 2 ) n -O-R c .
  • R 3 is -CH 2 -O-(C 2 alkyl or substituted C 2 alkyl)-O-(H, phosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, Ci -6 alkyl or substituted Ci -6 alkyl).
  • R 3 is R 3a : R 3 a the binding being achieved at the bond indicated by a - ⁇ ;
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently H, halo, Ci -6 alkoxy, substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, substituted C 2-6 alkenyl, -NR a Rb, -N 3 , or -OH;
  • R 6a and R 7a are each independently H, halo, or Ci -6 alkyl; each R a and R b is independently H, Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, or C 6-I0 aryl;
  • each R d is independently H, halo, Q -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 alkoxy, substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, -NH 2 , -NH(Ci -6 alkyl), -NH(substituted Ci -6 alkyl),
  • R 3 is R 3a
  • R 3 is R 3a
  • R 2 0.
  • R 4 and R 5 are both H.
  • Ri is -NH 2 .
  • Rf is H.
  • R 7 is H, F, or -OH.
  • R 3 is R 3a
  • R 6 is - N 3 .
  • R 3 is R 3a
  • R 6a and R 7a are both H.
  • R 331 In another embodiment wherein R 3 is R 3a , both R 7 and R 7a are methyl.
  • said substituted heterocyclyl within R 9 is Rc> a :
  • Rio and Rn are each independently H, halo, Ci -6 alkoxy, substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, - NR 3 Rb, or -OH;
  • R a and R b are independently H, Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, -C(O)R d , or C 6-1O aryl;
  • R d is H, halo, Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, Ci -6 alkoxy, substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, - NH 2 , -NH(Ci -6 alkyl), -NH(substituted Ci -6 alkyl), -N(Ci -6 alkyl) 2 , -N(substituted Ci -6 alkyl) 2 , C 6- Io aryl, or heterocyclyl; and Rf is independently H, C 1-6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci
  • R 8 is H, halo, Ci -6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, -OH, -NR a R b , -(CH 2 ) n -O-R c , -0-(C w alkyl), -S(O) p R e , or -C(O)-R d ;
  • R9 is H, Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or R 9a :
  • Rio and Rn are each independently H, halo, Ci -6 alkoxy, substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, - NR a R b) or -OH; each R a and R b is independently H, C 1-6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, or C 6- io aryl; each R 0 is independently H, phosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl; each Ra is independently H, halo, Ci -6 alkyl, substituted C] -6 alkyl, Ci -6 alkoxy, substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, -NH 2 , -NH(Ci -6 alkyl), -NH(substituted Ci -6 alkyl), -N(Ci -6 alkyl) 2 , -N(substituted Ci -6 alkyl) 2 ,
  • R 9 is Rg a and R f is H.
  • Ri 0 and Rn are both H.
  • Ri 0 and Rn are both -OH.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound of formula III:
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently H, halo, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, -C(O)-Rd, Ci -6 alkyl, or substituted Ci -6 alkyl;
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently H, halo, Ci -6 alkoxy, substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, C 2-6 alkenyl, substituted C 2-6 alkenyl, -NR 2 R b , -N3, or -OH;
  • each Ra and R b is independently H, Ci -6 alkyl, substituted Ci -6 alkyl, -C(O)R d , or C 6
  • composition comprising a cytokine or chemokine in combination with any compound(s) disclosed herein, such as a nucleoside, a compound encompassed by formula I, II, or III, or those listed in Table 1.
  • a nucleoside a compound encompassed by formula I, II, or III, or those listed in Table 1.
  • the compound is present in the blood at less then 2O uM.
  • said nucleoside analog induces interferon biosynthesis.
  • said nucleoside analog is co-administered with another agent to the subject.
  • the agent is an antigen.
  • the agent is a vaccine.
  • nucleoside analog induces the production of TNF-cein the subject.
  • the nucleoside analog has an average steady-state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • the subject is suffering from a microbial infection.
  • the subject is suffering from a viral infection.
  • the viral infection is a viral infection caused by the hepatitis C virus (HCV).
  • the viral infection is caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
  • the viral infection is caused by the herpes simplex virus (HSV).
  • the viral infection is caused by the SARS virus.
  • any asymmetric carbon atoms for example in compounds of formula I [or an N-oxide thereof]) in the (R)-, (S)- or (Re ⁇ configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)- configuration.
  • Substituents at a double bond or a ring may be present in cis (-Z-) or trans (-E-) form.
  • the compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomerically-pure.
  • the invention encompasses all possible combinations of the preceding embodiments.
  • the nucleoside analog compounds can be used with or without an antigen in therapeutic applications, for example to treat cancer or infectious diseases.
  • the nucleoside analog compounds also may be used in combination with other therapeutic agents, such as anti-virals and monoclonal antibodies in different therapeutic applications.
  • One preferred embodiment of the method of inducing an immunostimulatory effect in a patient is directed to administering an immunogenic composition comprising a vaccine in an amount effective to stimulate an immune response such as a cell-mediated immune response and, as a vac ⁇ ine adjuvant, an nucleoside analog compound, in an amount effective to potentiate the immune response such as the cell-mediated immune response to the vaccine.
  • Agents combined with the nucleoside analog compounds, contemplated to be useful in treating the aforementioned diseases include those well known in the art, such as, anesthetics, hypnotic sedatives, anti-anxieties, antiepileptics, antipyretic antiphlogistics, stimulants, wake amines, anti-parkinson drugs, agents for psychoneuroses, agents for central nervous system, skeletal muscle relaxants, agents for autonomic nervous system, antispastic agents, cytotoxic agents, monoclonal antibodies, drugs for eye, drugs for nose and ear, anti-vertiginous drugs, cardiotonics, antiarrhythmic drugs, diuretics, pressure reduction drugs, vasoconstrictors, coronary vaso-dilators, peripheral vasodilating drugs, hyper-lipemia drugs, breath stimulants, antitussive and expectorant drugs, bronchodilators, drugs for allergy, antidiarrheal drugs, drugs for intestinal disorders, peptic ulcer drugs,
  • methods of treating allergies comprising administering an nucleoside analog compound alone or in combination with another agent known to be effective against allergies, wherein said combination is more effective in treating an allergic condition than the known agent(s) are without the addition of said nucleoside analog compound.
  • the known agent is an antihistamine and/or a leukotriene inhibitor.
  • the allergic condition is asthma.
  • the allergic condition is selected from the group consisting of allergic rhinitis, dermatosis, and urticaria.
  • the combination is administered to a subject enterally, parenterally, intranasally, subcutaneously, or intraarterially.
  • Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the sixth aspect of the invention include nucleoside analogs and those compounds encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within any reference cited herein.
  • a "substituted pyrimidine” refers to an aromatic ring containing two nitrogen
  • a "substituted purine” refers to two condensed aromatic rings containing two
  • One embodiment provides a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate.
  • a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezom
  • Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co ⁇ administered with another agent.
  • said subject is in remission from cancer.
  • said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
  • said compound is administered metronomically.
  • the subject is not suffering from cancer.
  • said subject is suffering from a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma.
  • a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma.
  • Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-
  • One embodiment provides a method of stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-Ol, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate.
  • said compound is co ⁇ administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-cn levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of inducing cytokines.
  • said subject is in remission from cancer.
  • said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
  • said compound is administered metronomically.
  • the subject is not suffering from cancer.
  • said subject is suffering from a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma.
  • a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma.
  • Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject in need of immune stimulation, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a subcytotoxic amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 8
  • said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF- ⁇ levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • said amount is sufficient to stimulate cytokine production in the subject.
  • said subject is in remission from cancer.
  • said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
  • said compound is administered metronomically.
  • the subject is not suffering from cancer.
  • said subject is suffering from a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma.
  • a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma.
  • Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of identifying a subject in need of a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-Ol, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate,
  • a further step of administering said compound to the subject, wherein upon administration of said compound, cytokine levels increase is provided.
  • Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF- ⁇ levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of identifying a subject in need of a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate, comprising: a) taking a blood sample from said subject; b) monitoring for leukocyte levels in said sample; and c) identifying said subject by decreased leukocyte levels in said sample.
  • a further step of administering said compound to the subject, wherein upon administration of said compound, leukocyte levels increase is provided.
  • said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF- ⁇ levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of determining efficacy of a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotmib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate, comprising: a) taking a first blood sample from a subject; b) identifying a first cytokine level in said sample; c) administering said compound to said subject; d) taking a second
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from an autoimmune disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate.
  • said autoimmune disease is Addison's Disease, or Alopecia Areata, or Ankylosing Spondylitis, or Antiphospholipid Syndrome (APS), or Behcet's Disease, or Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, or Crohn's Disease, or Ulcerative Colitis, or Diabetes, or Fibromyalgia, or Goodpasture Syndrome, or Graft Versus Host Disease, or Graves' Disease, or Guillain-Barre Syndrome, or Lupus, or Meniere's, or Multiple Sclerosis, or Myasthenia Gravis, or Myositis, or Pemphigus Vulgaris, or Primary Biliary Cirrhosis, or Psoriasis, or Rheumatic Fever, or Sarcoidosis, or Scleroderma, or Vasculitis, or Vitiligo, or Wegener's Granulomatosis.
  • APS Antiphospholipid Syndrome
  • Behcet's Disease or Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, or Crohn's Disease, or Ulcerative Colitis
  • Diabetes or Fibro
  • Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-a levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from a viral infection, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU- 11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate.
  • said viral infection is HTV, or HCV, or HBV, or HSV.
  • said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-ce levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from allergies or asthma, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD- 6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate.
  • Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent.
  • said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF- ⁇ levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 ⁇ M.
  • Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the seventh aspect of the invention include fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate compositions as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: US 4,323,581, US 6,258,812, WO 98/35958, WO 01/60814, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, US 5,883,113,
  • preferred SMIPs include those encompassed by Formula I in the aforementioned patents and patent applications.
  • the invention also includes compounds encompassed by Formula I, disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: US 4,323,581, US 6,258,812, WO 98/35958, WO 01/60814, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, WO 03/24978, WO 03/04505, US 5,780,454, US 2003134846, WO 97/21701, US 5,621,100, WO 01/32651, WO 02/16351, US 6,727,256, WO 02/02552, US 5,457,105, US 5,616,582, US 5,770,599, US 5,747,498, WO, 96/30347, US 2003171303, WO 97/20842, WO 99/02162, WO 95/17182, WO 01/79255, WO 89/07105, US 5,439,936,
  • IC50 value The concentration of an inhibitor that causes a 50 % reduction in a measured activity.
  • IFN Interferon IL Interleukin IMS Immunomagnetic separation IPV Inactivated polio virus LCMS Liquid Chromatography / Mass Spectroscopy LPS Lip polysaccharide MAb or mAb Monoclonal Antibody Men A Neisseria Meningitidis Type A Men C Neisseria Meningitidis Type C
  • SIP small molecule immunopotentiating compounds
  • small molecule compounds below about MW 800 g/mol, capable of stimulating or modulating a pro-inflammatory response in a patient.
  • the SMIP compounds are able to stimulate human peripheral blood
  • SMIS refers to small molecule immunosuppressant compounds, including small molecule compounds below about MW 800 g/mol, capable of suppressing or modulating an immune response in a patient.
  • the SMIS compounds are able to inhibit human peripheral blood
  • cytokines mononuclear cell's ability to produce cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors.
  • the SMIS compounds are able to induce TGF-beta
  • refractory cancer cells refers to cancer cell lines that are resistant to preexisting therapeutics or treatment regimens, including prescribed
  • allergen refers to a substance (antigen) that can induce an allergic or asthmatic response in a susceptible subject.
  • the list of allergens is enormous and can include pollens, insect venoms, animal dander, dust, fungal spores, and drugs (e.g. penicillin).
  • allergens refers to a disorder of the respiratory system characterized by inflammation, narrowing of the airways and increased reactivity of the airways to inhaled agents. Asthma is frequently, although not exclusively associated with atopic or allergic symptoms.
  • leukotriene inhibitor includes any agent or compound that inhibits, restrains, retards or otherwise interacts with the action or activity of leukotrienes, such as, but not limited to, 5 -lipoxygenase (“5-LO”) inhibitors, 5- lipoxygenase activating protein (“FLAP”) antagonists, and leukotriene D4 (“LTD4 ”) antagonists.
  • 5-LO 5 -lipoxygenase
  • FLAP 5- lipoxygenase activating protein
  • LTD4 leukotriene D4
  • Immuno-stimulation or “immune potentiation” refers to activation of the immune system, including humoral or cellular activation, for example, activation of a cell, such as a killer (T or NK) or dendritic cell of the immune system, for example, causing the increase in cytokine production from a dendritic cell leading to an overall enhancement of host defense (immune response).
  • T or NK killer
  • Modulating an immune response refers to either immune potentiation or immune suppression as defined herein.
  • An "immunogenic composition” refers to a composition capable of modulating the production of cytokines in a subject thereby effecting immune potentiation in the subject.
  • Immuno suppression refers to deactivation of the immune system, for example, preventing or lessening cytokine production from a dendritic cell leading to an overall attenuation of host defense (immune response).
  • An “immune-stimulatory effective amount” is an amount effective for activation of the immune system, for example, causing the increase in cytokine production from a dendritic cell leading to an overall enhancement of host defense (immune response).
  • Enhancing the immune response to an antigen by a compound refers to enhancement of the immune response in comparison to that in the absence of the compound.
  • An enhanced immune-response eliciting composition is a composition generally comprising an antigen and a small molecule immune potentiator compound that elicits an immune response greater that a composition comprising an antigen and not containing one or more small molecule immune potentiator compounds.
  • the compound acts as an adjuvant, for example for use in vaccine compositions and methods.
  • a "disease associated with cellular proliferation” includes, but is not limited to neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, and endotoxic shock.
  • PDR proliferative diabetic retinopathy
  • the term "effective amount” is an amount necessary or sufficient to realize a desired biological effect.
  • an effective amount of a compound to treat an infectious disorder may be an amount necessary to cause an antigen specific immune response upon exposure to an infectious agent. The effective amount may vary, depending, for example, upon the condition treated, weight of the subject and severity of the disease.
  • an effective amount for treatment refers to an amount sufficient to palliate, ameliorate, stabilize, reverse, slow or delay progression of a condition such as a disease state.
  • Reference to "metronomic administration” or “administered metronomically” refers to increasingly frequent dosing regimens, at lower drug concentrations, as compared with known dosing regimens for an existing therapeutic. Metronomic administration varies from the typical dosing of cytotoxic drugs, which involves episodic (less frequent) administration at maximum tolerated doses (MTDs).
  • a "subject” or “patient” is meant to describe a human or vertebrate animal including a dog, cat, pocket pet, marmoset, horse, cow, pig, sheep, goat, elephant, giraffe, chicken, lion, monkey, owl, rat, squirrel, slender loris, and mouse.
  • a "pocket pet” refers to a group of vertebrate animals capable of fitting into a commodious coat pocket such as, for example, hamsters, chinchillas, ferrets, rats, guinea pigs, gerbils, rabbits and sugar gliders.
  • ester refers to esters, which hydrolyze in vivo and include those that break down readily in the human body to leave the parent compound or a salt thereof.
  • Suitable ester groups include, for example, those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable aliphatic carboxylic acids, particularly alkanoic, alkenoic, cycloalkanoic and alkanedioic acids, in which each alkyl or alkenyl moiety advantageously has not more than 6 carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples of particular esters include, but are not limited to, formates, acetates, propionates, butyrates, acrylates and ethylsuccinates.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be used in the form of salts as in "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" derived from inorganic or organic acids.
  • These salts include but are not limited to the following: acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, digluconate, cyclopentanepropionate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, fumarate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-napth- alenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate
  • the basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides, and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides, and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained.
  • lower alkyl halides such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides, and iodides
  • dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates
  • long chain halides such
  • prodrugs refers to those prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals with undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the invention.
  • prodrug refers to compounds that are rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound of the formula as described herein, for example by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S.
  • alkyl refers to substituted and unsubstituted alky groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl and the like.
  • the phrase also includes branched chain isomers of straight chain alkyl groups, including but not limited to, the following which are provided by way of example: -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), -CH(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -C(CH 3 ) 3 , -C(CH 2 CH 3 ) 3 , -CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), -CH 2 CH(CH 2 CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 3 , -CH 2 C(CH 2 CHs) 3 , -CH(CH 3 )CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), -CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH 3 ), -CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH 2 CH(CH 3 )(CH 2 CH
  • the phrase also includes cyclic alkyl groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl and such rings substituted with straight and branched chain alkyl groups as defined above.
  • cyclic alkyl groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl and such rings substituted with straight and branched chain alkyl groups as defined above.
  • polycyclic alkyl groups such as, but not limited to, adamantyl norbornyl, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl and such rings substituted with straight and branched chain alkyl groups as defined above.
  • alkyl also includes groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen and non-carbon atoms such as, but not limited to, a halogen atom in halides such as F, Cl, Br, and I; and oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, alkyl and aryl sulfide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as in trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups
  • Alkyl groups are those limited to having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and as many as 5 additional heteroatoms as described above. More preferred alkyl groups have from 1 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms.
  • the term "Ci -6 alkyl” has the same meaning as alkyl, except that it is limited to alkyl groups of six carbon atoms or less.
  • the term “C 2 alkyl” indicates an alkyl group having two carbon atoms.
  • aryl refers to substituted and unsubstituted aryl groups that do not contain heteroatoms. Thus the phrase includes, but is not limited to, groups such as phenyl, biphenyl, anthracenyl, naphthenyl by way of example.
  • Aryl groups also include those in which one of the aromatic carbons is bonded to a non-carbon or non- hydrogen atoms described above (in the alkyl definition) and also includes aryl groups in which one or more aromatic carbons of the aryl group is bonded to a substituted and/or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group as defined herein.
  • aryl includes, but is not limited to tolyl, and hydroxyphenyl among others.
  • C 6- Io aryl has the same meaning as aryl, except that it is limited to aryl groups of from six to ten carbon atoms.
  • alkenyl refers to straight and branched chain and cyclic groups such as those described with respect to alkyl groups as defined above, except that at least one double bond exists between two carbon atoms.
  • Alkenyl groups are those limited to having 2 to 15 carbon atoms and as many as 4 additional heteroatoms as described above. More preferred alkenyl groups have from 2 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms.
  • C 2-6 alkenyl has the same meaning as alkenyl, except that it is limited to alkenyl groups of from two to six carbon atoms.
  • alkoxy refers to substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy groups of the formula -O-alkyl, wherein the point of attachment is the oxy group and the alkyl group is as defined above.
  • Alkoxy groups are those limited to having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and as many as 5 additional heteroatoms, including the oxygen atom. More preferred alkoxy groups have from 1 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms, including the oxygen atom.
  • the term "Ci -6 alkoxy” has the same meaning as alkoxy, except that it is limited to alkoxy groups of six carbon atoms or less.
  • alkynyl groups in which a non-carbon or non-hydrogen atom is bonded to a carbon triple bonded to another carbon and those in which a non-carbon or non-hydrogen atom is bonded to a carbon not involved in a triple bond to another carbon.
  • Alkynyl groups are those limited to having 2 to 15 carbon atoms and as many as 4 additional heteroatoms as described above. More preferred alkynyl groups have from 2 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms.
  • the term "C 2-6 alkynyl" has the same meaning as alkynyl, except that it is limited to alkynyl groups of from two to six carbon atoms.
  • aryloxy refers to groups having the formula -O-aryl, wherein the point of attachment is the oxy group and the aryl group is as defined above.
  • C 6-1O aryloxy has the same meaning as aryloxy, except that it is limited to aryloxy groups of six to ten carbon atoms.
  • trihalomethyl refers to a methyl group in which the three H atoms of the methyl group are substituted with three halogens which may be same or different.
  • One example of such a group is a -CF 3 group in which all three H atoms of the methyl group are substituted with F atoms.
  • C 1-6 alkoxy-Ci- 6 alkyl refers to ether groups with as many as 12 carbon atoms.
  • Ci -6 alkoxy-Ci -6 alkyl group is -CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH 3 .
  • C 6-1O aryloxy-Ci -6 alkyl refers to aryl ether groups of 16 carbon atoms or less, especially of 10 carbon atoms or less bound at the Ci -6 alkyl group.
  • a C 6-1 O aryloxy-Ci -6 alkyl group is propoxybenzene.
  • C 6-1 O aryl-Ci -6 alkyl refers to arylalkyl groups of 16 carbon atoms or less, especially of 10 carbon atoms or less bound at the Ci -6 alkyl group.
  • C 6- io aryl-C ⁇ alkyl group is toluene.
  • heterocyclyl refers to both aromatic and nonaromatic ring compounds including monocyclic, bicyclic, and polycyclic ring compounds such as, but not limited to, quinuclidyl, containing 3 or more ring members of which one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S.
  • heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to: unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, dihydropyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl (e.g. 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl etc.), tetrazolyl, (e.g.
  • saturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl; condensed unsaturated heterocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl; unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms such as, but not limited to furanyl; unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl (e.g.
  • unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 3 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl (e.g.
  • 1,3-benzodioxoyl, etc. unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing an oxygen atom and 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as, but not limited to, dihydrooxathiinyl; saturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as 1,4-oxathiane; unsaturated condensed rings containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as benzothienyl, benzodithiinyl; and unsaturated condensed heterocyclic rings containing an oxygen atom and 1 to 2 oxygen atoms such as benzoxathiinyl.
  • unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing an oxygen atom and 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as, but not limited to, dihydrooxathiinyl
  • saturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as 1,4-oxathiane
  • Heterocyclyl group also include those described above in which one or more S atoms in the ring is double-bonded to one or two oxygen atoms (sulfoxides and sulfones).
  • heterocyclyl groups include tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrothiophene oxide, and tetrahydrothiophene 1,1- dioxide.
  • Preferred heterocyclyl groups contain 5 or 6 ring members.
  • More preferred heterocyclyl groups include morphorine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, tetrazole, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine in which the S atom of the thiomorpholine is bonded to one or more O atoms, pyrrole, homopiperazine, oxazolidin-2-one, pyrrolidin-2-one, oxazole, quinuclidine, thiazole, isoxazole, furan, and tetrahydrofuran.
  • Heterocyclyl also refers to those groups as defined above in which one of the ring members is bonded to a non-hydrogen atom such as described above with respect to substituted alkyl groups and substituted aryl groups (also referred to herein as “substituted heterocyclyl”). Examples, include, but are not limited to, 2-methylbenzimidazolyl, 5- methylbenzimidazolyl, 5-chlorobenzthiazolyl, 1 -methyl piperazinyl, and 2- chloropyridyl among others. Heterocyclyl groups are those limited to having 2 to 15 carbon atoms and as many as 6 additional heteroatoms as described above.
  • More preferred heterocyclyl groups have from 3 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms.
  • substituted as applied to an undefined, yet well known in the art group, such as phenyl, will have the same meaning with respect to the optional appendages as described in the definition of alkyl.
  • substitution groups include, for example, hydroxyl, nitro, amino, imino, cyano, halo, thio, thioamido, amidino, imidino, oxo, oxamidino, methoxamidino, imidino, guanidino, sulfonamide, carboxyl, formyl, alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aralkylcarbonyl, alkylthio, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, cyanoalkyl, phosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate and the like.
  • Ci -6 alkyl is tert-butanol.
  • the substitution group can itself be substituted one time.
  • an alkoxy substituent of an alkyl group may be substituted with a halogen, and oxo group, an aryl group, or the like.
  • the group substituted onto the substitution group can be carboxyl, halo, nitro, oxo, amino, cyano, hydroxyl, Ci -6 alkyl, C) -6 alkoxy, C 6 .
  • substituted substituent includes a straight chain group
  • substitution can occur either within the chain (e.g., 2-hydroxypropyl, 2-aminobutyl, and the like) or at the chain terminus (e.g., 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-cyanopropyl, and the like).
  • Substituted substituents can be straight chain, branched or cyclic arrangements of covalently bonded carbon atoms or heteroatoms.
  • phosphate indicates -O-PO 3 , where the point of attachment is oxo.
  • a "phosphate” group is attached at an oxo moiety (e.g. CH 3 -O- ⁇ hosphate) the phosphate substituent is -PO 3 (e.g. CH 3 -O-PO 3 ).
  • "Diphosphate” and “triphosphate” groups are respectively 2 and 3 phosphate moieties bound together as in -0-P(O) 2 -O-P(O) 2 -O-PO 3 for triphophate.
  • protected or a "protecting group” with respect to hydroxyl groups, amine groups, and sulfhydryl groups refers to forms of these functionalities which are protected from undesirable reaction with a protecting group known to those skilled in the art such as those set forth in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene, T.W., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, (1st Edition, 1981) which can be added or removed using the procedures set forth therein.
  • Examples of protected hydroxyl groups include, but are not limited to, silyl ethers such as those obtained by reaction of a hydroxyl group with a reagent such as, but not limited to, t- butyldimethyl-chlorosilane, trimethylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, triethylchlorosilane; substituted methyl and ethyl ethers such as, but not limited to methoxymethyl ether, methythiomethyl ether, benzyloxymethyl ether, t-butoxymethyl ether, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl ether, tetrahydropyranyl ethers, 1-ethoxyethyl ether, allyl ether, benzyl ether; esters such as, but not limited to, benzoylformate, formate, acetate, trichloroacetate, and trifiuoracetate.
  • a reagent such as, but not
  • protected amine groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl or dibenzyl, amides such as, formamide, acetamide, trifluoroacetamide, and benzamide; imides, such as phthalimide, and dithiosuccinimide; and others.
  • a protecting group for amines is a benzyl group.
  • protected sulfhydryl groups include, but are not limited to, thioethers such as S-benzyl thioether, and S-4-picolyl thioether; substituted S-methyl derivatives such as hemithio, dithio and aminothio acetals; and others.
  • the invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds, that are structurally identical to those disclosed above, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 0, 17 0, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl, respectively.
  • Compounds of the present invention, prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and of said prodrugs that contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention.
  • Certain isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3 H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14 C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability.
  • Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out known or referenced procedures and by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
  • Preferred "cytokines" include IL 1-30 as well as TNF-alpha, TNF-beta, IFN-alpha (family), IFN-beta and IFN-gamma.
  • IL 1-30 indicates interleukin cytokines selected from the group consisting of ILIA, ILlB, IL1F5, IL1F6, IL1F7, IL1F8, IL1F9, ILlFlO, ILlRl, IL1R2, ILlRAP, ILlRAPLl, IL1RAPL2, ILlRLl, IL1RL2, ILlRN 3 IL2, IL2RA, IL2RB, IL2RG, IL3, IL3RA, IL4, IL4R, IL5, IL5RA, IL6, IL6R, IL6RL1, IL6ST, IL6ST2, IL6STP, IL7, IL7R, IL8, IL8RA, IL8RB, IL8RBP, IL9, IL9R, IL9RP1, IL9RP2, IL9RP3, IL9RP4, ILlO, ILlORA
  • chemokines include IL-Ib, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL- 10, IL-12, and IL-13.
  • Reference to "chemokines” indicates: CXC chemokines including CXCLl 3 CXCL2, CXCL3, CXCL4, CXCL5, CXCL6, CXCL7, CXCL8, CXCL9, CXCLlO, CXCLl 1, CXCL12, CXCL13, CXCL14, CXCL15, and CXCL16; C chemokines including XCLl, and XCL2; CX 3 C chemokines including CX 3 CLl; and CC chemokines including CCLl 3 CCL2, CCL3, CCL3L1, CCL4, CCL5, CCL6, CCL7, CCL8, CCL9/CCL10, CCLI l, CCL12, CCL13, CCL14, CCL15, CCL16, CCL17, CCL18, CCL
  • Vaccine compositions contemplated to be within the scope of the several aspects of the present invention may include (an) additional adjuvant(s).
  • Preferred adjuvants to enhance effectiveness of the composition include, but are not limited to: (1) aluminum salts (alum), such as aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, aluminum sulfate, etc; (2) oil-in-water emulsion formulations (with or without specific immunostimulating agents such as muramyl peptides or bacterial cell wall components), such as, for example (a) MF59TM (WO90/14837), containing 5% squalene, 0.5% Tween 80, and 0.5% Span 85 (optionally containing MTP-PE) formulated into submicron particles using a microfluidizer, (b) SAF, containing 5% squalene, 0.5% Tween 80, 5% pluronic-blocked polymer L121, and thr-MDP either microfluidized into a submicron emulsion or vortexed to generate a larger particle size emulsion, and (c) RibiTM adjuvant system (RAS), (Ribi Immunochem,
  • cytokines such as interleukins (e.g. IL-I, IL-2, IL-4, IL- 5, IL-6, IL-7, IL- 12 (WO99/44636), etc.), interferons (e.g. gamma interferon), macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF), tumor necrosis factor (TNF), etc.; (6) momophosphoryl lipid A (MPL) or 3-0-deacylated MPL (3dMPL), optionally in the substantial absence of alum when used with pneumococcal saccharides e.g.
  • CFA Complete Freund's Adjuvant
  • IFA Incomplete Freund's Adjuvant
  • cytokines such as interleukins (e.g. IL-I, IL-2, IL-4, IL- 5, IL-6, IL-7, IL- 12 (WO99/44636), etc.), interferons (e.g. gamma interferon), macrophage colony stimulating factor
  • WO00/56358; and RC529 (7) combinations of 3dMPL with, for example, QS21 and /or oil-in-water emulsions e.g. EP-A-0835318; (8) oligonucleotides comprising CpG motifs, i.e. containing at least one CG dinucleotide, with 5-methylcytosine optionally being used in place of cytosine; (9) a polyoxyethylene ether or a polyoxyethylene ester e.g.
  • WO99/52549 (10) a polyoxyethylene sorbitan ester surfactant in combination with an octoxynol (WOO 121207) or a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether or ester surfactant in combination with at least one additional non-ionic surfactant such as an octoxynol (WO01/21152); (11) a saponin and an immunostimulatory oligonucleotide (e.g. a CpG oligonucleotide) (WO00/62800); (12) an immunostimulant and a particle of metal salt e.g WO00/23105; (13) a saponin and an oil-in-water emulsion e.g.
  • the invention is also directed to methods of administering the vaccine composition.
  • the vaccine is administered in an amount effective to stimulate an immune response.
  • the amount that constitutes an effective amount depends, inter alia, on the particular vaccine used, the particular adjuvant compound being administered and the amount thereof, the immune response that is to be enhanced (humoral or cell mediated), the state of the immune system (e.g., suppressed, compromised, stimulated), and the desired therapeutic result. Accordingly it is not practical to set forth generally the amount that constitutes an effective amount of the vaccine. Those of ordinary skill in the art, however, can readily determine the appropriate amount with due consideration of such factors.
  • the vaccine compositions of the invention can be administered to animals, e.g., mammals human and non-human, including, for example, pocket pets, fowl, and the like according to conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., orally, subcutaneously, nasally, topically).
  • Suitable vaccines include, but are not limited to, any material that raises either humoral or cell mediated immune response, or both.
  • Suitable vaccines include live viral and bacterial antigens and inactivated viral, tumor-derived, protozoal, organism-derived, fungal, and bacterial antigens, toxoids, toxins, polysaccharides, proteins, glycoproteins, peptides, and the like.
  • vaccines such as those used in connection with BCG (live bacteria), cholera, plague, and typhoid (killed bacteria), hepatitis B, influenza, inactivated polio, and rabies (inactivated virus), measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, SARS vaccines, and yellow fever (live virus), tetanus and diphtheria (toxoids), hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcal, and pneumococcal (bacterial polysaccharides) also can be used. Any antigen known in the art or disclosed herein may be used.
  • Exemplary experimental subunit antigens include those related to viral disease such as adenovirus, AIDS, chicken pox, cytomegalovirus, dengue, feline leukemia, fowl plague, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, HSV-I, HSV-2, hog cholera, influenza A, influenza B, Japanese encephalitis, measles, parainfluenza, rabies, respiratory syncytial virus, SARS virus, rotavirus, wart, and yellow fever.
  • Specific antigens include: a protein antigen from N. meningitides serogroup B (1-7); an outer-membrane vesicle (OMV) preparation from N.
  • OMV outer-membrane vesicle
  • meningitides serogroup B (8, 9, 10, 11); a saccharide antigen from N. meningitides serogroup A, C W135 and/or Y, such as the oligosaccharide (12) from serogroup C (13); a saccharide antigen horn Streptococcus pneumoniae (14, 15, 16); an antigen from N.
  • gonorrhoeae (1, 2, 3); an antigen from Chlamydia pneumoniae (17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23); an antigen from Chlamydia trachomatis (24); an antigen from hepatitis A virus, such as inactivated virus (25, 26); an antigen from hepatitis B virus, such as the surface and/or core antigens (e.g. 26, 27); an antigen from hepatitis C virus (28); an antigen from Bordetella pertussis, such as petussis holotoxin (PT) and filamentous haemagglutinin (FHA) from B.
  • Bordetella pertussis such as petussis holotoxin (PT) and filamentous haemagglutinin (FHA) from B.
  • pertussis optionally also combination with pertactin and/or agglutinogens 2 and 3 (29, 30); a diphtheria antigen, such as a diphtheria toxoid (31:chapter 3) e.g.
  • a tetanus antigen such as a tetanus toxoid (31 : chapter 4); a protein antigen from Helicobacter pylori such as CagA (33), VacA (33), NAP (34), HopX (5), HopY (35) and/or urease; a saccharide antigen from Haemophilus influenzae B (13); an antigen from Porphyromonas gingivalis (36); polio antigen(s) (37, 38) such as IPV or OPV; rabies antigen(s) (39) such lyophilized inactivated virus (40, RabAvertTM); measles, mumps and/or rubella antigens (31: chapters 9, 10, & 11); influenza antigen(s) (31:chapter 19), such as the haemagglutinin and/or neuraminidase surface proteins; an antigen from Moraxella catarrhalis (41); an antigen from Moraxella catarr
  • the composition may comprise one or more of the above antigens.
  • a saccharide or carbohydrate antigen is used, it is preferably conjugated to a carrier protein in order to enhance antigenicity (47-56).
  • Preferred carrier proteins are bacterial toxins or toxoids, such as diphtheria or tetanus toxoids.
  • the CRM 1 C 17 diphtheria toxoid is particularly preferred.
  • Other suitable carrier proteins include the N. meningitides outer membrane protein (57), synthetic peptides (58, 59), heat shock proteins (60), pertussis proteins (61, 62), protein D from H. influenzae (63), toxin A or B from C. difficile (64) etc.
  • a mixture comprises capsular saccharides from both serogroups A and C
  • the ratio (w/w) of MenA saccharide:MenC saccharide is greater than 1 (e.g. 2:1, 3:1, 4:4, 5:1, 10:1 or higher).
  • Saccharides from different serogroups of ⁇ . meningitides may be conjugated to the same or different carrier proteins. [00434] Any suitable conjugation reaction can be used, with any suitable linker where necessary.
  • Toxic protein antigens may be detoxified where necessary (e.g. detoxification of pertussis toxin by chemical and/or genetic means (30)).
  • diphtheria antigen is included in the composition it is preferred also to include tetanus antigens and pertussis antigens. Similar, where a tetanus antigen is include it is preferred also to include diphtheria and pertussis antigens. Similar, where pertussis antigen is included it is preferred also to include diphtheria and tetanus antigens.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds described herein can include additives such as excipients.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include processing agents and drug delivery modifiers and enhancers, such as, for example, calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, monosaccharides, disaccharides, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, dextrose, hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, low melting waxes, ion exchange resins, and the like, as well as combinations of any two or more thereof.
  • processing agents and drug delivery modifiers and enhancers such as, for example, calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, monosaccharides, disaccharides, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, dextrose, hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, low melting waxes, ion exchange resins, and the like, as well as combinations of any two or
  • compositions containing the compounds of the invention may be in any form suitable for the intended method of administration, including, for example, a solution, a suspension, or an emulsion.
  • Liquid carriers are typically used in preparing solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
  • Liquid carriers contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include, for example, water, saline, pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent(s), pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fats, and the like, as well as mixtures of two or more thereof.
  • the liquid carrier may contain other suitable pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, nutrients, buffers, preservatives, suspending agents, thickening agents, viscosity regulators, stabilizers, and the like.
  • Suitable organic solvents include, for example, monohydric alcohols, such as ethanol, and polyhydric alcohols, such as glycols.
  • Suitable oils include, for example, soybean oil, coconut oil, olive oil, saffiower oil, cottonseed oil, and the like.
  • the carrier can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and the like.
  • Compositions of the present invention may also be in the form of microparticles, microcapsules, and the like, as well as combinations of any two or more thereof. [00437]
  • the compounds and combinations of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposomes.
  • liposomes are generally derived from phospholipids or other lipid substances. Liposomes are fonned by mono- or multilamellar hydrated liquid crystals that are dispersed in an aqueous medium. Any non-toxic, physiologically acceptable and metabolizable lipid capable of forming liposomes can be used.
  • the present compositions in liposome form can contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, stabilizers, preservatives, excipients, and the like.
  • the preferred lipids are the phospholipids and phosphatidyl cholines (lecithins), both natural and synthetic. Methods to form liposomes are known in the art.
  • compositions comprising an antigen, an antigenic CpG-ODN and a polycationic polymer.
  • Other immunostimulatory additives described in the art may be used, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,026,546; U.S. Patent No. 4,806,352; and U.S. Patent No. 5,026,543.
  • SMIP compounds as described in USSN 10/814480 and 60/582654 are contemplated as effective co ⁇ administration agents or combination with the compositions of the instant invention.
  • a controlled release delivery system may be used, such as a diffusion controlled matrix system or an erodible system, as described for example in: Lee, "Diffusion-Controlled Matrix Systems", pp.
  • the matrix may be, for example, a biodegradable material that can degrade spontaneously in situ and in vivo for, example, by hydrolysis or enzymatic cleavage, e.g., by proteases.
  • the delivery system may be, for example, a naturally occurring or synthetic polymer or copolymer, for example in the form of a hydrogel.
  • Exemplary polymers with cleavable linkages include polyesters, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, polysaccharides, poly(phosphoesters), polyamides, polyurethanes, poly(imidocarbonates) and poly(phosphazenes) .
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered enterally, orally, parenterally, sublingually, by inhalation spray, rectally, or topically in dosage unit formulations containing conventional nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles as desired.
  • suitable modes of administration include oral, subcutaneous, transdermal, transmucosal, iontophoretic, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, subdermal, rectal, and the like.
  • Topical administration may also involve the use of transdermal administration such as transdermal patches or ionophoresis devices.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection, or infusion techniques.
  • injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-propanediol.
  • a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent for example, as a solution in 1,3-propanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.
  • Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable nonirritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols that are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
  • a suitable nonirritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols that are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration may include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose lactose or starch.
  • Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs containing inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants, such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, cyclodextrins, and sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • Effective amounts of the compounds of the invention generally include any amount sufficient to detectably treat the disorders described herein.
  • Successful treatment of a subject in accordance with the invention may result in the inducement of a reduction or alleviation of symptoms in a subject afflicted with a medical or biological disorder to, for example, halt the further progression of the disorder, or the prevention of the disorder.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy.
  • compositions of the invention may be administered in conjunction with one or more antigens for use in therapeutic, prophylactic, or diagnostic methods of the present invention.
  • Preferred antigens include those listed below.
  • the compositions of the present invention may be used to treat or prevent infections caused by any of the below-listed microbes.
  • the compositions of the invention may also be combined with an adjuvant as described herein.
  • Antigens for use with the invention include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following antigens set forth below, or antigens derived from one or more of the pathogens set forth below:
  • Bacterial antigens suitable for use in the invention include proteins, polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides, and outer membrane vesicles which may be isolated, purified or derived from a bacteria.
  • bacterial antigens may include bacterial lysates and inactivated bacteria formulations.
  • Bacteria antigens may be produced by recombinant expression.
  • Bacterial antigens preferably include epitopes which are exposed on the surface of the bacteria during at least one stage of its life cycle. Bacterial antigens are preferably conserved across multiple serotypes.
  • Bacterial antigens include antigens derived from one or more of the bacteria set forth below as well as the specific antigens examples identified below.
  • Meningitides antigens may include proteins (such as those identified in References 1 - 7), saccharides (including a polysaccharide, oligosaccharide or lipopolysaccharide), or outer-membrane vesicles (References 8, 9, 10, 11) purified or derived from N. meningitides serogroup A, C, W135, Y, and/or B. Meningitides protein antigens may be selected from adhesions, autotransporters, toxins, Fe acquisition proteins, and membrane associated proteins (preferably integral outer membrane protein).
  • Streptococcus pneumoniae antigens may include a saccharide (including a polysaccharide or an oligosaccharide) or protein from Streptococcus pneumoniae. Saccharide antigens may be selected from serotypes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6B, 7F, 8, 9 ⁇ , 9V, 1OA, HA, 12F, 14, 15B, 17F, 18C, 19A, 19F, 20, 22F, 23F, and 33F. Protein antigens may be selected from a protein identified in WO 98/18931, WO 98/18930, US Patent No. 6,699,703, US Patent No. 6,800,744, WO 97/43303, and WO 97/37026.
  • Streptococcus pneumoniae proteins may be selected from the Poly Histidine Triad family (PhtX), the Choline Binding Protein family (CbpX), CbpX truncates, LytX family, LytX truncates, CbpX truncate-LytX truncate chimeric proteins, pneumolysin (Ply), PspA, PsaA, Spl28, SpIOl, Spl30, Spl25 or Spl33.
  • PhtX Poly Histidine Triad family
  • CbpX Choline Binding Protein family
  • CbpX truncates CbpX truncates
  • LytX family LytX truncates
  • pneumolysin (Ply) PspA, PsaA, Spl28, SpIOl, Spl30, Spl25 or Spl33.
  • Streptococcus pyogenes Group A Streptococcus antigens may include a protein identified in WO 02/34771 or WO 2005/032582 (including GAS 40), fusions of fragments of GAS M proteins (including those described in WO 02/094851, and Dale, Vaccine (1999) 17:193-200, and Dale, Vaccine 14(10): 944-948), fibronectin binding protein (Sfbl), Streptococcal heme- associated protein (Shp), and Streptolysin S (SagA).
  • Moraxella catarrhalis Moraxella antigens include antigens identified in WO 02/18595 and WO 99/58562, outer membrane protein antigens (HMW-OMP), C- antigen, and/or LPS.
  • Bordetella pertussis Pertussis antigens include petussis holotoxin (PT) and filamentous haemagglutinin (FHA) from B. pertussis, optionally also combination with pertactin and/or agglutinogens 2 and 3 antigen.
  • Staphylococcus aureus Staph aureus antigens include S.
  • aureus type 5 and 8 capsular polysaccharides optionally conjugated to nontoxic recombinant Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A, such as StaphVAXTM, or antigens derived from surface proteins, invasins (leukocidin, kinases, hyaluronidase), surface factors that inhibit phagocytic engulfment (capsule, Protein A), carotenoids, catalase production, Protein A, coagulase, clotting factor, and/or membrane-damaging toxins (optionally detoxified) that lyse eukaryotic cell membranes (hemolysins, leukotoxin, leukocidin).
  • Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A such as StaphVAXTM
  • antigens derived from surface proteins invasins (leukocidin, kinases, hyaluronidase), surface factors that inhibit
  • Staphylococcus epidermis S. epidermidis antigens include slime-associated antigen (SAA). Tetanus: Tetanus antigens include tetanus toxoid (TT), preferably used as a carrier protein in conjunction/conjugated with the compositions of the present invention.
  • Tetanus antigens include diphtheria toxin, preferably detoxified, such as CRMi 97 , additionally antigens capable of modulating, inhibiting or associated with ADP ribosylation are contemplated for combination/co- adrninistration/conjugation with the compositions of the present invention, the diphtheria toxoids are preferably used as carrier proteins.
  • Haemophilus influenzae B Hib antigens include a Hib saccharide antigen.
  • Pseudomonas aeruginosa Pseudomonas antigens include endotoxin A, Wzz protein, P. aeruginosa LPS, more particularly LPS isolated from PAOl (05 serotype), and/or Outer Membrane Proteins, including Outer Membrane Proteins F (OprF) (Infect Imm ⁇ n. 2001 May; 69(5): 3510-3515).
  • Legionella pneumophila (Legionnairs' Disease): L. pneumophila antigens may optionally derived from cell lines with disrupted asd genes (Infect Immun.
  • Streptococcus agalactiae Group B Streptococcus: Group B Streptococcus antigens include a protein or saccharide antigen identified in WO 02/34771, WO 03/093306, WO 04/041157, or WO 2005/002619 (including proteins GBS 80, GBS 104, GBS 276 and GBS 322, and including saccharide antigens derived from serotypes Ia, Ib, Ia/c, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII and VIII).
  • Neiserria gonorrhoeae antigens include Por (or porin) protein, such as PorB (see Zhu et al, Vaccine (2004) 22:660 - 669), a transferring binding protein, such as TbpA and TbpB (See Price et al, Infection and Immunity (2004) 71(1):277 - 283), a opacity protein (such as Opa), a reduction-modifiable protein (Rmp), and outer membrane vesicle (OMV) preparations (see Plante et al, J Infectious Disease (2000) 182:848 - 855), also see e.g.
  • PorB PorB
  • TbpA and TbpB See Price et al, Infection and Immunity (2004) 71(1):277 - 283
  • a opacity protein such as Opa
  • Rmp reduction-modifiable protein
  • OMV outer membrane vesicle
  • Chlamydia trachomatis antigens include antigens derived from serotypes A, B, Ba and C are (agents of trachoma, a cause of blindness), serotypes L 1 , L 2 & L 3 (associated with Lymphogranuloma venereum), and serotypes, D-K. Chlamydia trachomas antigens may also include an antigen identified in WO 00/37494, WO 03/049762, WO 03/068811, or WO 05/002619.
  • Treponema pallidum Syphilis antigens include TmpA antigen.
  • Haemophilus ducreyi causing chancroid
  • Ducreyi antigens include outer membrane protein (DsrA).
  • Enterococcus faecalis or Enter ococcus faecium Antigens include a trisaccharide repeat or other Enterococcus derived antigens provided in US Patent No. 6,756,361.
  • Helicobacter pylori H pylori antigens include Cag, Vac, Nap, HopX, Hop Y and/or urease antigen.
  • Staphylococcus saprophyticus Antigens include the 160 kDa hemagglutinin of S. saprophyticus antigen.
  • Yersinia enterocolitica Antigens include LPS (Infect Immun. 2002 August; 70(8): 4414).
  • E. coli E. coli antigens may be derived from enterotoxigenic E. coli (ETEC), enteroaggregative E. coli (EAggEC), diffusely adhering E. coli (DAEC), enteropathogenic E. coli (EPEC), and/or enterohemorrhagic E. coli (EHEC).
  • Bacillus anthracis anthrax: B.
  • anthracis antigens are optionally detoxified and may be selected from A-components (lethal factor (LF) and edema factor (EF)), both of which can share a common B-component known as protective antigen (PA).
  • LF lethal factor
  • EF edema factor
  • PA protective antigen
  • Plague antigens include Fl capsular antigen (Infect Immun. 2003 Jan; 71(1)): 374-383, LPS (Infect Immun. 1999 Oct; 67(10): 5395), Yersinia pestis V antigen (Infect Immun. 1997 Nov; 65(11): 4476-4482).
  • Tuberculosis antigens include lipoproteins, LPS, BCG antigens, a fusion protein of antigen 85B (Ag85B) and/or ESAT-6 optionally formulated in cationic lipid vesicles (Infect Immun. 2004 October; 72(10): 6148), Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) isocitrate dehydrogenase associated antigens (Proc Natl Acad Sd USA. 2004 Aug 24; 101(34): 12652), and/or MPT51 antigens ⁇ Infect Immun. 2004 July; 72(7): 3829).
  • Antigens include outer membrane proteins, including the outer membrane protein A and/or B (OmpB) ⁇ Biochim Biophys Acta. 2004 Nov l;1702(2):145), LPS, and surface protein antigen (SPA) (J Autoimmun. 1989 Jun;2 Suppl:81).
  • Listeria monocytogenes Antigens derived from L. monocytogenes are preferably used as carriers/vectors for intracytoplasmic delivery of conjugates/associated compositions of the present invention.
  • Chlamydia pneumoniae Antigens include those identified in WO 02/02606.
  • Vibrio cholerae Antigens include proteinase antigens, LPS, particularly lipopolysaccharides of Vibrio cholerae II, Ol Inaba O-specif ⁇ c polysaccharides, V. cholera 0139, antigens of IEM108 vaccine (Infect Immun. 2003 Oct;71(10):5498- 504), and/or Zonula occludens toxin (Zot).
  • Salmonella typhi typhoid fever
  • Antigens include capsular polysaccharides preferably conjugates (Vi, i.e. vax-TyVi).
  • Antigens include lipoproteins (such as OspA, OspB, Osp C and Osp D), other surface proteins such as OspE-related proteins (Erps), decorin-binding proteins (such as DbpA), and antigenically variable VI proteins. , such as antigens associated with P39 and P13 (an integral membrane protein, Infect Immun.2001 May; 69(5): 3323-3334), VlsE Antigenic Variation Protein (J Clin Microbiol. 1999 Dec; 37(12): 3997).
  • Porphyromonas gingivalis Antigens include P. gingivalis outer membrane protein (OMP).
  • Antigens include an OMP, including OMP A, or a polysaccharide optionally conjugated to tetanus toxoid.
  • further bacterial antigens of the invention may be capsular antigens, polysaccharide antigens or protein antigens of any of the above.
  • Further bacterial antigens may also include an outer membrane vesicle (OMV) preparation.
  • OMV outer membrane vesicle
  • antigens include live, attenuated, split, and/or purified versions of any of the aforementioned bacteria.
  • the bacterial or microbial derived antigens of the present invention may be gram-negative or gram-positive and aerobic or anaerobic.
  • any of the above bacterial-derived saccharides can be conjugated to another agent or antigen, such as a carrier protein (for example CRM 197 ).
  • a carrier protein for example CRM 197
  • Such conjugation may be direct conjugation effected by reductive animation of carbonyl moieties on the saccharide to amino groups on the protein, as provided in US Patent No. 5,360,897 and Can JBiochem Cell Biol. 1984 May; 62(5): 270-5.
  • the saccharides can be conjugated through a linker, such as, with succinamide or other linkages provided in Bioconjugate Techniques, 1996 and CRC, Chemistry of Protein Conjugation and Cross-Linking, 1993.
  • Viral Antigens suitable for use in the invention include inactivated (or killed) virus, attenuated virus, split virus formulations, purified subunit formulations, viral proteins which may be isolated, purified or derived from a virus, and Virus Like Particles (VLPs).
  • Viral antigens may be derived from viruses propagated on cell culture or expressed recombinantly.
  • Viral antigens preferably include epitopes which are exposed on the surface of the virus during at least one stage of its life cycle. Viral antigens are preferably conserved across multiple serotypes.
  • Viral antigens include antigens derived from one or more of the viruses set forth below as well as the specific antigens examples identified below.
  • Orthomyxovirus Viral antigens may be derived from an Orthomyxovirus, such as Influenza A, B and C.
  • Orthomyxovirus antigens may be selected from one or more of the viral proteins, including hemagglutinin (HA), neuraminidase (NA), nucleoprotein (NP), matrix protein (Ml), membrane protein (M2), one or more of the transcriptase components (PBl, PB2 and PA).
  • Preferred antigens include HA and NA.
  • Influenza antigens may be derived from interpandemic (annual) flu strains.
  • influenza antigens may be derived from strains with the potential to cause pandemic a pandemic outbreak (i.e., influenza strains with new haemagglutinin compared to the haemagglutinin in currently circulating strains, or influenza strains which are pathogenic in avian subjects and have the potential to be transmitted horizontally in the human population, or influenza strains which are pathogenic to humans).
  • Paramyxoviridae viruses Viral antigens may be derived from Paramyxoviridae viruses, such as Pneumoviruses (RSV), Paramyxoviruses (PIV) and Morbilliviruses (Measles).
  • Viral antigens may be derived from a Pneumovirus, such as Respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), Bovine respiratory syncytial virus, Pneumonia virus of mice, and Turkey rhinotracheitis virus.
  • the Pneumovirus is RSV.
  • Pneumovirus antigens may be selected from one or more of the following proteins, including surface proteins Fusion (F), Glycoprotein (G) and Small Hydrophobic protein (SH), matrix proteins M and M2, nucleocapsid proteins N, P and L and nonstructural proteins NSl and NS2.
  • Preferred Pneumovirus antigens include F, G and M. See e.g., J Gen Virol.
  • Pneumovirus antigens may also be formulated in or derived from chimeric viruses.
  • chimeric RSV/PIV viruses may comprise components of both RSV and PIV.
  • Paramyxovirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Paramyxovirus, such as Parainfluenza virus types 1 - 4 (PIV), Mumps, Sendai viruses, Simian virus 5, Bovine parainfluenza virus and Newcastle disease virus.
  • the Paramyxovirus is PIV or Mumps.
  • Paramyxovirus antigens may be selected from one or more of the following proteins: Hemagglutinin -Neuraminidase (HN), Fusion proteins Fl and F2, Nucleoprotein (NP), Phosphoprotein (P), Large protein (L), and Matrix protein (M).
  • HN Hemagglutinin -Neuraminidase
  • NP Nucleoprotein
  • Phosphoprotein P
  • Large protein L
  • M Matrix protein
  • Preferred Paramyxovirus proteins include HN, Fl and F2.
  • Paramyxovirus antigens may also be formulated in or derived from chimeric viruses.
  • chimeric RSV/PIV viruses may comprise components of both RSV and PIV.
  • Commercially available mumps vaccines include live attenuated mumps virus, in either a monovalent form or in combination with measles and rubella vaccines (MMR).
  • Morbillivirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Morbillivirus, such as Measles. Morbillivirus antigens may be selected from one or more of the following proteins: hemagglutinin (H), Glycoprotein (G), Fusion factor (F), Large protein (L), Nucleoprotein (NP), Polymerase phosphoprotein (P), and Matrix (M). Commercially available measles vaccines include live attenuated measles virus, typically in combination with mumps and rubella (MMR).
  • Picornavirus Viral antigens may be derived from Picornaviruses, such as Enteroviruses, Rhinoviruses, Heparnavirus, Cardioviruses and Aphthoviruses.
  • Antigens derived from Enteroviruses are preferred.
  • Enterovirus Viral antigens may be derived from an Enterovirus, such as Poliovirus types 1, 2 or 3, Coxsackie A virus types 1 to 22 and 24, Coxsackie B virus types 1 to 6, Echovirus (ECHO) virus) types 1 to 9, 11 to 27 and 29 to 34 and Enterovirus 68 to 71.
  • the Enterovirus is poliovirus.
  • Enterovirus antigens are preferably selected from one or more of the following Capsid proteins VPl, VP2, VP3 and VP4.
  • Commercially available polio vaccines include Inactivated Polio Vaccine (IPV) and Oral poliovirus vaccine (OPV).
  • Heparnavirus Viral antigens may be derived from an Heparnavirus, such as Hepatitis A virus (HAV). Commercially available HAV vaccines include inactivated HAV vaccine.
  • Togavirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Togavirus, such as a Rubivirus, an Alphavirus, or an Arterivirus. Antigens derived from Rubivirus, such as Rubella virus, are preferred. Togavirus antigens may be selected from El, E2, E3, C, NSP-I, NSPO-2, NSP-3 or NSP-4. Togavirus antigens are preferably selected from El, E2 or E3.
  • Rubella vaccines include a live cold- adapted virus, typically in combination with mumps and measles vaccines (MMR).
  • Flavivirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Flavivirus, such as Tick- borne encephalitis (TBE), Dengue (types 1, 2, 3 or 4), Yellow Fever, Japanese encephalitis, West Nile encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis, Russian spring-summer encephalitis, Powassan encephalitis.
  • Flavivirus antigens may be selected from PrM, M, C, E, NS-I, NS-2a, NS2b, NS3, NS4a, NS4b, and NS5.
  • Flavivirus antigens are preferably selected from PrM, M and E.
  • Commercially available TBE vaccine include inactivated virus vaccines.
  • Pestivirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Pestivirus, such as Bovine viral diarrhea (BVDV), Classical swine fever (CSFV) or Border disease (BDV).
  • Hepadnavirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Hepadnavirus, such as Hepatitis B virus. Hepadnavirus antigens may be selected from surface antigens (L, M and S), core antigens (HBc, HBe).
  • Commercially available HBV vaccines include subunit vaccines comprising the surface antigen S protein.
  • Hepatitis C virus Viral antigens may be derived from a Hepatitis C virus (HCV). HCV antigens may be selected from one or more of El, E2, E1/E2, NS345 polyprotein, NS 345-core polyprotein, core, and/or peptides from the nonstructural regions (Houghton et al., Hepatology (1991) 14:381).
  • Rhabdovirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Rhabdovirus, such as a Lyssavirus (Rabies virus) and Vesiculovirus (VSV). Rhabdovirus antigens may be selected from glycoprotein (G), nucleoprotein (N), large protein (L), nonstructural proteins (NS).
  • Rabies virus vaccine comprise killed virus grown on human diploid cells or fetal rhesus lung cells.
  • Caliciviridae Viral antigens may be derived from Calciviridae, such as Norwalk virus.
  • Coronavirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Coronavirus, SARS, Human respiratory coronavirus, Avian infectious bronchitis (IBV), Mouse hepatitis virus (MHV), and Porcine transmissible gastroenteritis virus (TGEV).
  • Coronavirus antigens may be selected from spike (S), envelope (E), matrix (M), nucleocapsid (N), and Hemagglutinin-esterase glycoprotein (HE).
  • the Coronavirus antigen is derived from a SARS virus.
  • Retrovirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Retrovirus, such as an Oncovirus, a Lentivirus or a Spumavirus. Oncovirus antigens may be derived from HTLV-I, HTLV-2 or HTLV-5. Lentivirus antigens may be derived from HIV-I or HIV-2. Retrovirus antigens may be selected from gag, pol, env, tax, tat, rex, rev, nef, vif, vpu, and vpr.
  • HIV antigens may be selected from gag (p24gag and p55gag), env (gpl60 and gp41), pol, tat, nef, rev vpu, miniproteins, (preferably p55 gag and gpl40v delete). HIV antigens may be derived from one or more of the following strains: fflV ⁇ ib, HIVsF 2 , HIVLAV, HIV LA I, HIVMN, HIV-1 C M235, HIV-1 US4 .
  • Reovirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Reovirus, such as an Orthoreo virus, a Rotavirus, an Orbivirus, or a Coltivirus.
  • Reovirus antigens may be selected from structural proteins ⁇ l, ⁇ 2, ⁇ 3, ⁇ l, ⁇ 2, ⁇ l, ⁇ 2, or ⁇ 3, or nonstructural proteins ⁇ NS, ⁇ NS, or ⁇ ls.
  • Preferred Reovirus antigens may be derived from a Rotavirus.
  • Rotavirus antigens may be selected from VPl, VP2, VP3, VP4 (or the cleaved product VP5 and VP8), NSP 1, VP6, NSP3, NSP2, VP7, NSP4, or NSP5.
  • Preferred Rotavirus antigens include VP4 (or the cleaved product VP5 and VP8), and VP7.
  • Parvovirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Parvovirus, such as Parvovirus B19. Parvovirus antigens may be selected from VP-I, VP-2, VP-3, NS-I and NS-2. Preferably, the Parvovirus antigen is capsid protein VP-2. Delta hepatitis virus (HDV): Viral antigens may be derived HDV, particularly ⁇ -antigen from HDV (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,378,814). Hepatitis E virus (HEV): Viral antigens may be derived from HEV. Hepatitis G virus (HGV): Viral antigens may be derived from HGV.
  • HDV Delta hepatitis virus
  • HEV Hepatitis E virus
  • HEV Hepatitis G virus
  • Human Herpesvirus Viral antigens may be derived from a Human Herpesvirus, such as Herpes Simplex Viruses (HSV), Varicella-zoster virus (VZV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), Cytomegalovirus (CMV), Human Herpesvirus 6 (HHV6), Human Herpesvirus 7 (HHV7), and Human Herpesvirus 8 (HHV8).
  • Human Herpesvirus antigens may be selected from immediate early proteins ( ⁇ ), early proteins ( ⁇ ), and late proteins ( ⁇ ).
  • HSV antigens may be derived from HSV-I or HSV-2 strains.
  • HSV antigens may be selected from glycoproteins gB, gC, gD and gH, fusion protein (gB), or immune escape proteins (gC, gE, or gl).
  • VZV antigens may be selected from core, nucleocapsid, tegument, or envelope proteins.
  • a live attenuated VZV vaccine is commercially available.
  • EBV antigens may be selected from early antigen (EA) proteins, viral capsid antigen (VCA), and glycoproteins of the membrane antigen (MA).
  • CMV antigens may be selected from capsid proteins, envelope glycoproteins (such as gB and gH), and tegument proteins Papovaviruses: Antigens may be derived from Papovaviruses, such as Papillomaviruses and Polyomaviruses. Papillomaviruses include HPV serotypes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 31, 33, 35, 39, 41, 42, 47, 51, 57, 58, 63 and 65. Preferably, HPV antigens are derived from serotypes 6, 11, 16 or 18. HPV antigens maybe selected from capsid proteins (Ll) and (LT), or El - E7, or fusions thereof.
  • HPV antigens are preferably formulated into virus-like particles (VLPs).
  • Polyomyavirus viruses include BK virus and JK virus.
  • Polyomavirus antigens may be selected from VPl, VP2 or VP3. Further provided are antigens, compositions, methods, and microbes included in Vaccines, 4 th Edition (Plotkin and Orenstein ed. 2004); Medical Microbiology 4 th Edition (Murray et al. ed. 2002); Virology, 3rd Edition (W.K. Joklik ed. 1988); Fundamental Virology, 2nd Edition (B.N. Fields and D.M. Knipe, eds. 1991), which are contemplated in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention.
  • compositions of the present invention are combined with fungal antigens for use in methods of the present invention, including treatment or prevention of mycoses.
  • Fungal antigens for use herein, associated with vaccines include those described in: U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,229,434 and 4,368,191 for prophylaxis and treatment of trichopytosis caused by Trichophyton mentagrophytes; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,277,904 and 5,284,652 for a broad spectrum dermatophyte vaccine for the prophylaxis of dermatophyte infection in animals, such as guinea pigs, cats, rabbits, horses and lambs, these antigens comprises a suspension of killed T.
  • fungal antigens for use herein may be derived from Dermatophytres, including: Epidermophytonfloccusum, Microsporum audouini, Microsporum canis, Microsporum distortum, Microsporum equinum, Microsporum gypsum, Microsporum nanum, Trichophyton concentricum, Trichophyton equinum, Trichophyton gallinae, Trichophyton gypseum, Trichophyton megnini, Trichophyton mentagrophytes, Trichophyton quinckeanum, Trichophyton rubrum, Trichophyton schoenleini, Trichophyton tonsurans, Trichophyton verrucosum, T.
  • Fungal pathogens for use as antigens or in derivation of antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention comprise Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus flavus, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus terreus, Aspergillus sydowi, Aspergillus flavatus, Aspergillus glaucus, Blastoschizomyces capitatus, Candida albicans, Candida enolase, Candida tropicalis, Candida glabrata, Candida krusei, Candida par aps ⁇ losis, Candida stellatoidea, Candida kusei, Candida parakwsei, Candida lusitaniae, Candida pseudotropicalis, Candida guilliermondi, Cladospor
  • fungi from which antigens are derived include Alternaria spp, Curvularia spp, Helminthosporium spp, Fusarium spp, Aspergillus spp, Penicillium spp, Monolinia spp, Rhizoctonia spp, Paecilomyces spp, Pithomyces spp, and Cladosporium spp. Processes for producing a fungal antigens are well known in the art (see US Patent No. 6,333,164).
  • a solubilized fraction extracted and separated from an insoluble fraction obtainable from fungal cells of which cell wall has been substantially removed or at least partially removed characterized in that the process comprises the steps of: obtaining living fungal cells; obtaining fungal cells of which cell wall has been substantially removed or at least partially removed; bursting the fungal cells of which cell wall has been substantially removed or at least partially removed; obtaining an insoluble fraction; and extracting and separating a solubilized fraction from the insoluble fraction.
  • Embodiments of the invention include compositions and methods related to a prophylactic and therapeutic treatments for microbes that can be neutralized prior to infection of a cell.
  • microbes bacteria, viruses and/or fungi
  • STDs sexually transmitted diseases
  • compositions are combined with antigens derived from a viral or bacterial STD.
  • Antigens derived from bacteria or viruses can be administered in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention to provide protection against at least one of the following STDs, among others: chlamydia, genital herpes, hepatitis (particularly HCV), genital warts, gonorrhea, syphilis and/or chancroid (See, WO00/15255).
  • compositions of the present invention are co ⁇ administered with an antigen for the prevention or treatment of an STD.
  • Antigens derived from the following viruses associated with STDs, which are described in greater detail above, are preferred for co-administration with the compositions of the present invention: hepatitis (particularly HCV), HPV, HIV, or HSV.
  • antigens derived from the following bacteria associated with STDs which are described in greater detail above, are preferred for co-administration with the compositions of the present invention: Neiserria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Chlamydia trachomatis, Treponema pallidum, ox Haemophilus ducreyi.
  • the invention provides methods of preventing and/or treating infection by a respiratory pathogen, including a virus, bacteria, or fungi such as respiratoiy syncytial virus (RSV), PIV, SARS virus, influenza, Bacillus anthracis, particularly by reducing or preventing infection and/or one or more symptoms of respiratory virus infection.
  • a respiratory pathogen including a virus, bacteria, or fungi such as respiratoiy syncytial virus (RSV), PIV, SARS virus, influenza, Bacillus anthracis
  • a composition comprising an antigen described herein, such as one derived from a respiratory virus, bacteria or fungus is administered in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention to an individual which is at risk of being exposed to that particular respiratory microbe, has been exposed to a respiratory microbe or is infected with a respiratory virus, bacteria or fungus.
  • the composition(s) of the present invention is/are preferably co-administered at the same time or in the same formulation with an anti
  • Tumor Antigens can be, for example, peptide-containing tumor antigens, such as a polypeptide tumor antigen or glycoprotein tumor antigens.
  • a tumor antigen can also be, for example, a saccharide-containing tumor antigen, such as a glycolipid tumor antigen or a ganglioside tumor antigen.
  • the tumor antigen can further be, for example, a polynucleotide-containing tumor antigen that expresses a polypeptide-containing tumor antigen, for instance, an RNA vector construct or a DNA vector construct, such as plasmid DNA.
  • Tumor antigens appropriate for the practice of the present invention encompass a wide variety of molecules, such as (a) polypeptide-containing tumor antigens, including polypeptides (which can range, for example, from 8-20 amino acids in length, although lengths outside this range are also common), lipopolypeptides and glycoproteins, (b) saccharide-containing tumor antigens, including poly-saccharides, mucins, gangliosides, glycolipids and glycoproteins, and (c) polynucleotides that express antigenic polypeptides.
  • the tumor antigens can be, for example, (a) full length molecules associated with cancer cells, (b) homologs and modified forms of the same, including molecules with deleted, added and/or substituted portions, and (c) fragments of the same.
  • Tumor antigens can be provided in recombinant form.
  • Tumor antigens include, for example, class I-restricted antigens recognized by CD8+ lymphocytes or class Il-restricted antigens recognized by CD4+ lymphocytes.
  • tumor antigens are known in the art, including: (a) cancer-testis antigens such as NY-ESO-I, SSX2, SCPl as well as RAGE, BAGE, GAGE and MAGE family polypeptides, for example, GAGE-I, GAGE-2, MAGE-I, MAGE-2, MAGE-3, MAGE-4, MAGE-5, MAGE-6, and MAGE-12 (which can be used, for example, to address melanoma, lung, head and neck, NSCLC, breast, gastrointestinal, and bladder tumors), (b) mutated antigens, for example, p53 (associated with various solid tumors, e.g., colorectal, lung, head and neck cancer), p21/Ras (associated with, e.g., melanoma, pancreatic cancer and colorectal cancer), CDK4 (associated with, e.g., melanoma), MUMl (associated with, e.g., melanoma), caspase
  • Additional tumor antigens which are known in the art include pi 5, Hom/Mel- 40, H-Ras, E2A-PRL, H4-RET, IGH-IGK, MYL-RAR, Epstein Barr virus antigens, EBNA, human papillomavirus (HPV) antigens, including E6 and E7, hepatitis B and C virus antigens, human T-cell lymphotropic virus antigens, TSP-180, pl85erbB2, pl80erbB-3, c-met, mn-23Hl, TAG-72-4, CA 19-9, CA 72-4, CAM 17.1, NuMa, K- ras, p 16, TAGE, PSCA, CT7, 43-9F, 5T4, 791 Tgp72, beta-HCG, BCA225, BTAA, CA 125, CA 15-3 (CA 27.29 ⁇ BCAA), CA 195, CA 242, CA-50, CAM43, CD68 ⁇ KP1, CO-029, F
  • Polynucleotide-containing antigens in accordance with the present invention typically comprise polynucleotides that encode polypeptide cancer antigens such as those listed above.
  • Preferred polynucleotide-containing antigens include DNA or RNA vector constructs, such as plasmid vectors (e.g., pCMV), which are capable of expressing polypeptide cancer antigens in vivo.
  • Tumor antigens may be derived, for example, from mutated or altered cellular components. After alteration, the cellular components no longer perfo ⁇ n their regulatory functions, and hence the cell may experience uncontrolled growth.
  • altered cellular components include ras, p53, Rb, altered protein encoded by the Wilms' tumor gene, ubiquitin, mucin, protein encoded by the DCC, APC, and MCC genes, as well as receptors or receptor-like structures such as neu, thyroid hormone receptor, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) receptor, insulin receptor, epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptor, and the colony stimulating factor (CSF) receptor.
  • PDGF platelet derived growth factor
  • EGF epidermal growth factor
  • CSF colony stimulating factor
  • carrier proteins such as CRMi 9 - 7 , tetanus toxoid, or Salmonella typhimurium antigen can be used in conjunction/conjugation with compounds of the present invention for treatment of cancer.
  • the cancer antigen combination therapies will show increased efficacy and bioavailability as compared with existing therapies. Additional information on cancer or tumor antigens can be found, for example, in Moingeon P, "Cancer vaccines," Vaccine, 2001, 19:1305-1326; Rosenberg SA, "Progress in human tumor immunology and immunotherapy,” Nature, 2001, 411:380- 384; Dermine, S.
  • compositions of the present invention are used in conjunction with an antigen for treatment of a pediatric population, as in a pediatric antigen.
  • the pediatric population is less than about 3 years old, or less than about 2 years, or less than about 1 years old.
  • the pediatric antigen (in conjunction with the composition of the present invention) is administered multiple times over at least 1, 2, or 3 years.
  • the compositions of the present invention are used in conjunction with an antigen for treatment of a geriatric population, as in a geriatric antigen.
  • antigens for use in conjunction with the compositions of the present include hospital acquired (nosocomial) associated antigens.
  • parasitic antigens are contemplated in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention. Examples of parasitic antigens include those derived from organisms causing malaria and/or Lyme disease.
  • the antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention are associated with or effective against a mosquito born illness.
  • the antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention are associated with or effective against encephalitis.
  • the antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention are associated with or effective against an infection of the nervous system.
  • the antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention are antigens transmissible through blood or body fluids.
  • the methods comprise: (a) providing an emulsion by dispersing a mixture comprising (i) water, (ii) a detergent, (iii) an organic solvent, and (iv) a biodegradable polymer selected from the group consisting of a poly( ⁇ -hydroxy acid), a polyhydroxy butyric acid, a polycaprolactone, a polyorthoester, a polyanhydride, and a polycyanoacrylate.
  • the polymer is typically present in the mixture at a concentration of about 1% to about 30% relative to the organic solvent, while the detergent is typically present in the mixture at a weight-to- weight detergent-to-polymer ratio of from about 0.00001:1 to about 0.1:l (more typically about 0.0001:1 to about 0.1:1, about 0.001:1 to about 0.1:1, or about 0.005:1 to about 0.1:1); (b) removing the organic solvent from the emulsion; and (c) adsorbing an antigen on the surface of the microparticles.
  • the biodegradable polymer is present at a concentration of about 3% to about 10% relative to the organic solvent.
  • Microparticles for use herein will be formed from materials that are sterilizable, non-toxic and biodegradable. Such materials include, without limitation, poly( ⁇ -hydroxy acid), polyhydroxybutyric acid, polycaprolactone, polyorthoester, polyanhydride, PACA, and polycyanoacrylate.
  • microparticles for use with the present invention are derived from a poly( ⁇ ;-hydroxy acid), in particular, from a poly(lactide) ("PLA”) or a copolymer of D,L-lactide and glycolide or glycolic acid, such as a poly(D,L-lactide-co-glycolide) (“PLG” or "PLGA”), or a copolymer of D,L-lactide and caprolactone.
  • PLA poly(lactide)
  • PLA poly(lactide)
  • PLA poly(D,L-lactide-co-glycolide)
  • caprolactone a copolymer of D,L-lactide and caprolactone
  • microparticles may be derived from any of various polymeric starting materials which have a variety of molecular weights and, in the case of the copolymers such as PLG, a variety of lactide:glycolide ratios, the selection of which will be largely a matter of choice, depending in part on the coadministered macromolecule. These parameters are discussed more fully below.
  • Further antigens may also include an outer membrane vesicle (OMV)
  • Antigen References The following references include antigens useful in conjunction with the
  • compositions and methods of the present invention are compositions and methods of the present invention.
  • halo is preferably chloro, bromo, or iodo.
  • the reaction is a Grignard, carried out in an inert organic solvent, such as toluene, at a temperature between room temperature and the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture. Most significantly, the reaction is dependent on solvent conditions.
  • the reaction When carried out in a Toluene:THF:ether solvent system, the reaction provides the product in high yield. The product is precipitated from the reaction mixture with ammonium chloride (NH 4 Cl).
  • NH 4 Cl ammonium chloride
  • the resulting bis-3,4(3'-indolyl)-lN-pyrrole-2,5-dione product may be isolated by standard techniques.
  • L is a good leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, mesyl, tosyl, and the like.
  • L may also be a hydroxy or other precursor that may be readily converted to a good leaving group by techniques known in the art.
  • the hydroxy may be readily converted to a sulfonic ester such as mesyl by reacting the hydroxy with methanesulfonyl chloride to produce the mesylate leaving group.
  • the reaction is accomplished by any of the known methods of preparing N- substituted indoles.
  • This reaction usually involves approximately equimolar amounts of the two reagents, although other ratios, especially those wherein the alkylating reagent is in excess, are operative.
  • the reaction is best carried out in a polar aprotic solvent employing an alkali metal salt or other such alkylation conditions as are appreciated in the art.
  • a catalytic amount of iodide salt such as potassium iodide may be added to speed the reaction.
  • Reaction conditions include the following: Potassium hexamethyldisilazide in dimethylformamide or tetrahydrofuran, sodium hydride in dimethylformamide.
  • the reaction is carried out under slow reverse addition with cesium carbonate in either acetonitrile, dimethylformamide (DMF), or tetrahydrofuran (THF).
  • the temperature of the reaction is preferably from about ambient temperature to about the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture.
  • Scheme 1 is performed as a one pot procedure, with reagents in step a being NH 4 OH, CuCl in H 2 O.
  • reagents in step a being NH 4 OH, CuCl in H 2 O.
  • R 2 -R 5 are as defined herein.
  • R 9 as shown in scheme 3 is H, -OH, -CN, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, or -NR a R b as defined herein. It is contemplated that the above structure may replace Formula I to allow substitution at Rg, whereby all other substituents are as defined herein.
  • Example 60 [00460] 1 -(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine dihydrochloride [00461] A mixture of 15.22 g (59.52 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine (for preparation see German Auslegeschriftno. 1 061 788 published JuI. 23, 1959]), 7.73 g (60.59 mmol) 4-chloroaniline and 200 ml 1-butanol is heated for 2 h under reflux. The crystallizate which is obtained when the mixture slowly cools to 5° C. is then filtered off and washed with 1-butanol and ether.
  • the filter residue is dissolved in about 200 ml hot methanol, the solution is treated with 0.75 g activated carbon and filtered Via a Hyflo Super CeI, and the pH of the filtrate is adjusted to about 2.5 with 7 ml 3N methanolic HCl.
  • the filtrate is evaporated to about half the original volume and ether added until slight turbidity occurs; cooling then leads to the precipitation of crystals.
  • the crystallizate is filtered off, washed with a mixture of methanol/ether (1 :2) as well as ether, dried for 8 h at 110° C. under HV, and equilibrated for 72 h at 20° C. and in room atmosphere.
  • Example 62 1 -(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine hydrochloride [00465] A mixture of 1.28 g (5 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine, 0.67 g (5.25 mmol) 4-chloroaniline and 15 ml 1-butanol is heated for 0.5 h at 100 C while stirring in a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture is then cooled to RT, filtered, and the filtrate washed with 1-butanol and ether.
  • the crystallizate is dissolved in 40 ml of hot methanol, the solution treated with activated carbon, filtered via Hyflo Super CeI, and the filtrate evaporated to about half its original volume, resulting in the formation of a crystalline precipitate. After cooling to 0° C, filtration, washing of the filter residue with ether, and drying under HV for 8 h at 130° C, the title compound is obtained; m.p.
  • Example 63 1 -(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine
  • a mixture of 14.19 g (0.1 mol) phosphorus pentoxide, 13.77 g (0.1 mol) triethylamine hydrochloride and 12.76 g (0.1 mol) 4-chloroaniline is heated and stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere at 200° C. until a homogeneous melt has formed (about 20 min).
  • 5.93 g (0.025 mol) 4-(4-pyridylmethyl)-l (2H)- phthalazinone for preparation see German Auslegeschrift no.
  • 381 mg (0.77 mmol) 7-trifluoroacetamino-l- chloro- 4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine is heated to 100° C for 5 h in 3.1 ml n-butanol with 295 mg (2.31 mmol) 4-chloroaniline.
  • Example 65 5-(4-Chloroanilino)-8-(4-pyridylmethyl)pyrido[2.3-d]pyridazine [00476] Under N 2 atmosphere, a mixture of 1.19 g (8.38 mmol) phosphorus pentoxide, 1.156 g (8.4 mmol) triethylamine hydrochloride, and 1.072 g (8. 4 mmol) 4-chloroaniline is heated for 5 min to 200° C.
  • the starting material is prepared as follows: [00477] 65.1) 6-(Pyridin-4-yl)-l pyridin-5,7-dione [00478] To a suspension of 20.27 g (150 mmol) furo[3,4-b]pyridin-5(7h)-one (for preparation see Synthesis 1997,113) and 14.13 ml (150 mmol) 4- pyridinecarbaldehyde in 120 ml methanol and 75 ml ethyl propionate, 27.8 ml (150 mmol) of a 5.4M solution of sodium methylate in methanol is added dropwise under ice cooling (and N 2 atmosphere).
  • Example 67 A: l-(3-Phenoxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine [00490] A mixture of 256 mg (1.00 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine and 556 mg (3.00 mmol) 4-phenoxyaniline (Aldrich) is heated for 2 h at 90° C. The melt is cooled and stirred with 6 ml NH 3 solution (10% in water: or 10 ml sat. NaHCO 3 solution) and 15 ml dichloromethane/methanol 50:1 for 30 min. The aqueous phase is then separated off and extracted again with dichloromethane.
  • 200 mg (0.78 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine (Example 67A.1), 173 mg (1.25 mmol) K 2 CO 3 , and 120 mg (0.94 mmol) 3-chlorophenol (Fluka) are heated in 2 ml DMSO for 3 h to 90° C.
  • the reaction mixture is distributed between 20 ml water and 20 ml ethyl acetate, and the aqueous phase separated and extracted with 2 portions of ethyl acetate.
  • HR is a nucleophile, such as ammonia and the base is triethylamine or NaH.
  • a phosphoramidite method with o-xylylene N,N-diethylphosphoramidite (XEPA) u is effective in this system (Scheme 4).
  • the isopropylidene and Boc groups of 19 are removed simultaneously with 90% aq. TFA, and the resulting product, without purification, is heated with (EtO) 3 CH in DMF at 90 0 C to give the bredinin 5'- phosphate derivative 20 in 47% yield from 19.
  • Each of the compounds is also preferred for use in preparation of medicaments for immunopotentiation, treating microbial and viral infections, particularly HCV, HIV, and HSV, and in treating biological conditions mediated therefrom.
  • Some of the Example compounds were screened and found to not be effective at a concentration of 20 ⁇ M or less using the assay described below. These compounds are also useful within the scope of the invention, since the invention is not meant to be limited to those compounds that are useful at a concentration of 20 ⁇ M or less.
  • Compounds may be useful as intermediates or prodrugs with undetectable activity in the present assay, or as final products that cause production of TNF- ⁇ at higher concentrations, such as 100 ⁇ M, 200 ⁇ M or 300 ⁇ M in the assays described herein. For example Loxoribine causes useful production of TNF-ce at 300 ⁇ M (see Pope et al. Cellular Immunology 162: 333-339 (1995)).
  • Candidate small molecule immuno-potentiators can be identified in vitro. Compounds are screened in vitro for their ability to activate immune cells and or ability to inhibit viral replication/activity. One marker of such activation is the induction of cytokine production, for example TNF-a production. Apoptosis inducing small molecules may be identified having this activity. These small molecule immuno-potentiators have potential utility as adjuvants and immuno-therapeutics.
  • the PBMCs are incubated for 18 h at 37°C in 5% CO 2 . Their ability to produce cytokines in response to the small molecule compounds is determined using a modified sandwich ELISA. [00524] Briefly supernatants from the PBMC cultures are assayed for secreted TNF using a primary plate bound antibody for capture followed by a secondary biotinylated anti-TNF antibody forming a sandwich. The biotinylated second antibody is then detected using streptavidin-Europium and the amount of bound europium is determined by time resolved fluorescence.
  • ILl-beta IL-12, IL-6, IFN-gamma, IL-10 etc.
  • ILl-beta IL-12, IL-6, IFN-gamma, IL-10 etc.
  • Compounds may be useful that cause production of TNF- ⁇ at higher concentrations, such as lOO ⁇ M, 200 ⁇ M or 300 ⁇ M in the assays described herein.
  • Loxoribine causes useful production of TNF- ⁇ at 300 ⁇ M (see Pope et al. Immunostimulatory Compound 7-Allyl-8-Oxoguanosine (Loxoribine) Induces a Distinct Subset of Murine Cytokines Cellular Immunology 162: 333-339 (1995)).
  • Blood is collected aseptically using a sterile collecting system consisting of a butterfly needle connected to a syringe (Becton Dickinson & Co., Rutherford, NJ).
  • Anticoagulation is obtained using sterile heparin (Elkins-Sinn Inc., Cherry Hill, NJ) (10 U/ml blood, final concentration). Heparin is chosen as anticoagulant rather than EDTA in whole blood experiments, since EDTA has been reported to inhibit cell function in bioassays and to inhibit the production of TNF. Incubation of heparinized whole blood in the absence of LPS does not result in detectable cytokine production. Screens are run as described above in the in vitro method.
  • TNF levels are expressed as nanograms per 10 9 monocytes, since monocyte counts change during administration of a particular 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione, indolinone, chromen-4-one, derivatized pyridazine, staurosporine analog, nucleoside analog or other small molecule as described herein, and monocytes are the major source of TNF.
  • HCV Replicon RNA In Cell Lines (HCV Cell Based Assay) [00531] Cell lines, including Huh-11-7 or Huh 9-13, harboring HCV replicons (Lohmami, et al Science 285:110-113, 1999) are seeded at 5x10 cells/well in 96 well plates and fed media containing DMEM (high glucose), 10% fetal calf serum, penicillin-streptomycin and non-essential amino acids. Cells are incubated in a 5% CO 2 incubator at 37 0 C. At the end of the incubation period, total RNA is extracted and purified from cells using Qiagen Rneasy 96 Kit (Catalog No. 74182).
  • primers specific for HCV mediate both the reverse transcription (RT) of the HCV RNA and the amplification of the cDNA by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using the TaqMan One-Step RT-PCR Master Mix Kit (Applied Biosystems catalog no. 4309169).
  • the nucleotide sequences of the RT-PCR primers which are located in the NS5B region of the HCV genome, are the following: [0100] HCV Forward primer "RBNS5bfor" [0101] 5 'GCTGCGGCCTGTCGAGCT: [0102] HCV Reverse primer "RBNS5Brev”: [0103] 5 'CAAGGTCGTCTCCGCATAC [0104] Detection of the RT-PCR product is accomplished using the Applied Biosystem (ABI) Prism 7700 Sequence Detection System (SDS) that detects the fluorescence that is emitted when the probe, which is labeled with a fluorescence reporter dye and a quencher dye, is processed during the PCR reaction.
  • SDS Sequence Detection System
  • the increase in the amount of fluorescence is measured during each cycle of PCR and reflects the increasing amount of RT-PCR product. Specifically, quantification is based on the threshold cycle, where the amplification plot crosses a defined fluorescence threshold. Comparison of the threshold cycles of the sample with a known standard provides a highly sensitive measure of relative template concentration in different samples (ABI User Bulletin #2 December 11, 1997). The data is analyzed using the ABI SDS program version 1.7. The relative template concentration can be converted to RNA copy numbers by employing a standard curve of HCV RNA standards with known copy number (ABI User Bulletin #2 December 11, 1997).
  • cells were seeded at 5x 103 cells/well in a 96 well plate and were incubated either with: 1) media containing 1% DMSO (0% inhibition control), 2) 100 international units, IU/ml Interferon-alpha 2b in media/1 %DMSO or 3) media/1 %DMSO containing a fixed concentration of compound.
  • 96 well plates as described above were then incubated at 37 0 C for 3 days (primary screening assay) or 4 days (IC 50 determination).
  • HIV-I Replication Assay The inhibitory effects of the nucleoside analogs on HIV-I replication may be due to the inhibition of virus-induced infectious focus formation in MAGI-CCR5 cells. Briefly, MAGI-CCR5 cells are seeded in a 96-well plate at 1.5 x 10 4 cells per well. The culture supernatants are removed on the next day, and fresh culture medium containing the virus (approximately 300 focus-forming units per well) and various concentrations of the test compounds are added to each well. On day 2 after viral infection, the culture supernatants are removed and fixing solution (1% formaldehyde and 0.2% glutaraldehyde in phosphate-buffered saline [PBS]) is added to each well.
  • fixing solution 1% formaldehyde and 0.2% glutaraldehyde in phosphate-buffered saline [PBS]
  • the cells are fixed at room temperature for 5 min and washed twice with PBS.
  • X-GaI staining solution (4 mM potassium ferrocyanide, 4 mM potassium ferricyanide, 2 mM magnesium chloride, and 0.4 mg of 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indoyl- ⁇ -D-galactopyranoside per ml in PBS) is added to each well, and the cells are stained at 37°C for 45 min. The number of infected (blue) cells is counted microscopically.
  • ENV-Mediated Membrane Fusion Assay [00533] The inhibitory effects of the test compounds on HIV-I Env-mediated membrane fusion are determined by a P-D-galactosidase reporter gene system.
  • 293T cells are seeded in a six-well plate at 10 6 cells per well. The culture supernatants are removed on the next day, and the cells are transfected with 0.6 ⁇ g of Env expression vector, 0.2 ⁇ g of p-rev encoding HIV-I Rev, and 1.0 ⁇ g of pSV2tat encoding HIV-I Tat with Lipofectamine (Life Technologies).
  • the mixtures are removed and the cells are incubated with fresh culture medium for 2 days.
  • MAGI-CCR5 cells are seeded in a 96-well plate at 10 4 cells per well. Culture supernatants are removed on the next day, and fresh culture medium containing transfected 293T cells (10 4 cells per well) and various concentrations of the test compounds are added to each well.
  • the target and effector cell suspensions are incubated at 37 0 C.
  • Gal-Screen Tropix, Foster City, Calif.
  • the P- D-galactosidase activity in each well is measured with a luminometer (Microlumat LB96P; Berthold, Wildbad, Germany).
  • Pocket pets are assigned to groups of 7 animals; one group for each treatment and one to serve as a control (vehicle treated).
  • the compounds of the invention are formulated in water containing 5% Tween 80 (a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.).
  • Tween 80 a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.
  • the pocket pets are treated orally once daily for four consecutive days starting 24 hours after infection.
  • Antiviral activity is evaluated by comparing lesion development in compound treated versus vehicle treated pocket pets.
  • External lesions are scored 4, 7, 8 and 9 days after infection using the following scale: 0— no lesion, 1 —redness and swelling, 2--a few small vesicles, 3— several large vesicles, 4— large ulcers with necrosis and 5 ⁇ paralysis.
  • the maximum lesion score of each pocket pet is used to calculate the percentage lesion inhibition.
  • the percentage lesion inhibition is calculated as follows: 100 — Sum of maximum lesions scores of treatment group x 100 Sum of maximum lesion scores of vehicle group
  • Provisional Applications is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety: 60/599,717, filed August 5, 2004; 60/599,592, filed August 5, 2004; 60/600,850, filed August 11, 2004; 60/603,001, filed August 19,12004; 60,603,867, filed August 23, 2004; 60/612,070, filed September 21, 2004; 60/582,654), filed June 24, 2004; 60/614,963, filed September 21, 2004; and 60/590,459, filed July 22, 2004.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

Methods of stimulating an immune response and treating patients responsive thereto with 3,4-di(1H-indol-3-yl)-1H-pyrrole-2,5-diones, staurosporine analogs, derivatized pyridazines, chromen-4-ones, indolinones, quinazolines, nucleoside analogs, and other small molecules are disclosed. In a preferred embodiment benzopyrimidine derivatives such as ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib or erlotinib are used.

Description

COMPOUNDS FOR IMMUNOPOTENTIATION
FIELD OF THE INVENTION [0001] This invention pertains generally to compounds capable of stimulating or modulating an immune response in a subject. In some embodiments, the compounds are 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones, staurosporine analogs, derivatized pyridazines, cliromen-4-ones, indolinones, quinazolines, nucleoside analogs, or other small molecules as described herein. In some further embodiments, the invention provides novel combinations of antigens with immune potentiators that may be used in vaccine therapies. The compounds in one embodiment can be used as immunotherapeutics for proliferative diseases, infectious diseases, autoimmune diseases and/or allergies/asthma.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION [0002] With the number and diversity of diseases burgeoning and respective therapeutic treatments receding, a new therapeutic approach is needed. Such an approach should be focused less on targeting specific substrates in the disease state and more on bolstering the immune response to the disease. Since the discovery of penicillin, which targets bacteria-specific cell walls conveniently absent in man, the model of modem medicine has been to eliminate substrates in the disease state, while leaving the host system unaffected. Unfortunately, few therapies have ever reached that pinnacle and fewer still remain effective in the face of resistance mutations. Applied to cancer, upregulated kinases have been the targets of therapeutic development. Unfortunately, the only recent therapeutic agent to hit the bull's-eye is Gleevec®, and likely not solely because of its kinase inhibitory activity. Borg et al. J. Clin. Invest. 114:379-388 (2004). [0003] There are numerous benefits to (or detriments to not) potentiating an immune response instead of, or in addition to, disease substrate inhibition. One advantage is that substrates in the disease and host are commonly shared, although possibly upregulated in the disease state. For example, cancer drugs targeting kinases may be cytotoxic and may destroy cellular machinery in the host in addition to the cancer cells. Subsequently, the maximum tolerated doses (MTDs) necessary for treatment efficacy may result in undesirable side effects and even weaken the immune response in the patient. Such side effects may require cessation of treatment. Conversely, as seen with Gleevec®, the dual action of inhibiting bcr-abl, while stimulating an immune response, likely contributes to its efficacy and tolerability, particularly because NK cells, which are stimulated by administration of Gleevec®, independently play a role in tumor recession. This synergistic approach to cancer regression is extremely effective. Alternatively, cytotoxics that suppress the immune system may independently contribute to the disease state since they may inhibit separate pathways that are involved in recovery. [0004] Another advantage to immune potentiation is that it provides a platfoπn less easily bypassed by resistance mutations. Where therapeutic targets are so polarized and specific (which may be necessary in order to avoid targeting host cells), such as a particular substrate in a viral replicon or a kinase in a cancer cell line, a single point mutation in the disease state may render it unaffected by a drug resulting in even harsher strains of the disease in future generations. [0005] Novel methods and mechanisms for treating patients having diseases resistant to, or inadequately treated by, conventional approaches utilizing agents targeting specific immune response mechanisms in the body is needed. [0006] Substances that stimulate immune cells in vitro exhibit similar immuno- stimulatory effects in vivo. These compounds, such as recombinant cytokines, pathogen products (e.g. toxins, lipids, proteins/peptides, carbohydrates and nucleic acids) and other mammalian-derived immunostimulatory molecules (e.g. heat shock proteins, immune complexes and proteoglycans) all induce a measurable pro¬ inflammatory response both in vitro and in vivo. [0007] Immune response to certain agents that are otherwise less potent can be enhanced through the use of adjuvants. Such adjuvants potentiate the immune response to the specific agents or antigens and are therefore the subject of considerable interest and study within the medical community. Historically, the classic adjuvants have been Freund's complete or incomplete (i.e., without mycobacteria) adjuvants. Edmund Coley described the potential of Coley's toxin for cancer immuno-therapy. Other materials, such as mineral oil and aluminum hydroxide, have also been used as adjuvants, but they invariably suffer from disadvantages. For example, mineral oil is known to produce tissue irritation and to be potentially oncogenic. Alum, the only approved adjuvant in the United States, also induces granulomas at the inoculation site and furthermore it does not effectively induce cell-mediated immunity. Moreover, many of the adjuvants currently available have limited utility because they contain components that are not metabolizable in humans. Additionally, most adjuvants are difficult to prepare in that they may require time consuming procedures and the use, in some cases, of elaborate and expensive equipment to formulate a vaccine and adjuvant system. [0008] Immunological adjuvants are described in "Current Status of Immunological Adjuvants", Ann. Rev. Immunol., 1986, 4, pp. 369-388, and "Recent Advances in Vaccine Adjuvants and Delivery Systems" by Derek T OΗagan and Nicholas M. Valiante. See also U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,806,352; 5,026,543; and 5,026,546 for disclosures of various vaccine adjuvants appearing in the patent literature. [0009] Compounds are described in issued U.S. Patent Nos. 4,547,511 and 4,738,971 with the general structure (a):
a for the treatment of disorders responsive to agents that enhance cell-mediated immunity. [0010] Immunostimulatory oligonucleotides and polynucleotides are described in PCT WO 98/55495 and PCT WO 98/16247. U.S. Patent Application No. 2002/0164341 describes adjuvants including an unmethylated CpG dinucleotide (CpG ODN) and a non-nucleic acid adjuvant. U.S. Patent Application No. 2002/0197269 describes compositions comprising an antigen, an antigenic CpG-ODN and a polycationic polymer. [0011] Additionally, issued U.S. Patent Nos. 4,689,338, 5,389,640, 5,268,376, 4,929,624, 5,266,575, 5,352,784, 5,494,916, 5,482,936, 5,346,905, 5,395,937, 5,238,944, 5,525,612, WO99/29693 and U.S. Ser. No. 09/361,544 disclose compounds of the general structure (b): b wherein R' is focused around H and Ci-8 alkyl for the use as "immune response modifiers." Currently at the forefront of that genus is resiquimod. Although a potent cytokine stimulator, resiquimod has not been shown to directly inhibit mechanisms in the virus. As a result, it's efficacy in treating viral infections may be greatly reduced. Nevertheless, the fact that without direct antiviral activity resiquimod is still capable of ameliorating HSV infections indicates the effectiveness of treating by immune potentiation. [0012] Many of existing cancer therapeutics focus on targeted cytotoxicity, ideally eradicating cancer cell lines, while leaving normal cells intact. Unfortunately, the cancer cell targets for a particular drug, although upregulated in cancer cells, typically exist in normal non-carcinogenic cells as well. Subsequently, with high drug concentrations necessary for treatment, damage to healthy cells results, thereby effecting general health and immune response in the patient as well as causing toxicities such as mucositis, stomatitis, anorexia, vomiting, hypersensitivity, neurotoxicity, oncogenesis and/or mutagenesis. Furthermore, cytotoxic drugs are typically only effective against cancers with rapid growth rates, limiting their applicability and effective patient populations. [0013] Compounding the problem of toxicity and weakened immune response is the potential for an increased fraction of treatment resistant carcinogenic cells as therapy progresses. In order for treatment to be successful (beyond palliative therapy), it is necessary that all of the cancer cells be eliminated from the patient. Where the drug is so selective in its targeted mechanism of action, the likelihood of drug resistance increases since cancer cell survival depends solely on modifying a single targeted point in the cellular machinery. [0014] Drug regimens have been designed to kill as many tumor cells as possible by treating with "maximum tolerated doses" (MTDs) of these cytotoxic agents. In an effort to balance toxicity with efficacy, a conventional dosing schedule calls for episodic application of a cytotoxic drug at or near the MTD, followed by periods of rest to allow normal tissues to recover. Many such chemotherapy regimens are initially efficacious, resulting in tumor regression, but eventually lead relapses often marked by aggressive cancers that are resistant to the cytotoxic drug. [0015] Subsequently, an altered regimen with multiple mechanisms of action, functioning at doses low enough to avoid toxicity, while stimulating an immune response, would be beneficial. Such a regimen could be used in patients with both rapidly growing tumor cell lines as well as those with low growth rates and/or those in remission to prevent a relapse, since toxicities would be low and immune system functionality would be enhanced as opposed to being suppressed. [0016] It is therefore an object of the invention to provide a new treatment regimen involving a small molecule immune potentiator, either alone or in combination with another agent, for treatment against a disease characterized by decreased immune capacity, particularly cancer, whereby the regimen targets both substrates integral in cancer cell line survival as well as host immune potentiation, allowing the patient to benefit from both palliative and curative therapies at decreased compound doses. [0017] The current invention also seeks to provide individual therapeutic and prophylactic agents for treatment of disease states characterized by other immune deficiencies or abnormalities, including autoimmune diseases responsive to compounds with the capacity to modulate cytokines and/or TNF-a, such as multiple sclerosis and Crohn's disease. This need could be met by small molecule immune potentiators (SMIPs) because the small molecule platform provides diverse compounds for the selective manipulation of the immune response, necessary for increasing the therapeutic index immune modulators. [0018] Furthermore, it would be desirable to provide novel compounds with a varied capacity to alter levels and/or profiles of cytokine production in human immune cells. Compounds with structural disparities will often times elicit a desired response through a different mechanism of action, or with greater specificity to a target, such as a dendritic cell, modulating potency and lowering side effects when administered to a patient. [0019] Furthermore, it would be desirable to provide novel sole acting agents with a varied capacity to alter levels and/or profiles of cytokine production in human immune cells. Compounds with structural disparities will often times elicit a desired response through a different mechanism of action, or with greater specificity to a target, such as a dendritic cell, modulating potency and lowering side effects when administered to a patient. [0020] The immunosuppressive effect of cytostatic substances has rendered them useful in the therapy of autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis, psoriasis and certain rheumatic diseases. Unfortunately, their beneficial effect has to be weighed against the serious side effects that necessitate too low dosages and/or interruption of the treatment. [0021] It is one object of the present invention to provide an agent or combination of active substances that results in a significantly improved cytostatic or cytotoxic effect as compared to conventional cytostatics e.g. vincristin, methotrexate, cisplatin etc. Thereby, chemotherapies may be offered that combine increasing efficiency with a large reduction of side effects and therapeutic doses. Thus, the therapeutic efficiency of known cytostatic drugs is increased. Also, certain cell lines that are insensitive to chemotherapeutic treatment may become susceptible to chemotherapy by applying the combination of active substances. [0022] The current invention also seeks to provide individual therapeutic and prophylactic agents for treatment of disease states characterized by other immune deficiencies, abnormalities, or infections including autoimmune diseases and viral and bacterial infections responsive to compounds with the capacity to modulate cytokines and/or TNF-a, such as multiple sclerosis, Crohn's disease, HIV, HSV, and HCV, among others. [0023] Therapeutics that could serve to augment natural host defenses against viral infections with reduced toxicity would be very beneficial. The present invention provides such therapeutic agents, and further provides other related advantages.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0024] In one aspect, the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-diones in combination with antigens or other agents. In accordance with the first aspect, the invention further provides 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5- diones as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems. For the treatment of cancer at lowered doses, 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state. [0025] As adjuvants, the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product. [0026] As immuno-therapeutics, the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth. [0027] As immunotherapeutics, the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators). In addition, certain 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole- 2,5-diones with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL- 12, TNF or IFN 's) could be useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae. The 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection. The 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer. The 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole- 2,5-dione compounds may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses. [0028] In preferred embodiments of the first aspect of the invention, methods of treating cancer are provided wherein known anticancer agents are combined with 3,4- di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject. A method of inhibiting tumor cell growth is provided, comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually. [0029] Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the first aspect of the instant invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, 60/582,654 and 10/748,071 which are incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein. [0030] In a second aspect, the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering indolinones in combination with antigens or other agents. In accordance with the second aspect of the invention, the invention further provides indolinones as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides indolinones for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems. For the treatment of cancer at lowered doses, indolinones surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state. [0031] As adjuvants, the indolinone compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product. [0032] As immuno-therapeutics, the indolinone compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth. [0033] As immunotherapeutics, the indolinone compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators). In addition, certain indolinones with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN's) could be useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae. The indolinone compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection. The indolinone compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer. The indolinone compounds may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses. [0034] In preferred embodiments of the second aspect of the invention, methods of treating cancer are provided wherein known anticancer agents are combined with indolinone compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject. A method of inhibiting tumor cell growth is provided, comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one indolinone and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually. [0035] Preferred SMIPs of the second aspect of the present invention include indolinone compositions, specifically N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-((5-fluoro-2- oxoindolin-3-ylidene)methyl)-2,4-dimethyl-lH-pyrrole-3-carboxamide; 3-((3,5- dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)indolin-2-one; 3-(2,4-dimethyl-5-((2-oxoindolin- 3-ylidene)methyl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)propanoic acid; and 3-(3,5-dibromo-4- hydroxybenzylidene) -5 -iodoindolin-2-one . [0036] Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the second aspect of the invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, and 10/748,071 which are incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein. [0037] In a third aspect, the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering chromen-4-ones in combination with antigens or other agents. The third aspect of the invention further provides chromen-4-ones as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides chromen-4-ones for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems. For the treatment of cancer at lowered doses, chromen-4-ones surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state. [0038] As adjuvants, the chromen-4-one compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product. [0039] As immuno-therapeutics, the chromen-4-one compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth. [0040] As immunotherapeutics, the chromen-4-one compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators). In addition, certain chromen-4-ones with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN' s) could be useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae. The chromen-4-one compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection. The chromen-4-one compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer. The chromen-4-one compounds may also be used in anti- Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses. [0041] In preferred embodiments of the third aspect of the invention, methods of treating cancer are provided wherein known anticancer agents are combined with chromen-4-one compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject. A method of inhibiting tumor cell growth is provided, comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one chromen-4-one and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually. [0042] Preferred SMIPs of the third aspect of the present invention include chromen- 4-one compositions, specifically 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-8-(3- hydroxy-l-methylpiperidin-4-yl)chromen-4-one; 5,7-dihydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)- 4H-chromen-4-one; and 2,3 -dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-2-(3 ,A- dimethoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one. [0043] Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the third aspect instant invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, 60/582,654 and 10/748,071 which are incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein. [0044] In a fourth aspect, the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering derivatized pyridazines in combination with antigens or other agents. In accordance with the fourth aspect, the invention further provides derivatized pyridazines as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides derivatized pyridazines for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems. For the treatment of cancer at lowered doses, derivatized pyridazines surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state. [0045] As adjuvants, the derivatized pyridazine compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product. [0046] As immuno-therapeutics, the derivatized pyridazine compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth. [0047] As immunotherapeutics, the derivatized pyridazine compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, niAbs or other immune potentiators). In addition, certain derivatized pyridazines with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL- 12, TNF or IFN' s) could be useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae. The derivatized pyridazine compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection. The derivatized pyridazine compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer. The derivatized pyridazine compounds may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses. [0048] In preferred embodiments of the fourth aspect of the invention, methods of treating cancer are provided wherein known anticancer agents are combined with derivatized pyridazine compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject. A method of inhibiting tumor cell growth is provided, comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one derivatized pyridazine and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually. [0049] Preferred SMIPs of the fourth aspect of the present invention include derivatized pyridazine compositions, specifically l-(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine. [0050] Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the fourth aspect of the instant invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, 60/582,654, US 6,258,812 and 10/748,071 which are incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein. [0051] In a fifth aspect, the present invention provides immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine by administering staurosporine analogs in combination with antigens or other agents. The fifth aspect of the invention further provides staurosporine analogs as pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. More particularly the invention provides staurosporine analogs for treatment of diseases in patients with suppressed immune systems. For the treatment of cancer at lowered doses, staurosporine analogs surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state. [0052] As adjuvants, the staurosporine analog compounds are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product. [0053] As immuno-therapeutics, the staurosporine analog compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth. [0054] As immunotherapeutics, the staurosporine analogs also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, niAbs or other immune potentiators). In addition, certain staurosporine analogs with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL- 12, TNF or IFN 's) could be useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae. The staurosporine analog compounds may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection. The staurosporine analog compounds may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer. The staurosporine analog compounds may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses. [0055] In preferred embodiments of the fifth aspect of the invention, methods of treating cancer are provided wherein known anticancer agents are combined with staurosporine analog compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject. A method of inhibiting tumor cell growth is provided, comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one staurosporine analog and a mAb or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said mAb or antigen is administered individually. [0056] Preferred SMIPs of the fifth aspect of the present invention include staurosporine analog compositions, specifically 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3- gh^'^U'-Mpyrrolop^^fl^benzodiazonin-l-one, 2,3,10,11,12,13-hexahydro- 11,12-dihydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl; 9,13 -Epoxy- 1 H,9H-diindolo[ 1 ,2,3-gh: 3 \2\ Y- lm]pyrrolo[3 ,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin-l -one, 2,3 , 10, 11 , 12, 13-hexahydro- 10-methoxy- 9-methyl-ll-(methylamino); 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3-gh:3',2',r- lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][l,7]benzodiazonin-l-one, 2,3,10,11, 12,13-hexahydro-3-hydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl-ll-(methylammo); 9,12-Epoxy-lH-diindolo[l,2,3-fg:3',2',r- kl]pyrrolo[3 ,4-i] [ 1 ,6]benzodiazocin-l -one, 2,3 ,9, 10, 11 , 12-hexahydro- 10-hydroxy- 10- (hydroxymethyl)-9-methyl; and benzamide, N-[(9S,10R,llR,13R)-2,3,10,ll, 12,13- hexahydro- 10-methoxy-9-methyl- 1 -oxo-9, 13-epoxy- 1 H,9H-diindolo[ 1 ,2,3 -gh:3 ',2', 1 '- lm]pyrrolo [3 ,4-j ] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 11 -yl] -N-methyl. [0057] Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the fifth aspect of the instant invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, 60/582,654 and 10/748,071 which are incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein. [0058] In a sixth aspect, the instant invention provides novel immune potentiators, immunogenic compositions, and novel methods of administering a vaccine, by administering nucleoside analogs alone or in combination with antigens/other agents. The sixth aspect of the invention further provides compositions, novel compounds and pharmaceutical compositions, for use in the treatment of infectious diseases. [0059] The nucleoside analogs used in the methods and compositions of the sixth aspect of the invention are inexpensive to produce and easy to administer. They have potential for finer specificity compared to existing immunostimulants, thus providing improved efficacy and safety profiles. [0060] As adjuvants, the nucleoside analogs are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to form a final vaccine product. [0061] As immuno-therapeutics, the nucleoside analogs are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of chronic infections such as Kaposi's sarcoma, anogenital warts, HIV, HCV, SARS, HBV, HPV, HSV, and H. pylori. [0062] The nucleoside analogs of the present invention target substrates in the virus or disease state, such as, for example proteases, replicases, DNA polymerase, and/or RNA polymerase. [0063] In addition, certain nucleoside analogs with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN's) could be useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae. The nucleoside analogs may be used for example for the treatment of BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis B infection, influenza, inactivated polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcus infection, and pneumococcus infection. The nucleoside analogs may be used in an anti cell proliferative effective amount for the treatment of cancer. The nucleoside analogs may also be used in anti-Th2/Type2 cytokine amount for the deviation of allergic/asthmatic immune responses. [0064] Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the sixth aspect of instant invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, 60/582,654 and 10/748,071 which are incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein. [0065] Methods of manufacturing compounds and compositions described herein are provided and contemplated to fall within the scope of the invention. Further provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising any one of the compounds of Table 1, or compounds encompassed by Formulas I, II, or III, of Section VI of the detailed description. [0066] In a seventh aspect, the present invention immunogenic compositions and novel methods of administering a vaccine, by administering fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD- 6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-Ol, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate in combination with antigens or other agents. The seventh aspect of the invention further provides one of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate as a pharmaceutical composition, for use in the treatment of diseases associated or complicated with immune suppression, such as cancer, infectious diseases, allergies, and asthma. For the treatment of cancer at attenuated doses, fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate surpass existing therapies in that they function by independently targeting substrates involved in cancer pathways, while separately inducing an immune response in the subject thereby attacking different modes of the disease state. [0067] As adjuvants, the SMIP compounds (namely fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN- 518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate) are combined with numerous antigens and delivery systems to foπn a final vaccine product. [0068] As immuno-therapeutics, the SMIP compounds are used alone or in combination with other therapies (e.g. anti-virals, anti-bacterials, other immune modulators or in therapeutic vaccine antigens) for treatment of autoimmune diseases, chronic infections such as HIV, HCV, HBV, HSV, and H. pylori, as well as medicaments for the reduction of tumor growth. [0069] More particularly, one embodiment of the seventh aspect of the invention provides administering a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-Ol, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate to treat one of the following diseases: bacterial diseases autoimmune-, allergic- and viral-diseases, disturbances caused by the incidence of mental diseases, central nervous system depressants, habitual alcohols, and disorders of the respiratory system, CNS, urinary system, lymphatic system, reproductive system, or digestive system. [0070] As immunotherapeutics, the SMIP compounds also may be used for the treatment of cancer either alone or in combination with other anti-cancer therapies (e.g. chemotherapeutic agents, mAbs or other immune potentiators). In addition, fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate with the capacity to induce Type 1 cytokines (e.g. IL-12, TNF or IFN's) are useful for the treatment of allergies or asthma due to their capacity to steer the immune response towards more benign sequelae. [0071] In preferred embodiments of the seventh aspect of the invention, methods of treating cancer are provided wherein known anticancer agents are combined with SMIP compounds to reduce tumor growth in a subject. A method of inhibiting tumor cell growth is provided, comprising administering to a subject an effective dose of a combination containing at least one SMIP and a Mab or antigen, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit such cell growth than when said Mab or antigen is administered individually. [0072] Preferable SMIPs of the seventh aspect of the present invention include fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, or tetrathiomolybdate compositions as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: US 4,323,581, US 6,258,812, WO 98/35958, WO 01/60814, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, WO 03/24978, WO 03/04505, US 5,780,454, US 2003134846, WO 97/21701, US 5,621,100, WO 01/32651, WO 02/16351, US 6,727,256, WO 02/02552, US 5,457,105, US 5,616,582, US 5,770,599, US 5,747,498, WO, 96/30347, US 2003171303, WO 97/20842, WO 99/02162, WO 95/17182, WO 01/79255, WO 89/07105, US 5,439,936, WO 94/18151, WO 97/42949, WO 98/13344, US 5,554,519, WO 98/04541, US 6,025,387, US 2004073044, WO 02/62826, WO 04/06834, US 6,331,555, and WO 01/60814, wherein they are administered in reduced dosing amounts from existing regimens. More particularly, preferred compounds of the seventh aspect include those encompassed by Formula I in the aforementioned references. [0073] Additional embodiments, methods and compositions contemplated to be useful in the seventh aspect of the instant invention are disclosed in USSN 10/814,480, 10/762,873, and 10/748,071. [0074] Further embodiments of the several aspects of the invention include those described in the detailed description.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0075] In each of the aspects of the invention, the "method of modulating an immune response in a patient comprising administering a compound" of a particular formula, such as formula (I), can be replaced with: "use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament for modulating an immune response in a patient." In other embodiments the compounds are used in the manufacture of a medicament for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer. In other embodiments the compounds are used in the manufacture of a medicament for use as an adjuvant. Preferred compounds of the present invention include those having a particular formula as described in the aspects of the invention. [0076] Other embodiments provide the use of a compound of formula (I) and another agent for simultaneous separate or sequential administration. In a more particular embodiment the other agent is an antigen. In another more particular embodiment the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient. In another embodiment the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer. In another embodiment the use is as an adjuvant. [0077] Other embodiments provide a pharmaceutical preparation or system, comprising (a) a first pharmaceutical agent, which comprises a compound of formula (I); and (b) a second pharmaceutical agent, wherein said first and second agents are either in admixture or are separate compositions. In a more particular embodiment the second agent is an antigen. More specifically, the agents are for simultaneous separate or sequential administration. In another more particular embodiment the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient. In another embodiment the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer. In another embodiment the use is as an adjuvant. [0078] A kit comprising (a) a first pharmaceutical agent, which comprises a SMIP of formula I-L; and (b) a second pharmaceutical agent. In a more particular embodiment the second agent is an antigen. In another more particular embodiment the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient. In another embodiment the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer. In another embodiment the use is as an adjuvant. [0079] Another embodiment provides the use of a compound of formula (I) and another agent in the manufacture of a combination medicament. In a more particular embodiment the other agent is an antigen. In another more particular embodiment the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient. In another embodiment the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer. In another embodiment the use is as an adjuvant. [0080] Another embodiment provides the use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment the second agent is an antigen. In another more particular embodiment the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient. In another embodiment the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer. In another embodiment the use is as an adjuvant. [0081] Another embodiment provides the use of an antigen in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is co-administered with a compound of formula (I). [0082] The two agents are preferably administered within 4 hours of each other. [0083] Another embodiment provides the use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is for administration to a patient who has been pre-treated with another agent. In a more particular embodiment the second agent is an antigen. In another more particular embodiment the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient. In another embodiment the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer. In another embodiment the use is as an adjuvant. [0084] Another embodiment provides the use of an antigen in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is for administration to a patient who has been pre-treated with a compound of formula (I). The pre-treatment may be recent (e.g. within the 24 hours preceding administration of said medicament), intermediate (e.g. more than 24 hours previous, but no longer than 4 weeks), more distant (e.g. at least 4 weeks previous), or very distant (e.g. at least 6 months previous), with these time periods referring to the most recent pre treatment dose. The patient may be refractory to treatment by the pharmaceutical agent that was administered in the pre- treatment. In another more particular embodiment the use is for modulating an immune response in a patient. In another embodiment the use is for treating an infectious disease, autoimmune disease, allergies, or cancer. In another embodiment the use is as an adjuvant. [0085] Another embodiment provides, the use of a compound of formula (I) in the manufacture of a medicament, wherein the medicament is for administration to a patient who has a tumor or infection that is resistant to treatment with another agent.
[0086] Section I - First Aspect of the Invention - Quinazolines for Immuiiopotentiation [0087] All definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only. [0088] In accordance with the first aspect of the invention, Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art. [0089] One embodiment of the first aspect invention includes a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound of foπnula I: I wherein, Ri and R2 are each independently H, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -C(O)R0, or heterocyclyl; or Ri and R2 are taken together to form a bridge in subformula Ia:
the binding being achieved at the bonds crossed with a •">"• ; R3 and R4 each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O)pRd, or heterocyclyl; R5 is H or alkyl; R6 is H, -OH, -NH2, halogen, or alkyl; R7 is H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)R0, -S(O)pRd, or heterocyclyl; X is -CH(R6)-, -O-, -S-, or -N(Rf)-; each Ra and Rb is independently H, alkyl, -C(O)R0, aryl, heterocyclyl, or alkoxy; each R0 is independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, aryl, or heterocyclyl; each Rd is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, or -NRaRb; Re is H, -OH, halogen, -C(O)R0, aryl, heterocyclyl, or -NRaRb; n is O, 1, or 2; each p is independently O, 1, or 2; each q is independently 0, 1, or 2. [0090] Another embodiment is provided, wherein R5 is H. In still another more particular embodiment R3 and R4 are both H. In still another more particular embodiment Ri is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl, and R2 is heterocyclyl. [0091] In another more particular embodiment, R2 is defined as in subformula R2a: the binding being achieved at the bond crossed with a -™~ ; Z is N, O, S, or CH, provided that when Z is O or S, w is 0 and R8 is absent; R8 is absent, aryl or heterocyclyl; v is 0, 1, or 2; and w is 0, 1, or 2. [0092] In another embodiment thereof, Z is N. In still another more particular embodiment, w and v are both 1. In still another more particular embodiment R8 is pyridyl. [0093] In a separate embodiment thereof, Rj and R2 are taken together to form a bridge in subformula Ia:
Ia the binding being achieved at the bonds crossed with a -«~- . [0094] In another more particular embodiment of substructure Ia, R6 is H. In another more particular embodiment of substructure Ia, n is 1. [0095] In another more particular embodiment of substructure Ia, X is O. In still another more particular embodiment of substructure Ia, R7 is -CH2-NH(alkyl), -CH2- NH2, -CH2-CH2-NH2, -CH2-CH2-NH(alkyl), -CH2-CH2-N(alkyl)2 or -CH2- N(alkyl)2. In a preferred embodiment thereof said alkyl with R7 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl. [0096] In another more particular embodiment of substructure Ia, X is -CH2-. In still another more particular embodiment of substructure Ia, R7 is -CH2-NH(alkyl), -CH2- NH2, -CH2-CH2-NH2, -CH2-CH2-NH(alkyl), -CH2-CH2-N(alkyl)2 or -CH2-N(alkyl)2. In a preferred embodiment thereof said alkyl with R7 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl. [0097] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of:
[0098] In a more particular embodiment of any of the above methods, said modulating is inducing. In another embodiment said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors. [0099] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject. [00100] In another embodiment said subject is in remission from cancer. [00101] In another embodiment said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells. [00102] In another embodiment said compound is administered metronomically. [00103] In another embodiment the subject is not suffering from cancer. [00104] In another embodiment said compound is co-administered with another agent. [00105] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-ce levels. [00106] In another embodiment said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00107] In another embodiment subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis or Crohn's disease. [00108] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from a viral infection. [00109] In another embodiment said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV. [00110] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from allergies. [00111] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from asthma. [00112] In another embodiment the subject is suffering from precancerous lesions, such as actinic keratosis, atypical or dysplastic nevi, or premalignant lentigos. In another embodiment the subject is suffering from a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation, such as, neuro-fϊbromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock. [00113] Another embodiment provides a pharmaceutical composition containing any of the aforementioned compounds or embodiments of formula I. [00114] In another embodiment the subject is suffering from precancerous lesions, such as actinic keratosis, atypical or dysplastic nevi, or premalignant lentigos. [00115] Furthermore, it is contemplated that the invention encompasses all possible combinations of the preceding embodiments. [00116] The 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds can be used with or without an antigen in therapeutic applications, for example to treat cancer or infectious diseases. The 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds also may be used in combination with other therapeutic agents, such as anti-virals and monoclonal antibodies in different therapeutic applications. [00117] One preferred embodiment of the method of inducing an immunostimulatory effect in a patient is directed to administering an immunogenic composition comprising a vaccine in an amount effective to stimulate an immune response such as a cell-mediated immune response and, as a vaccine adjuvant, an 3,4- di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound, in an amount effective to potentiate the immune response such as the cell-mediated immune response to the vaccine. [00118] Agents combined with the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds, contemplated to be useful in treating the aforementioned diseases include those well known in the art, such as, anesthetics, hypnotic sedatives, anti-anxieties, antiepileptics, antipyretic antiphlogistics, stimulants, wake amines, anti-parkinson drugs, agents for psychoneuroses, agents for central nervous system, skeletal muscle relaxants, agents for autonomic nervous system, antispastic agents, cytotoxic agents, monoclonal antibodies, drugs for eye, drugs for nose and ear, anti-vertiginous drugs, cardiotonics, antiarrhythmic drugs, diuretics, pressure reduction drugs, vasoconstrictors, coronary vaso-dilators, peripheral vasodilating drugs, hyper-lipemia drugs, breath stimulants, antitussive and expectorant drugs, bronchodilators, drugs for allergy, antidiarrheal drugs, drugs for intestinal disorders, peptic ulcer drugs, stomachic digestants, antacids, cholagogouses, pituitary hormone drugs, salivary gland hormones, thyroid hormone drugs, antithyroid drugs, anabolic steroids, corticosteroids, androgen drugs, estrogen drugs, corpus luteum hormone drugs, mixed hormones, urinary/genital organ drugs, anus drugs, surgical sterilizations/antiseptics, wound protectives, externals for purulent diseases, analgesics, antipruritics, astringents, antiphlogistics, externals for parasite skin diseases, skin-softening drugs, caustics, dental/oral drugs, vitamins, inorganic preparations, supplemental liquids, hemostatics, anticoagulation drugs, drugs for liver diseases, antidotes, habitual intoxication drugs, drugs for treatment of gout, enzyme preparations, diabetic drugs, antioncotics, antihistaminics, antibiotics (such as ketolides, aminoglycosides, sulphonamides, and/or beta lactams), chemotherapeutics, biological preparations, anthelmintics, anti-Protozoas, drugs for preparations, X-ray contrast media, and diagnostic drugs. [00119] Further in accordance with the first aspect of the invention, methods of the invention are provided wherein compositions described herein are used for the treatment of cancer and reduction of tumor growth. In one embodiment an 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound of the invention is combined with a known mAb for the treatment of cancer. In a presently preferred embodiment of this embodiment of the present invention, an antibody and a 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-dione compound are administered. It may be particularly preferred that said antibody, individually, has an inhibiting effect upon tumor cell growth and that the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound induces the production of cytokines. [00120] In accordance with another embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a therapeutic composition for inhibiting tumor cell growth in a subject, which composition comprises an effective amount of a combination of at least an 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound and a mAb and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, wherein said combination is more effective to inhibit growth of certain mammalian tumor cells than are either of the agents when administered individually. [00121] In another embodiment of the first aspect of the invention, methods of treating allergies are provided comprising administering an 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-dione compound alone or in combination with another agent known to be effective against allergies, wherein said combination is more effective in treating an allergic condition than the known agent(s) are without the addition of said 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound. In a more preferred embodiment the known agent is an antihistamine and/or a leukotriene inhibitor. In another preferred embodiment, the allergic condition is asthma. In another preferred embodiment, the allergic condition is selected from the group consisting of allergic rhinitis, dermatosis, and urticaria. In an even more preferred embodiment the combination is administered to a subject enterally, parenterally, intranasally, subcutaneously, or intraarterially. [00122] Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the first aspect of the invention are 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones, as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: US 5,552,396, US 5,057,614, and WO 95/17182. More particularly, preferred SMIPs of the first aspect of the invention include flavones, isoflavones and those encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references. [00123] Reference to "3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-diones" indicates compounds having the general structure of Formula I as described herein. Preferred 3 ,4-di( 1 H-indol-3 -yl)-l H-pyrrole-2,5-diones are [00125] The foregoing may be better understood by reference to the Examples, infra, that are presented for illustration and not to limit the scope of the inventive concepts. The Example compounds and their analogs are either commercially available, or are easily synthesized by one skilled in the art from procedures described in patents/applications, such as US 5,552,396, US 5,057,614, WO 95/17182 and other patents/applications listed herein.
[00126] Section K - Second Aspect of the Invention - Indolinones for Immunopotentiation [00127] AU definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only. In accordance with the second aspect of the invention, Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art. [00128] In one embodiment of the second aspect of the invention, a method of modulating an immune response in a subject is provided, comprising administering a compound of formula I: I wherein, Ri is alkyl, aryl or heterocyclyl; R2, R3, R4, and R5 are each independently H, -CN, -OH3 halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NR3Rb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; each Ra and Rb is independently H, alkyl, -C(O)R0, aryl, heterocyclyl, or alkoxy; each Rc is independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, aryl, or heterocyclyl; each Rd is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, or -NRaRb! each n is independently O, I5 or 2; and each q is independently 0, 1, or 2.
[00129] In a more particular embodiment, Ri is heterocyclyl. In a more particular embodiment still, Ri is R]a:
Rla wherein, R6, R7 and Rg are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, - NRaRb, -C(O)R0, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl. In yet another more particular embodiment, wherein Ri is R]a, R7 is -C(O)-(CH2)p-N(H)(2-r)(alkyl)r, wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 and r is 0, 1, or 2. In yet another more particular embodiment, wherein Ri is Ria, R3 is F. In yet another more particular embodiment, wherein Ri is Ria, R7 is - (CH2)tCOOH, wherein t is 1, 2, 3, or 4. In yet another more particular embodiment, wherein Ri is Ri2, R6 and R8 are both methyl. In yet another more particular embodiment, wherein Rj is R]a, R7 is H. [00130] In another more particular embodiment of the second aspect of the invention, Ri is aryl. More particular still, Ri is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In another embodiment R3 is iodide. [00131] In another embodiment of the second aspect of the invention, a method of modulating an immune response in a subject is provided, comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of:
[00132] In a more particular embodiment of any of the above methods, said modulating is inducing. In another embodiment said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors. [00133] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject. [00134] In another embodiment said subject is in remission from cancer. [00135] In another embodiment said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells. [00136] In another embodiment said compound is administered metronomically. [00137] In another embodiment the subject is not suffering from cancer. [00138] In another embodiment said compound is co-administered with another agent. [00139] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels. [00140] In another embodiment said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00141] In another embodiment subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis. [00142] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from a viral infection. [00143] In another embodiment said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV. [00144] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from allergies. [00145] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from asthma. [00146] It is contemplated that the invention encompasses all possible combinations of the embodiments described herein. [00147] Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the second aspect of the invention are indolinones, such as N-(2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-((5-fluoro-2-oxoindolin-3- ylidene)methyl)-2,4-dimethyl-lH-pyrrole-3-carboxamide; 3-((3,5-dimethyl-lH- pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)mdolin-2-one; 3-(2,4-dimethyl-5-((2-oxoindolin-3- ylidene)methyl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)propanoic acid; and 3-(3,5-dibromo-4- hydroxybenzylidene)-5-iodoindolin-2-one, as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: WO 01/60814, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, and WO 99/61422. More particularly, preferred SMIPs include those encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references. [00148] Reference to "indolinones" indicates compounds having the general structure of Foπnula I as described in this section. Preferred indolinones are N-(2- (dimethylamino)ethyl)-5-((5-fluoro-2-oxoindolin-3-ylidene)methyl)-2,4-dimethyl-lH- pyrrole-3-carboxamide; 3-((3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-yl)methylene)indolin-2-one; 3- (2,4-dimethyl-5-((2-oxoindolin-3-ylidene)methyl)-lH-pyrrol-3-yl)propanoic acid; and 3 -(3 , 5-dibromo-4-hydiOxybenzylidene)-5 -iodoindolin-2-one . [00149] The foregoing may be better understood by reference to the Examples, infra, that are presented for illustration and not to limit the scope of the inventive concepts. The Example compounds and their analogs are either commercially available, or are easily synthesized by one skilled in the art from procedures described in patents or patent applications listed herein.
[00150] Section III - Third Aspect of the Invention - Chromen-4-ones for Immiinopotentiation [00151] AU definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only. [00152] In accordance with the third aspect of the invention, Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art. [00153] In one embodiment of the invention, a method of modulating an immune response in a subject is provided, comprising administering a compound of formula I:
I wherein one of Ri and R2 is H, -CN, alkyl, -OH, -NRaRb, alkoxy, -C(O)Rc, -S(O)nRd, heterocyclyl, or aryl, and the other is:
R3, R4, R5, and R6 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; R7 and Ri0 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)R0, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; R8 and R9 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, -O-(CH2)q-Re, -C(O)Rc, -0-(CH2)q-0-Re, -NRaRb, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; each R3 and Rb is independently H, alkyl, -C(O)RC, aryl, heterocyclyl, or alkoxy; each R0 is independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, aryl, or heterocyclyl; each Rd is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, or -NRJRb; each Re is independently H, halogen, -C(O)RC, aryl, heterocyclyl, or -NR3RbJ each n is independently O, 1, or 2; and each q is independently O, 1, or 2. [00154] In a more particular embodiment R4 and R6 are both -OH. [00155] In another more particular embodiment Ri is:
[00156] In another more particular embodiment R3 is heterocyclyl. [00157] In another more particular embodiment thereof, R3 is:
[00158] In another more particular embodiment R7 is Cl. [00159] In another more particular embodiment R4 and R6 are both -OH. [00160] In another more particular embodiment R5 is alkoxy. [00161] In another more particular embodiment R5 is methoxy. [00162] In another more particular embodiment R8 and R9 are both -O-(CH2)q- Rc [00163] In another more particular embodiment R8 and Rg are both -OCH3. [00164] In another more particular embodiment R2 is H. [00165] In another embodiment R2 is:
[00166] In another more particular embodiment Ri is H. [00167] In another more particular embodiment R4 and R6 are both -OH. [00168] In another more particular embodiment R9 is -OH. [00169] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of:
[00170] In a more particular embodiment of any of the above methods, said modulating is inducing. In another embodiment said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors. [00171] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject. [00172] In another embodiment said subject is in remission from cancer. [00173] In another embodiment said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells. [00174] In another embodiment said compound is administered metronomically. [00175] In another embodiment the subject is not suffering from cancer. [00176] In another embodiment said compound is co-administered with another agent. [00177] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels. [00178] In another embodiment said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00179] In another embodiment subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis or Crohn's disease. [00180] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from a viral infection. [00181] In another embodiment said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV. [00182] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from allergies. [00183] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from asthma. [00184] In another embodiment the subject is suffering from a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation, such as, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock. [00185] It is contemplated that the invention encompasses all possible combinations of the embodiments described herein. [00186] Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the third aspect of the invention are chromen-4-ones, such as 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-8-(3- hydroxy- 1 -methylpiperidin-4-yl)chrornen-4-one; 5 ,7-dihydroxy-3 -(4-hydroxyphenyl)- 4H-chromen-4-one; and 2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-2-(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one, as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: WO 97/42949, and WO 98/13344, US 5,554,519, WO 98/04541, and US 6,025,387. More particularly, preferred SMIPs include flavones, isoflavones and those encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references. [00187] Reference to "chromen-4-ones" indicates compounds having the general structure of Formula I as described in this section. Preferred chromen-4-ones are flavones and isoflavones selected from the group consisting of 2-(2- chlorophenyl)-2,3-dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-8-(3-hydroxy-l-methylpiperidin-4- yl)chromen-4-one; 5,7-dihydroxy-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one; and 2,3- dihydro-5,7-dihydroxy-6-methoxy-2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)chromen-4-one. [00188] The foregoing may be better understood by reference to the Examples, infra, that are presented for illustration and not to limit the scope of the inventive concepts. The Example compounds and their analogs are either commercially available, or are easily synthesized by one skilled in the art from procedures described in patents or patent applications listed herein.
[00189] Section IV - Fourth Aspect of the Invention - Derivatized Pyridazines for Immunopotentiation [00190] All definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only. [00191] In accordance with the fourth aspect of the invention, Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art. [00192] One embodiment of the invention provides a method of modulating an immune response comprising administering a derivatized pyridazine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to a subject in need thereof. [00193] In one embodiment of the invention, a method of modulating an immune response in a subject is provided, comprising administering a compound of formula I:
wherein r is 0 to 2, n is 0 to 2, m is 0 to 4, R1 and R2 (i) are lower alkyl, or (ii) together form a bridge in subformula I*
the binding being achieved via the two terminal carbon atoms, or (iii) together form a bridge in subformula I**
wherein one or two of the ring members T1 , T2 , T3 and T4 are nitrogen, and the others are in each case CH, and the binding is achieved via Ti and T4 ; A, B, D, and E are, independently of one another, N or CH, with the stipulation that not more than 2 of these radicals are N; G is lower alkylene, lower alkylene substituted by acyloxy or hydroxy, -CH2-O-, - CH2-S-, -CH2-NH-, oxa (-O-), thia (-S-), or imino (-NH-); Q is lower alkyl, especially methyl; R is H or lower alkyl; X is imino, oxa, or thia; Y is aryl, pyridyl, or unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl; and Z is mono- or disubstituted amino, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, etherified or esterified hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, esterified carboxy, alkanoyl, carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl, amidino, guanidino, mercapto, sulfo, phenylthio, phenyl lower alkylthio, alkylphenylthio, phenylsulfinyl, phenyl- lower alkylsulfinyl, alkylphenylsulfϊnyl, phenylsulfonyl, phenyl-lower alkylsulfonyl, or alkylphenylsulfonyl, wherein—if more than 1 radical Z (m=2) is present—the substituents Z are the same or different from one another; and wherein the bonds characterized, if present, by a wavy line are either single or double bonds; or an N-oxide of the defined compound, wherein one or more N atoms carry an oxygen atom; with the stipulation that, if Y is pyridyl or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, X is imino, and the remaining radicals are as defined, G is selected from the group comprising lower alkylene, -CH2-O-, -CH2-S-, oxa and thia; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00194] In a more particular embodiment, R1 and R2 together form a bridge in subformula I*
the binding being achieved via the two terminal carbon atoms, wherein both wavy lines represent double bonds. [00195] In another more particular embodiment, G is methylene. [00196] In another more particular embodiment, r is 0. [00197] In another more particular embodiment, X in -NH-. [00198] In another more particular embodiment, n is 0. [00199] In another more particular embodiment, Y is substituted phenyl. [00200] In another more particular embodiment, said phenyl is substituted with chloro. [00201] In another more particular embodiment, said chloro is bound para to the phenyl group's point of attachment. [00202] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof . [00203] In a more particular embodiment of any of the above methods, said modulating is inducing. In another embodiment said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors. [00204] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject. [00205] In another embodiment said subject is in remission from cancer. [00206] In another embodiment said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells. [00207] In another embodiment said compound is administered metronomically. [00208] In another embodiment the subject is not suffering from cancer. [00209] In another embodiment said compound is co-administered with another agent. [00210] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels. [00211] In another embodiment said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 /xM. [00212] In another embodiment subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis or Crohn's disease. [00213] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from a viral infection. [00214] In another embodiment said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV. [00215] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from allergies. [00216] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from asthma. [00217] In another embodiment the subject is suffering from precancerous lesions, such as actinic keratosis, atypical or dysplastic nevi, or premalignant lentigos. [00218] In another embodiment the subject is suffering from a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation, such as, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock. [00219] The following compositions may be used in any of the methods or indications described herein. [00220] The invention also relates to a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or an N-oxide thereof, for use in modulating an immune response of a subject, wherein said compound n is 0 and any of r, m, R1, R2, A, B, D, E, G, Q, R, X5 Y and Z is as defined above or below. [00221] The invention also relates to a compound of the formula I, a salt thereof or an N-oxide thereof, wherein n is 0 and X is imino or thia, and any of r, m, R1, R2, A, B, D, E, G, Q, R, Y and Z is as defined above or below. [00222] The prefix "lower" denotes a radical having up to and including a maximum of 7, especially up to and including a maximum of 4 carbon atoms, the radicals in question being either linear or branched with single or multiple branching. [00223] Where the plural form is used for compounds, salts, and the like, this is taken to mean also a single compound, salt, or the like. [00224] Any asymmetric carbon atoms (for example in compounds of formula I [or an N-oxide thereof], wherein n=l and R is lower alkyl) may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)- configuration. Substituents at a double bond or a ring may be present in cis (-Z-) or trans (-E-) form. The compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers. [00225] IfRj and R2 together form a bridge in subfoπnula I*, the pertinent compound of formula I has formula IA (compounds of this formula are hereinbefore and hereinafter especially preferred when compounds of formula I are mentioned), wherein the radicals are as defined above for compounds of formula I. IfRi and R2 together form a bridge in subformula I**, the pertinent compound of formula I has formula IB,
wherein the radicals are as defined above for compounds of formula I. [00226] Of the ring members T1, T2, T3 , and T4 , preferably only one is nitrogen, the remaining three being CH; preferably only T3, especially T4, is nitrogen, whereas the other ring members T1, T2, and T4 or T1, T2, and T3 are CH. [00227] The index r is preferably 0 or 1. [00228] The index n is preferably 0 or 1 , especially 0. [00229] The index m is preferably 0, 1 , or 2, especially 0 or also 1. [00230] Of ring members A, B, D, and E in formula I, not more than 2 are N, and the remaining ones are CH. Preferably, each of the ring members A, B, D and E are CH. [00231] If G is a bivalent group -CH2-O-, -CH2-S-, or -CH2-NH-, the methylene group in each case is bound to the ring with ring members A, B, D r and E, whereas the heteroatom (O, S, or NH) is bound to the phthalazine ring in formula I. [00232] Lower alkylene G may be branched or preferably linear and is especially branched or preferably linear Ci -C4 alkylene, especially methylene (-CH2- ), ethylene (-CH2-CH2-), trimethylene (-CH2-CH2-CH2-) or tetramethylene (-CH2- CH2-CH2-CH2-). G is preferably methylene. [00233] Acyl in lower alkylene substituted by acyloxy is preferably arylcarbonyloxy, wherein aryl is defined as below, especially benzoyloxy or lower alkanoyloxy, especially benzoyloxy; lower alkylene substituted by acyloxy is especially methylene substituted by benzoyloxy. [00234] Lower alkylene substituted by hydroxy is preferably hydroxymethylene (-CH(OH)-). [00235] G as lower alkylene substituted by acyloxy or hydroxy is preferred, or G as otherwise defined hereinbefore and hereinafter is in each case especially preferred. [00236] Q is preferably bound to A or D (r=l) or to both (r=2), where in the event of binding of Q, A and/or D are/is C(-Q). [00237] Lower alkyl is especially Ci -C4 alkyl, e.g. n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert- butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, or especially methyl or also ethyl. [00238] In the preferred embodiment, aryl is an aromatic radical having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, especially phenyl, naphthyl, fluorenyl or phenanthrenyl, the radicals defined above being unsubstituted or substituted by one or more, preferably up to three, especially one or two substituents, especially selected from amino, mono- or disubstituted amino, halogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, hydroxy, etherified or esterified hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, esterified carboxy, alkanoyl, carbamoyl, N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl, amidino, guanidino, mercapto, sulfo, phenylthio, phenyl-lower alkylthio, alkylphenylthio, phenylsulfmyl, phenyl-lower alkylsulfmyl, alkylphenylsulfmyl, phenylsulfonyl, phenyl- lower alkylsulfonyl, and alkylphenylsulfonyl, or (as an alternative or in addition to the above group of substituents) selected from lower alkenyl, such as ethenyl, phenyl, lower alkylthio, such as methylthio, lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl, lower alkylmercapto, such as methylmercapto (-S-CH3), halogen-lower alkylmercapto, such as trifluoromethylmercapto (-S-CF3), lower alkylsulfonyl, halogen-lower alkylsulfonyl, such as especially trifluoromethane sulfonyl, dihydroxybora (-B(OH)2), heterocyclyl, and lower alkylene dioxy bound at adjacent C-atoms of the ring, such as methylene dioxy; aryl is preferably phenyl which is either unsubstituted or independently substituted by one or two substituents selected from the group comprising amino; lower alkanoylamino, especially acetylamino; halogen, especially fluorine, chlorine, or bromine; lower alkyl, especially methyl or also ethyl or propyl; halogen-lower alkyl, especially trifluoromethyl; hydroxy; lower alkoxy, especially methoxy or also ethoxy; phenyl-lower alkoxy, especially benzyloxy; and cyano, or (as an alternative or in addition to the previous group of substituents) C8 -Ci2 alkoxy, especially n- decyloxy, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as n-methyl- or n-tert- butylcarbamoyl, lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl, phenyloxy, halogen-lower alkyloxy, such as trifluoromethoxy or 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as ethoxycarbonyl, lower alkylmercapto, such as methylmercapto, halogen-lower alkylniercapto, such as txifluoromethylmercapto, hydroxy-lower alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxymethyl, lower alkylsulfonyl, such as methane sulfonyl, halogen-lower alkylsulfonyl, such as trifluoromethane sulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, dihydroxybora (-B(OH)2), 2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, 2-methyl-l,3- dioxolan-2-yl, lH-ρyrazol-3-yl, l-methyl-pyrazol-3-yl and lower alkylene dioxy bound to two adjacent C-atoms, such as methylene dioxy.
[00239] Mono- or disubstituted amino is especially amino substituted by one or two radicals selected independently of one another from lower alkyl, such as methyl; hydroxy-lower alkyl, such as 2-hydroxyethyl; phenyl-lower alkyl; lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl; benzoyl; substituted benzoyl, wherein the phenyl radical is unsubstituted or especially substituted by one or more, preferably one or two, substituents selected from nitro or amino, or also from halogen, amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, and carbamoyl; and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, wherein the phenyl radical is unsubstituted or especially substituted by one or more, preferably one or two, substituents selected from nitro or amino, or also from halogen, amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl, and carbamoyl; and is preferably N-lower alkylamino, such as N-methylamino, hydroxy-tower alkylamino, such as 2- hydroxyethylamino, phenyl-lower alkylamino, such as benzylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, N-phenyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylphenylamino, lower alkanoylamino, such as acetylamino, or a substituent selected from the group comprising benzoylamino and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino, wherein the phenyl radical in each case is unsubstituted or especially substituted by nitro or amino, or also by halogen, amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl or carbamoyl, or as an alternative or in addition to the previous group of radicals by aminocarbonylamino. [00240] Halogen is especially fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine, especially fluorine, chlorine, or bromine and halo is especially fluoro, chloro, bromo, or iodo, especially fluoro, chloro, or bromo. [00241] In the preferred embodiment, alkyl has up to a maximum of 12 carbon atoms and is especially lower alkyl, especially methyl, or also ethyl, n- propyl, isopropyl, or tert-butyl. [00242] Substituted alkyl is alkyl as last defined, especially lower alkyl, preferably methyl, where one or more, especially up to three, substituents may be present, primarily from the group selected from halogen, especially fluorine, and also from amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, N-lower alkanoylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, and phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl. Trifluoromethyl is especially preferred. [00243] Etherified hydroxy is especially C8 -C20 alkyloxy, such as n-decyloxy, lower alkoxy (preferred), such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, or n-pentyloxy, phenyl-lower alkoxy, such as benzyloxy, or also phenyloxy, or as an alternative or in addition to the previous group C8 -C20 alkyloxy, such as n-decyloxy, halogen-lower alkoxy, such as trifluoromethyloxy or 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethoxy. [00244] Esterified hydroxy is especially lower alkanoyloxy, benzoyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as tert-butoxycarbonyloxy, or phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyloxy, such as benzyloxcarbonyloxy. [00245] Esterified carboxy is especially lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert- butoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, or phenyloxycarbonyl . [00246] Alkanoyl is primarily alkylcarbonyl, especially lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl. [00247] N-mono- or N,N-disubstituted carbamoyl is especially substituted by one or two substituents, lower alkyl, phenyl-lower alkyl, or hydroxy- lower alkyl, at the terminal nitrogen atom. [00248] Alkylphenylthio is especially lower alkylphenylthio. [00249] Alkylphenylsulfmyl is especially lower alkylphenylsulfmyl. [00250] Alkylphenylsulfonyl is especially lower alkylphenylsulfonyl. [00251] Pyridyl Y is preferably 3- or 4-pyridyl. [00252] Z is preferably amino, hydroxy-lower alkylamino, such as 2- hydroxyethylamino, lower alkanoylamino, such as acetylamino, nitrobenzoylamino, such as 3 -nitrobenzoylamino, aminobenzoylamino, such as 4-aminobenzoylamino, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino, such as benzyloxycarbonylamino, or halogen, such as bromine; preferably only one substituent is present (m=l), especially one of the last mentioned, especially halogen. A compound of formula I (or an N-oxide thereof), wherein Z is absent (m=0), is especially preferred. [00253] Unsubstituted or substituted cycloalkyl is preferably C3 -C8 cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted in the same way as aryl, especially as defined for phenyl. Cyclohexyl or also cyclopentyl or cyclopropyl are preferred. [00254] Heterocyclyl is especially a five or six-membered heterocyclic system with 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from the group comprising nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, which may be unsaturated or wholly or partly saturated, and is unsubstituted or substituted especially by lower alkyl, such as methyl; a radical selected from 2- methylpyrimidm-4-yl, oxazol-5- yl, 2-methyl-l,3-dioxolan-2-yl, lH-pyrazol-3-yl, and l-methyl-pyrazol-3- yl is preferred. [00255] Aryl in the form of phenyl which is substituted by lower alkylene dioxy bound to two adjacent C-atoms, such as methylenedioxy, is preferably 3,4- methylenedioxyphenyl . [00256] The bonds in formula I characterized by wavy lines are present either as single or as double bonds. Preferably both are at the same time either single or double bonds. [00257] An N-oxide of a compound of formula I is preferably an N-oxide in which a phthalazine-ring nitrogen or a nitrogen in the ring with ring members A, B, D, and E carries an oxygen atom, or several of the said nitrogen atoms carry an oxygen atom. [00258] Salts are especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I (or an N-oxide thereof). [00259] Such salts are formed, for example, as acid addition salts, preferably with organic or inorganic acids, from compounds of formula I (or an N- oxide thereof with a basic nitrogen atom, especially the pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Suitable inorganic acids are, for example, halogen acids, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, or phosphoric acid. Suitable organic acids are, for example, carboxylic, phosphonic, sulfonic or sulfamic acids, for example acetic acid, propionic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, dodecanoic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, 2- hydroxybutyric acid, gluconic acid, glucosemonocarboxylic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, glucaric acid, galactaric acid, amino acids, such as glutmic acid, asparic acid, N-methylglycine, acetylaminoacetic acid, N-acetylasparagine or N- acetylcysteine, pyruvic acid, acetoacetic acid, phosphoserine, 2~ or 3- glycerophosphoric acid, glucose-6-pliosphonc acid, glucose- -phosphoric acid, fructose- 1,6-bis- phosphoric acid, maleic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, methylmaleic acid, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, adamantanecarboxylic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid, 1- or 3-hydroxynaphthyl-2-carboxylic acid, 3,4,5- trimethoxybenzoic acid, 2- phenoxybenzoic acid, 2-acetoxybenzoic acid, 4- aminosalicylic acid, phthalic acid, phenylacetic acid, mandelic acid, cinnamic acid, glucuronic acid, galacturonic acid, methane- or ethane- sulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, ethane- 1,2- disutfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesultonic acid, 1,5-naphthalene- disulfonic acid, 2-, 3- or 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid, methylsulfuric acid, ethylsulfuric acid, dodecylsulfuric acid, N-cyclohexylsulfamic acid, N-methyl-, N- ethyl-or N-propyl-sulfamic acid, or other organic protonic acids, such as ascorbic acid. [00260] In the presence of negatively charged radicals, such as carboxy or sulfo, salts may also be formed with bases, e.g. metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salts, or ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as tertiary monoamines, for example triethylamine or tri(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, or heterocyclic bases, for example N-ethylpipperidine or N, N'-dimethylpiperazine. [00261] When a basic group and an acid group are present in the same molecule, a compound of formula I (or an N-oxide thereof) may also form internal salts. [00262] For isolation or purification purposes it is also possible to use pharmaceutically unacceptable salts, for example picrates or perchlorates. For therapeutic use, only pharmaceutically acceptable salts or free compounds are employed (where applicable in the form of pharmaceutical preparations), and these are therefore preferred. [00263] In view of the close relationship between the novel compounds in free form and those in the form of their salts, including those salts that can be used as intermediates, for example in the purification or identification of the novel compounds, any reference to the free compounds hereinbefore and hereinafter is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding salts, as appropriate and expedient. [00264] The compounds of formula I (or an N-oxide thereof have valuable pharmacological properties, as described hereinbefore and hereinafter. [00265] With the groups of preferred compounds of formula I mentioned hereinafter, definitions of substitαents from the general definitions mentioned hereinbefore may reasonably be used, for example, to replace more general definitions with more specific definitions or especially with definitions characterized as being preferred; [00266] (A) Preference is given to a compound of formula I comprised in a pharmaceutical preparation or to be used according to the invention wherein r is 0 to 2, preferably 0, n is 0 or 1, m is 0 or also 1, Ri and R2 (i) are lower alkyl, especially methyl, or (ii) together form a bridge in subfonnula I*
the binding being achieved via the two terminal carbon atoms, or (iii) together form a bridge in subformula I**
T^τ2
wherein one of the ring members Ti, T2, T3 and T4 is nitrogen, and the others are in each case CH, and the binding is achieved via Ti and T4; A, B, D, and E are in each case CH, or also A, D, and E are each CH and B is N; G is lower alkylene, especially methylene or ethylene (-CH2-CH2-), -CH2-NH-, -CH2- O-, hydroxymethylene, or benzoyloxymethylene, Q is methyl, which is bound to A, D, or to A and D; R is H or lower alkyl, especially H or methyl, X is imino, oxa, or thia, Y is phenyl, which is unsubstituted or is substituted by one or two substituents independently of one another from the group comprising amino; lower alkanoylamino, especially acetylamino; halogen, especially fluorine, chlorine, or bromine; lower alkyl, especially methyl or also ethyl or propyl; halogen-lower alkyl, especially trifluoromethyl; hydroxy; lower alkoxy, especially methoxy or also ethoxy; phenyl-lower alkoxy, especially benzyloxy; and cyano, or (as an alternative or in addition to the previous group of substituents) lower alkenyl, such as ethenyl, C8 -Ci2 alkoxy, especially n-decyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, carbamoyl, lower alkylcarbamoyl, such as N-methyl- or N-tert-butylcarbamoyl, lower alkanoyl, such as acetyl, phenyloxy, halogen- lower alkyloxy, such as trifluoromethoxy or 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethyloxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, such as ethoxycarbonyl, lower alkylmercapto, such as methylmercapto, halogen-lower alkylmercapto, such as trifluoromethylmercapto, hydroxy-lower alkyl, such as hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxymethyl, lower alkylsulfonyl, such as methanesulfonyl, halogen- lower alkylsulfonyl, such as trifluoromethanesulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, dihydroxybora (-B(OH)2), 2-methylpyrimidin-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl, 2-methyl- 1,3- dioxolan-2-yl, lH-pyrazol-3-yl, l-methylpyrazol-3-yl and lower alkylenedioxy bound to two adjacent C-atoms, such as methylenedioxy, or is also pyridyl, especially 3- pyridyl; especially phenyl, 2-, 3- or 4- aminophenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-acetylaminophenyl, 2- , 3- or 4-fluorophenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-chlorophenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-bromophenyl, 2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5- or 3,4- dichlorophenyl, chlorofluorophenyl, such as 3-chloro-4-fluorophenyl or also 4-chloro-2-fluoroanilino, 2-, 3- or 4-methylphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-ethylphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-propylphenyl, methylfluorophenyl, such as 3-fluoro-4-methylphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4- trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-ethoxyphenyl, methoxychlorophenyl, such as 3-chloro-4-methoxycarbonyl, 2-, 3- or 4- benzyloxyphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-cyanophenyl, or also 2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl; Z is amino; N-lower alkylamino, such as N-methylamino; hydroxy-lower alkylamino, such as 2-hydroxyethylamino; phenyl-lower alkylamino, such as benzylamino; N9N- di-lower alkylamino; n-phenyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkylamino; N,N-di-lower alkylphenylamino; lower alkanoylamino, such as acetylamino; or a substituent from the group comprising benzoylamino or phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonylamino, wherein the phenyl radical in each case is unsubstituted or especially substituted by nitro or amino, or also by halogen, amino, N-lower alkylamino, N,N-di-lower alkylamino, hydroxy, cyano, carboxy, lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyl or carbamoyl; or is halogen, especially bromine; especially amino, acetylamino, nitrobenzoylamino, aminobenzoylamino, 2-hydroxyethylamino, benzyloxycarbonylamino or bromine; and, if present (in formula IA), the bonds characterized by a wavy line are in each case a double bond or in each case a single bond; or of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; or to such a compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein n=0 and the other moieties are as defined under (A) for use in the treatment of a disease mentioned hereinbefore or hereinafter; or to such a compound wherein n=0 and X is thia or is imino, and the other moieties are as defined under (A), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00267] (B) Special preference is given to a compound of formula I, especially formula IA, comprised in a pharmaceutical preparation or to be used according to the invention wherein r is O; n is 0 or 1, m is 0; A, B, 0, and E are in each case CH, G is lower alkylene, especially methylene, R is H, X is imino, Y is phenyl, which is unsubstituted or is substituted by one or two substituents independently of one another selected from the group comprising amino; lower alkanoylamino, especially acetylamino; halogen, especially fluorine, chlorine, or bromine; lower alkyl, especially methyl; halogen-lower alkyl, especially trifluoromethyl; hydroxy; lower alkoxy, especially methoxy; phenyl-lower alkoxy, especially ben2yloxy; and cyano; especially phenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-aminophenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-acetylaminophenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-fluorophenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-chlorophenyl, 2-, 3- or 4- bromophenyl, 2,3-, 2,4-, 2,5- or 3,4-dichlorophenyl, chlorofluorophenyl, such as 3- chloro-4-fluorophenyl, 2,-3- or 4-methylphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4- trifluoromethylphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-, 3- or 4- methoxycarbonyl, methoxychlorophenyl, such as 3-chloro-4-methoxycarbonyl, 2-, 3- or 4-benzyloxyphenyl, or 2-, 3- or 4-cyanophenyl; and the bonds characterized by a wavy line are double bonds; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; or to such a compound of formula I, especially IA, wherein n=0 and the other moieties are as defined under (B), or a salt thereof. [00268] Special preference is given to a compound of formula I, especially formula IA, such as is mentioned in the Examples below, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially a compound specifically mentioned in the Examples or a salt thereof. [00269] High preference is given to a compound selected from l-(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; 1 -(3 -Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-Anilino-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-Benzylamino-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(4-Methoxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(3-Benzyloxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(3-Methoxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(2-Methoxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(4-Trifluoromethylanilino)-4-(4-pyridy=methyl)phthalazine; l-(4-Fluoroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; 1 -(3 -Hydroxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridyl methyi)phthalazine; l-(4-Hydroxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(3-Aminoanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; 1 -(3 ,4-Dichloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(4-Bromoanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(3-Chloro-4-methoxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(4-Cyanoanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; l-(4-Methylanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; and also l-(3-Chloro-4-fluoroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; 1 -(3 -Methylanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. [00270] It is contemplated that the invention encompasses all possible combinations of the embodiments described herein. [00271] Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the fourth aspect of the invention are derivatized pyridazines, such as l-(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine, as well as analogs disclosed in US 6,258,812. More particularly, preferred SMIPs include derivatized pyridazines encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references. [00272] Reference to "derivatized pyridazines" indicates compounds having the general structure of Formula I as described in this section. A preferred derivatized pyridazine is a phthalazine such as l-(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine. [00273] The foregoing may be better understood by reference to the Examples, infra, that are presented for illustration and not to limit the scope of the inventive concepts. The Example compounds and their analogs are either commercially available, or are easily synthesized by one skilled in the art from procedures described in patents or patent applications listed herein.
[00274] Section V - Fifth Aspect of the Invention - Staurosporine Analogs for Immimopotentiation [00275] All definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical fonnulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only. [00276] In accordance with the fifth aspect of the invention, Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art. [00277] In one embodiment of the invention, a method of modulating an immune response in a subject is provided, comprising administering a compound of formula I:
wherein, Ri and R9 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; R3 and R8 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; R4 and R7 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, -0-(CH2)q-Re, - C(O)Rc, -0-(CH2)q-0-Re, -NRaRb, and -S(O)nRa; R5 and R6 are each independently H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)R0, or heterocyclyl; Rio is H, alkyl, aryl, -C(O)R0, or heterocyclyl; the dotted line is absent and Rn is H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; or the dotted line is present and Rn is O or S; Ri2 is H, alkyl, or alkoxy; each Ra and Rb is independently H, alkyl, -C(O)RC, aryl, heterocyclyl, or alkoxy; each Rc is independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, aryl, or heterocyclyl; each Rd is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, or -NRaRbJ each Rs is independently H, halogen, -C(O)R0, aryl, heterocyclyl, or -NR3RbJ each n is independently O, 1, or 2; each p is independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; each q is independently O, 1, or 2; each r is O, thereby forming a covalent bond, or 1; and each t is independently O, 1, 2 or 3. [00278] In another embodiment, Ri and R9 are both H. [00279] In another more particular embodiment, Rio is H. [00280] In another more particular embodiment, R3 is methyl. [00281] In another more particular embodiment, r is 1 and R]2 is H. [00282] In another more particular embodiment, R4 is -OCH3 and R5 is H. [00283] In another more particular embodiment, R6 is H and R7 is -NRaRb- [00284] In another more particular embodiment, R4 is -OCH3, R5 is H, R6 is H and R7 is -NRaRb- [00285] In another more particular embodiment, Ra within R7 is methyl and Rb within R7 is H. [00286] In another more particular embodiment, Ri 1 is -H. [00287] In another more particular embodiment, R] i is -OH. [00288] In another more particular embodiment, Ri i is =0. [00289] In another more particular embodiment, r is 0. [00290] In another more particular embodiment, R5 is -OH. [00291] In another more particular embodiment, R4 is -CH2OH. [00292] In another more particular embodiment, R4 is -C(O)R0. [00293] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of:
[00294] In a more particular embodiment of any of the above methods, said modulating is inducing. In another embodiment said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors. [00295] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject. [00296] In another embodiment said subject is in remission from cancer. [00297] In another embodiment said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells. [00298] In another embodiment said compound is administered metronomically. [00299] In another embodiment the subject is not suffering from cancer. [00300] In another embodiment said compound is co-administered with another agent. [00301] In another embodiment said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels. [00302] In another embodiment said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00303] In another embodiment subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease. Further still, said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis or Crohn's disease. [00304] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from a viral infection. [00305] In another embodiment said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV. [00306] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from allergies. [00307] In another embodiment said subject is suffering from asthma. [00308] In another embodiment the subject is suffering from a disease associated with abnormal cellular proliferation, such as, neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, or endotoxic shock. [00309] Any asymmetric carbon atoms (for example in compounds of formula I [or an N-oxide thereof], wherein n=l and R is lower alkyl) may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)- configuration. Substituents at a double bond or a ring may be present in cis (-Z-) or trans (-E-) form. The compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers. [00310] It is contemplated that the invention encompasses all possible combinations of the embodiments described herein. [00311] Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the fifth aspect of the invention are staurosporine analogs, such as 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3-gh:3',2',r- lm]pyrrolo[3 ,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 1 -one, 2,3 , 10, 11 , 12, 13 -hexahydro- 11,12- dihydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl; 9,13 -Epoxy- 1 H,9H-diindolo[ 1 ,2,3 -gh: 3 ',2', 1'- lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][l,7]benzodiazonin-l-one, 2,3,10,11, 12,13-hexahydro-10-methoxy- θ-methyl-ll-^ethylam^^αS-Epoxy-lH^H-diindolotl^β-gh^1^1,!'- lm]pyrrolo[3 ,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 1 -one, 2,3,10,11,12, 13-hexahydro-3-hydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl-ll-(methylammo); 9,12-Epoxy-lH-diindolo[l,2,3-fg:3',2',l'- kl]pyrrolo[3 ,4-i] [ 1 ,6]benzodiazocin- 1 -one, 2,3,9, 10, 11 , 12-hexahydro-l O-hydroxy- 10- (hydroxymethyl)-9-methyl; andbenzamide, N-[(9S,1OR,11R,13R)-2,3,1O,11,12,13- hexahydro-10-methoxy-9-methyl-l-oxo-9,l 3-epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l ,2,3-gh:3',2', 1 '- lm]pyiτolo[3,4-j][l,7]benzodiazonin-ll-yl]-N-methyl, as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: WO 02/30941, WO 97/07081, WO 89/07105, US 5,621,100, WO 93/07153, WO 89/07105, WO 01/04125, WO 02/30941, WO 93/08809, WO 94/06799 WO 00/27422, WO 96/13506, and WO 88/07045. More particularly, preferred SMIPs include flavones, isoflavones and those encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within the aforementioned references. [00312] Reference to "staurosporine analogs" indicates compounds having the general structure of Formula I as described in this section. Preferred staurosporine analogs are selected from the group consisting of 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3- gh: 3',2', 1 '-lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 1 -one, 2,3, 10, 11 , 12, 13 -hexahydro- 11,12-dihydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl; 9, 13 -Epoxy- 1 H,9H-diindolo[ 1 ,2,3-gh: 3 \2\ 1 '- lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 1 -one, 2,3 , 10, 11 , 12, 13-hexahydro- 10-methoxy- 9-methyl-ll-(methylamino); 9,13-Epoxy-lH,9H-diindolo[l,2,3-gh:3',2',l'- lm]pyrrolo[3 ,4-j] [ 1 ,7]benzodiazonin- 1 -one, 2,3,10,11, 12, 13-hexahydro-3-hydroxy- 10-methoxy-9-methyl-ll-(methylamino); 9,12-Epoxy-lH-diindolo[l,2,3-fg:3',2',l'- kl]pyrrolo[3 ,4-i] [ 1 ,6]benzodiazocin- 1 -one, 2,3 ,9, 10, 11 , 12-hexahydro- 1 O-hydroxy- 10- (hydroxymethyl)-9-methyl; andbenzamide, N-[(9S,10R,l 1R,13R)-2,3,1O,11,12,13- hexahydro- 10-methoxy-9-methyl- 1 -oxo-9, 13-epoxy- 1 H,9H-diindolo[ 1 ,2,3-gh: 3 ',2', 1 '- lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][l,7]benzodiazonin-ll-yl]-N-methyl, as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: WO 02/30941, WO 97/07081, WO 89/07105, US 5,621,100, WO 93/07153, WO 89/07105, WO 01/04125, WO 02/30941, WO 93/08809, WO 94/06799 WO 00/27422, WO 96/13506, and WO 88/07045. Subsequently, it will become apparent to the skilled artisan that not only 9,13-epoxy analogs are encompassed by the term "staurosporine analogs", but additionally homologs, such as 9,12-epoxy compounds, for example K-252, are encompassed as well. ' [00313] The foregoing may be better understood by reference to the Examples, infra, that are presented for illustration and not to limit the scope of the inventive concepts. The Example compounds and their analogs are either commercially available, or are easily synthesized by one skilled in the art from procedures described in patents or patent applications listed herein. [00314] [00315] Section VI - Sixth Aspect of the Invention - Nucleoside Analogs for Immunopotentiation [00316] All definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only. [00317] In accordance with the sixth aspect of the invention, Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art. [00318] One embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from a viral infection comprising administering a small molecule in an amount such that said small molecule concomitantly inhibits viral replication while stimulating an immune response in said subject. In another embodiment thereof said small molecule is a nucleoside analog. In another embodiment thereof said small molecule inhibits viral DNA polymerase. In another embodiment thereof said small molecule is a nucleoside analog. In another embodiment said small molecule is a substituted purine or pyrimidine. [00319] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a nucleoside analog of formula I:
I wherein, Ri and R2 are each independently H, halo, -NR3Rb, =O, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl, substituted C6-I0 aryl, Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted Ci-6 alkyl; R3 is absent, H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, C6-I0 aryl, substituted Cβ-io aryl, heterocyclyl, or substituted heterocyclyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H, halo, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, -C(O)-Rd, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, or bound together to form a 5 membered ring as in R4-5:
R4-5 the binding being achieved at the bonds indicated by a ■Λ~V ; R8 is H, halo, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, -OH, -NRaRb, -(CH2)n-O-Rc, -O- (Ci-6 alkyl), -S(O)pRe, or -C(O)-R4; R9 is H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or substituted heterocyclyl; each Ra and Rb is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, or C6.io aryl; each Rc is independently H, phosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted Ci-6 alkyl; each Rd is independently H, halo, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -NH(substituted Ci-6 alkyl), -N(Ci-6 alkyl)2, -N(substituted Ci-6 alkyl)2, C6-Io aryl, or heterocyclyl; each R6 is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, C6-I0 aryl, substituted C6- 10 aryl, heterocyclyl, or substituted heterocyclyl; each Rf is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, phosphate, diphosphate, or triphosphate; each n is independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; each p is independently 0, 1, or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the tautomer; with the stipulation that if R4-5 is present, R3 is H or absent. [00320] In another embodiment of formula I, Ri is -NH2. [00321] In another embodiment of formula I, each Rf is H. [00322] In another embodiment of formula I, R2 is =0. [00323] In another embodiment of formula I, R3 is -(CH2)n-O-Rc. In still another embodiment thereof, R3 is -CH2-O-(C2 alkyl or substituted C2 alkyl)-O-(H, phosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, Ci-6 alkyl or substituted Ci-6 alkyl). [00324] In another embodiment of formula I, R3 is R3a: R3a the binding being achieved at the bond indicated by a -~^ ; R6 and R7 are each independently H, halo, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, substituted C2-6 alkenyl, -NRaRb, -N3, or -OH; R6a and R7a are each independently H, halo, or Ci-6 alkyl; each Ra and Rb is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, or C6-I0 aryl; each Rd is independently H, halo, Q-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -NH(substituted Ci-6 alkyl), -N(Ci-6 alkyl)2, -N(substituted Ci-6 alkyl)2, Cβ-w aryl, or heterocyclyl; and Rf is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, phosphate, diphosphate, or triphosphate. [00325] In another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a, R6 is -OH and R7 is - CH=CHF. [00326] In another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a, R2 is =0. In still another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a and R2 is =0, R4 and R5 are both H. In still another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a and R2 is =0, Ri is -NH2. In still another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a and R2 is =0, Rf is H. [00327] In another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a, R2 is =0, and Rf is H, R6 and R7 are both H. [00328] In another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a, R2 is =0, and Rf is H, R6 is - OH. In still another embodiment thereof R7 is H, F, or -OH. [00329] In another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a, R2 is =0, and Rf is H, R6 is - N3. [00330] In another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a, R6a and R7a are both H. [00331] In another embodiment wherein R3 is R3a, both R7 and R7a are methyl. [00332] In another embodiment of formula I, said substituted heterocyclyl within R9 is Rc>a:
the binding being achieved at the bond indicated by a -o™" ; Rio and Rn are each independently H, halo, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, - NR3Rb, or -OH; Ra and Rb are independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, or C6-1O aryl; Rd is H, halo, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, - NH2, -NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -NH(substituted Ci-6 alkyl), -N(Ci-6 alkyl)2, -N(substituted Ci-6 alkyl)2, C6-Io aryl, or heterocyclyl; and Rf is independently H, C1-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, phosphate, diphosphate, or triphosphate. [00333] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a nucleoside analog of formula II:
II
wherein, Ri and R2 are each independently H, halo, -NRaRb, =0, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, Cβ-io aryl, substituted Cβ-io aryl, Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted Ci-6 alkyl; R8 is H, halo, Ci-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, -OH, -NRaRb, -(CH2)n-O-Rc, -0-(C w alkyl), -S(O)pRe, or -C(O)-Rd; R9 is H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, heterocyclyl, or R9a:
the binding being achieved at the bond indicated by a -^* ; Rio and Rn are each independently H, halo, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, - NRaRb) or -OH; each Ra and Rb is independently H, C1-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, or C6-io aryl; each R0 is independently H, phosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl; each Ra is independently H, halo, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted C]-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -NH(substituted Ci-6 alkyl), -N(Ci-6 alkyl)2, -N(substituted Ci-6 alkyl)2, C6-I0 aryl, or heterocyclyl; each Rs is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, C6-I0 aryl, substituted C6- io aryl, heterocyclyl, or substituted heterocyclyl; each Rf is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, phosphate, diphosphate, or triphosphate; each n is independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; and each p is independently 0, 1, or 2. [00334] In another embodiment of formula II, R9 is -(CH2)n-O-Rc. In still another embodiment thereof, R9 is -CH2-O-(C2 alkyl or substituted C2 alkyl)-O-(H, phosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate, Ci-6 alkyl or substituted Ci-6 alkyl). [00335] In another embodiment of formula II, R2 is -NH2. [00336] In another embodiment of formula II, Ri is =0. [00337] In another embodiment of formula II, Ri is -NH2. [00338] In another embodiment of formula II, R8 is H. [00339] In another embodiment of formula II, R9 is Rga and Rf is H. In still another embodiment wherein Rg is Rga and Rf is H, Ri0 and Rn are both H. In still another embodiment wherein R9 is Rga and Rf is H, Ri0 and Rn are both -OH. [00340] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound of formula III:
III wherein, Ri and R2 are each independently H, halo, -NRaRb, =0, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, C6-Io aryl, substituted C6-io aryl, Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted Ci-6 alkyl; R4 and R5 are each independently H, halo, heterocyclyl, substituted heterocyclyl, -C(O)-Rd, Ci-6 alkyl, or substituted Ci-6 alkyl; R6 and R7 are each independently H, halo, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, C2-6 alkenyl, substituted C2-6 alkenyl, -NR2Rb, -N3, or -OH; each Ra and Rb is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, or C6.io aryl; each Ra is independently H, halo, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, Ci-6 alkoxy, substituted Ci-6 alkoxy, -NH2, -NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -NH(substituted Ci-6 alkyl), -N(Ci-6 alkyl)2, -N(substituted Ci-6 alkyl)2, C6-io aryl, or heterocyclyl; and Rf is independently H, Ci-6 alkyl, substituted Ci-6 alkyl, -C(O)Rd, phosphate, diphosphate, or triphosphate. [00341] In another embodiment of the invention the small molecule or nucleoside analog is:
[00342] Further provided is a composition comprising a cytokine or chemokine in combination with any compound(s) disclosed herein, such as a nucleoside, a compound encompassed by formula I, II, or III, or those listed in Table 1. In still a more particular embodiment thereof, the compound is present in the blood at less then 2O uM. [00343] In another embodiment said nucleoside analog induces interferon biosynthesis. [00344] In another embodiment said nucleoside analog is co-administered with another agent to the subject. In still another embodiment the agent is an antigen. In another embodiment the agent is a vaccine. [00345] In another embodiment said nucleoside analog induces the production of TNF-cein the subject. In another embodiment thereof the nucleoside analog has an average steady-state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00346] In another embodiment the subject is suffering from a microbial infection. [00347] In another embodiment the subject is suffering from a viral infection. In another embodiment the viral infection is a viral infection caused by the hepatitis C virus (HCV). In yet another embodiment the viral infection is caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV). In still another embodiment the viral infection is caused by the herpes simplex virus (HSV). In yet another embodiment the viral infection is caused by the SARS virus. [00348] Further provided are any asymmetric carbon atoms (for example in compounds of formula I [or an N-oxide thereof]) in the (R)-, (S)- or (Re¬ configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S)- configuration. Substituents at a double bond or a ring may be present in cis (-Z-) or trans (-E-) form. The compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomerically-pure. [00349] Furthermore, it is contemplated that the invention encompasses all possible combinations of the preceding embodiments. [00350] The nucleoside analog compounds can be used with or without an antigen in therapeutic applications, for example to treat cancer or infectious diseases. The nucleoside analog compounds also may be used in combination with other therapeutic agents, such as anti-virals and monoclonal antibodies in different therapeutic applications. [00351] One preferred embodiment of the method of inducing an immunostimulatory effect in a patient is directed to administering an immunogenic composition comprising a vaccine in an amount effective to stimulate an immune response such as a cell-mediated immune response and, as a vacςine adjuvant, an nucleoside analog compound, in an amount effective to potentiate the immune response such as the cell-mediated immune response to the vaccine. [00352] Agents combined with the nucleoside analog compounds, contemplated to be useful in treating the aforementioned diseases include those well known in the art, such as, anesthetics, hypnotic sedatives, anti-anxieties, antiepileptics, antipyretic antiphlogistics, stimulants, wake amines, anti-parkinson drugs, agents for psychoneuroses, agents for central nervous system, skeletal muscle relaxants, agents for autonomic nervous system, antispastic agents, cytotoxic agents, monoclonal antibodies, drugs for eye, drugs for nose and ear, anti-vertiginous drugs, cardiotonics, antiarrhythmic drugs, diuretics, pressure reduction drugs, vasoconstrictors, coronary vaso-dilators, peripheral vasodilating drugs, hyper-lipemia drugs, breath stimulants, antitussive and expectorant drugs, bronchodilators, drugs for allergy, antidiarrheal drugs, drugs for intestinal disorders, peptic ulcer drugs, stomachic digestants, antacids, cholagogouses, pituitary hormone drugs, salivary gland hormones, thyroid hormone drugs, antithyroid drugs, anabolic steroids, corticosteroids, androgen drugs, estrogen drugs, corpus luteum hormone drugs, mixed hormones, urinary/genital organ drugs, anus drugs, surgical sterilizations/antiseptics, wound protectives, externals for purulent diseases, analgesics, antipruritics, astringents, antiphlogistics, externals for parasite skin diseases, skin-softening drugs, caustics, dental/oral drugs, vitamins, inorganic preparations, supplemental liquids, hemostatics, anticoagulation drugs, drugs for liver diseases, antidotes, habitual intoxication drugs, drugs for treatment of gout, enzyme preparations, diabetic drugs, antioncotics, antihistaminics, antibiotics (such as ketolides, aminoglycosides, sulphonamides, and/or beta lactams), chemotherapeutics, biological preparations, anthelmintics, anti-Protozoas, drugs for preparations, X-ray contrast media, and diagnostic drugs. [00353] In another embodiment methods of treating allergies are provided comprising administering an nucleoside analog compound alone or in combination with another agent known to be effective against allergies, wherein said combination is more effective in treating an allergic condition than the known agent(s) are without the addition of said nucleoside analog compound. In a more preferred embodiment the known agent is an antihistamine and/or a leukotriene inhibitor. In another preferred embodiment, the allergic condition is asthma. In another preferred embodiment, the allergic condition is selected from the group consisting of allergic rhinitis, dermatosis, and urticaria. In an even more preferred embodiment the combination is administered to a subject enterally, parenterally, intranasally, subcutaneously, or intraarterially. [00354] Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the sixth aspect of the invention include nucleoside analogs and those compounds encompassed by Formula I as described in this section, or contained within any reference cited herein. [00355] A "substituted pyrimidine" refers to an aromatic ring containing two nitrogen
atoms as shown: 9 wherein any of the substituents defined herein or well known in the art may be appended via a single or double bond (excluding double bonds to the nitrogen atoms) to any atom of the ring. [00356] A "substituted purine" refers to two condensed aromatic rings containing two
tpjjp> nitrogen atoms each as shown: N N , wherein any of the substituents defined herein or well known in the art may be appended via a single or double bond (excluding double bonds to the nitrogen atoms) to any atom of the ring. [00357] Reference to "halo," "halide," or "halogen" refers to F, Cl, Br, or I atoms, especially F, Cl, and Br. [00358] The foregoing may be better understood by reference to the Examples, infra, that are presented for illustration and not to limit the scope of the inventive concepts. The Example compounds and their analogs are easily synthesized by one skilled in the art from procedures described herein, as well as in patents or patent applications listed herein.
[00359] Section VII - Seventh Aspect of the Invention - Small Molecule Compounds for Immunopotentiation [00360] AU definitions, descriptors of constituent variables for chemical formulas, and descriptions appearing in the section shall be understood to apply to this section only. [00361] In accordance with the seventh aspect of the invention, Applicants have discovered methods of stimulating cytokine activity in cells and immunotherapeutics and/or vaccine adjuvants, that will provide effective treatments for disorders described herein and those apparent to one skilled in the art. [00362] One embodiment provides a method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co¬ administered with another agent. [00363] In another more particular embodiment said subject is in remission from cancer. In another more particular embodiment said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells. In another more particular embodiment said compound is administered metronomically. In a more particular embodiment the subject is not suffering from cancer. Further still, said subject is suffering from a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. [00364] One embodiment provides a method of stimulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-Ol, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co¬ administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-cn levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00365] In a more particular embodiment of said method of stimulating an immune response in a subject, said compound is administered in a dose capable of inducing cytokines. In another more particular embodiment said subject is in remission from cancer. In another more particular embodiment said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells. In another more particular embodiment said compound is administered metronomically. In a more particular embodiment the subject is not suffering from cancer. Further still, said subject is suffering from a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00366] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject in need of immune stimulation, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a subcytotoxic amount of a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00367] In a more particular embodiment of said method of treating a subject in need of immune stimulation, said amount is sufficient to stimulate cytokine production in the subject. In another more particular embodiment said subject is in remission from cancer. In another more particular embodiment said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells. In another more particular embodiment said compound is administered metronomically. In another more particular embodiment the subject is not suffering from cancer. Further still, said subject is suffering from a cancer selected from the group consisting of prostate, breast, ovarian, colon, epidermal, ductal, non-small-cell lung, colorectal, neuroendocrine, spinal, esophageal, pancreas, renal, stomach, lymphoidal, intestinal, bladder, uterine cervix, head and neck, brain, nasopharynx, leukemia, kaposis sarcoma, and mesothelioma. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00368] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of identifying a subject in need of a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-Ol, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate, comprising: a) taking a blood sample from said subject; b) monitoring for cytokine levels in said sample; and c) identifying said subject by decreased cytokine levels in said sample. [00369] In a more particular embodiment of said method of identifying a subject, a further step of administering said compound to the subject, wherein upon administration of said compound, cytokine levels increase is provided. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00370] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of identifying a subject in need of a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate, comprising: a) taking a blood sample from said subject; b) monitoring for leukocyte levels in said sample; and c) identifying said subject by decreased leukocyte levels in said sample. [00371] In a more particular embodiment of said method of identifying a subject, a further step of administering said compound to the subject, wherein upon administration of said compound, leukocyte levels increase is provided. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00372] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of determining efficacy of a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotmib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate, comprising: a) taking a first blood sample from a subject; b) identifying a first cytokine level in said sample; c) administering said compound to said subject; d) taking a second blood sample from said subject; e) identifying a second cytokine level in said second blood sample, wherein the compound is efficacious if said second cytokine level is greater than said first cytokine level. [00373] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from an autoimmune disease, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP- 701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY- 317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate. In a more particular embodiment said autoimmune disease is Addison's Disease, or Alopecia Areata, or Ankylosing Spondylitis, or Antiphospholipid Syndrome (APS), or Behcet's Disease, or Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, or Crohn's Disease, or Ulcerative Colitis, or Diabetes, or Fibromyalgia, or Goodpasture Syndrome, or Graft Versus Host Disease, or Graves' Disease, or Guillain-Barre Syndrome, or Lupus, or Meniere's, or Multiple Sclerosis, or Myasthenia Gravis, or Myositis, or Pemphigus Vulgaris, or Primary Biliary Cirrhosis, or Psoriasis, or Rheumatic Fever, or Sarcoidosis, or Scleroderma, or Vasculitis, or Vitiligo, or Wegener's Granulomatosis. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-a levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00374] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from a viral infection, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU- 11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate. In a more particular embodiment said viral infection is HTV, or HCV, or HBV, or HSV. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-ce levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00375] Another embodiment of the invention provides a method of treating a subject suffering from allergies or asthma, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound selected from the group consisting of fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD- 6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate. Another embodiment is provided wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent. In a more particular embodiment still, said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-α levels, more specifically, said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 μM. [00376] Preferred SMIPs in accordance with the seventh aspect of the invention include fenretinide, vatalanib, SU-11248, SU 5416, SU 6668, oxaliplatin, bortezomib, R 115777, CEP-701, ZD-6474, MLN-518, lapatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, perifosine, CYC-202, LY-317615, squalamine, UCN-01, midostaurin, irofulven, alvocidib, genistein, DA-9601, avicine, docetaxel, IM 862, SU 101, and tetrathiomolybdate compositions as well as analogs disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: US 4,323,581, US 6,258,812, WO 98/35958, WO 01/60814, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, WO 03/24978, WO 03/04505, US 5,780,454, US 2003134846, WO 97/21701, US 5,621,100, WO 01/32651, WO 02/16351, US 6,727,256, WO 02/02552, US 5,457,105, US 5,616,582, US 5,770,599, US 5,747,498, WO, 96/30347, US 2003171303, WO 97/20842, WO 99/02162, WO 95/17182, WO 01/79255, WO 89/07105, US 5,439,936, WO 94/18151, WO 97/42949, WO 98/13344, US 5,554,519, WO 98/04541, US 6,025,387, US 2004073044, WO 02/62826, WO 04/06834, US 6,331,555, and WO 01/60814. More particularly, preferred SMIPs include those encompassed by Formula I in the aforementioned patents and patent applications. [00377] The invention also includes compounds encompassed by Formula I, disclosed in the following patents and patent applications: US 4,323,581, US 6,258,812, WO 98/35958, WO 01/60814, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, US 5,883,113, WO 99/61422, WO 03/24978, WO 03/04505, US 5,780,454, US 2003134846, WO 97/21701, US 5,621,100, WO 01/32651, WO 02/16351, US 6,727,256, WO 02/02552, US 5,457,105, US 5,616,582, US 5,770,599, US 5,747,498, WO, 96/30347, US 2003171303, WO 97/20842, WO 99/02162, WO 95/17182, WO 01/79255, WO 89/07105, US 5,439,936, WO 94/18151, WO 97/42949, WO 98/13344, US 5,554,519, WO 98/04541, US 6,025,387, US 2004073044, WO 02/62826, WO 04/06834, US 6,331,555, and WO 01/60814. [00378] The foregoing may be better understood by reference to the Examples, infra, that are presented for illustration and not to limit the scope of the inventive concepts. The Example compounds and their analogs are either commercially available, or are easily synthesized by one skilled in the art from procedures described in patents or patent applications listed herein. Each aspect of the present invention also comprises compounds identified by the assay methods described herein. Definitions: The following Definitions apply throughout this document, in the absence of a countervailing definition in a given section. ATP: Adenosine triphosphate BCG Mycobacterium bovis bacillus Calmette-Guerin BSA: Bovine Serum Albumin FHA Filamentous haemaglutinin GCMS Gas Chromatography / Mass Spectroscopy H. Pylori Helicobacter Pylori HAV Hepatitis A Virus HBV Hepatitis B Virus HCV Hepatitis C Virus HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus HPLC High Performance Liquid Chromatography HSV Herpes Simplex Virus IC50 value: The concentration of an inhibitor that causes a 50 % reduction in a measured activity. IFN Interferon IL Interleukin IMS Immunomagnetic separation IPV Inactivated polio virus LCMS Liquid Chromatography / Mass Spectroscopy LPS Lip polysaccharide MAb or mAb Monoclonal Antibody Men A Neisseria Meningitidis Type A Men C Neisseria Meningitidis Type C
Men B Neisseria Meningitidis Type B Men W Neisseria Meningitidis Type W Men Y Neisseria Meningitidis Type Y MeOH: Methanol NANB Non-A, non-B hepatitis NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance OMV Outer membrane vesicle PBMC Peripheral blood mononuclear cells PT Petussis holotoxin Rt Room temperature (250C) SMIP Small Molecule Immune Potentiator TLC Thin-layer chromatography TNF-α Tumour necrosis factor-a
The teπn "SMIP" refers to small molecule immunopotentiating compounds,
including small molecule compounds below about MW 800 g/mol, capable of stimulating or modulating a pro-inflammatory response in a patient. In an
embodiment, the SMIP compounds are able to stimulate human peripheral blood
mononuclear cells to produce cytokines.
[00379] The term "SMIS" refers to small molecule immunosuppressant compounds, including small molecule compounds below about MW 800 g/mol, capable of suppressing or modulating an immune response in a patient. In an
embodiment, the SMIS compounds are able to inhibit human peripheral blood
mononuclear cell's ability to produce cytokines, chemokines, and/or growth factors.
In another embodiment, the SMIS compounds are able to induce TGF-beta
production, thereby suppressing an immune response. [00380] The term "refractory cancer cells" refers to cancer cell lines that are resistant to preexisting therapeutics or treatment regimens, including prescribed
dosing schedules. [00381] The methods of the invention are useful in treating "allergic diseases," that is accomplished in the same way as other immunotherapeutic methods described herein. [00382] An "allergen" refers to a substance (antigen) that can induce an allergic or asthmatic response in a susceptible subject. The list of allergens is enormous and can include pollens, insect venoms, animal dander, dust, fungal spores, and drugs (e.g. penicillin). [00383] "Asthma" refers to a disorder of the respiratory system characterized by inflammation, narrowing of the airways and increased reactivity of the airways to inhaled agents. Asthma is frequently, although not exclusively associated with atopic or allergic symptoms. [00384] The term "leukotriene inhibitor" includes any agent or compound that inhibits, restrains, retards or otherwise interacts with the action or activity of leukotrienes, such as, but not limited to, 5 -lipoxygenase ("5-LO") inhibitors, 5- lipoxygenase activating protein ("FLAP") antagonists, and leukotriene D4 ("LTD4 ") antagonists. [00385] "Modulating" refers to inducing or suppressing. [00386] "Immune-stimulation" or "immune potentiation" refers to activation of the immune system, including humoral or cellular activation, for example, activation of a cell, such as a killer (T or NK) or dendritic cell of the immune system, for example, causing the increase in cytokine production from a dendritic cell leading to an overall enhancement of host defense (immune response). [00387] "Modulating an immune response" refers to either immune potentiation or immune suppression as defined herein. [00388] An "immunogenic composition" refers to a composition capable of modulating the production of cytokines in a subject thereby effecting immune potentiation in the subject. [00389] "Immune suppression" or "immunosuppression" refers to deactivation of the immune system, for example, preventing or lessening cytokine production from a dendritic cell leading to an overall attenuation of host defense (immune response). [00390] An "immune-stimulatory effective amount" is an amount effective for activation of the immune system, for example, causing the increase in cytokine production from a dendritic cell leading to an overall enhancement of host defense (immune response). [00391] "Enhancing the immune response to an antigen" by a compound refers to enhancement of the immune response in comparison to that in the absence of the compound. An enhanced immune-response eliciting composition is a composition generally comprising an antigen and a small molecule immune potentiator compound that elicits an immune response greater that a composition comprising an antigen and not containing one or more small molecule immune potentiator compounds. In this embodiment, the compound acts as an adjuvant, for example for use in vaccine compositions and methods. [00392] A "disease associated with cellular proliferation" includes, but is not limited to neuro-fibromatosis, atherosclerosis, pulmonary fibrosis, arthritis, psoriasis, glomerulonephritis, restenosis, proliferative diabetic retinopathy (PDR), hypertrophic scar formation, inflammatory bowel disease, transplantation rejection, angiogenesis, and endotoxic shock. [00393] The term "effective amount" is an amount necessary or sufficient to realize a desired biological effect. For example, an effective amount of a compound to treat an infectious disorder may be an amount necessary to cause an antigen specific immune response upon exposure to an infectious agent. The effective amount may vary, depending, for example, upon the condition treated, weight of the subject and severity of the disease. One of skill in the art can readily determine the effective amount empirically without undue experimentation. [00394] As used herein "an effective amount for treatment" refers to an amount sufficient to palliate, ameliorate, stabilize, reverse, slow or delay progression of a condition such as a disease state. [00395] Reference to "metronomic administration" or "administered metronomically" refers to increasingly frequent dosing regimens, at lower drug concentrations, as compared with known dosing regimens for an existing therapeutic. Metronomic administration varies from the typical dosing of cytotoxic drugs, which involves episodic (less frequent) administration at maximum tolerated doses (MTDs). [00396] A "subject" or "patient" is meant to describe a human or vertebrate animal including a dog, cat, pocket pet, marmoset, horse, cow, pig, sheep, goat, elephant, giraffe, chicken, lion, monkey, owl, rat, squirrel, slender loris, and mouse. [00397] A "pocket pet" refers to a group of vertebrate animals capable of fitting into a commodious coat pocket such as, for example, hamsters, chinchillas, ferrets, rats, guinea pigs, gerbils, rabbits and sugar gliders. [00398] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable ester" refers to esters, which hydrolyze in vivo and include those that break down readily in the human body to leave the parent compound or a salt thereof. Suitable ester groups include, for example, those derived from pharmaceutically acceptable aliphatic carboxylic acids, particularly alkanoic, alkenoic, cycloalkanoic and alkanedioic acids, in which each alkyl or alkenyl moiety advantageously has not more than 6 carbon atoms. Representative examples of particular esters include, but are not limited to, formates, acetates, propionates, butyrates, acrylates and ethylsuccinates. [00399] The compounds of the present invention can be used in the form of salts as in "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" derived from inorganic or organic acids. These salts include but are not limited to the following: acetate, adipate, alginate, citrate, aspartate, benzoate, benzenesulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, digluconate, cyclopentanepropionate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, glucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, fumarate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, nicotinate, 2-napth- alenesulfonate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, sulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p-toluenesulfonate and undecanoate. Also, the basic nitrogen-containing groups can be quaternized with such agents as lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chloride, bromides, and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl, and diamyl sulfates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides like benzyl and phenethyl bromides, and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thereby obtained. [00400] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs" as used herein refers to those prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals with undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, and effective for their intended use, as well as the zwitterionic forms, where possible, of the compounds of the invention. The term "prodrug" refers to compounds that are rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound of the formula as described herein, for example by hydrolysis in blood. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Edward B. Roche, ed., Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987. Prodrugs as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,284,772 for example may be used. [00401] The symbol >~^ is meant to indicate the point of attachment of an appendage. [00402] Reference to "halo," "halide," or "halogen" refers to F, Cl, Br, or I atoms. [00403] The phrase "alkyl" refers to substituted and unsubstituted alky groups such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, dodecyl and the like. The phrase also includes branched chain isomers of straight chain alkyl groups, including but not limited to, the following which are provided by way of example: -CH(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)(CH2CH3), -CH(CH2CH3)2, -C(CH3)3, -C(CH2CH3)3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH(CH3)(CH2CH3), -CH2CH(CH2CH3)2, -CH2C(CH3)3, -CH2C(CH2CHs)3, -CH(CH3)CH(CH3)(CH2CH3), -CH2CH2CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2CH(CH3)(CH2CH3), -CH2CH2CH(CH2CH3)2, -CH2CH2C(CH3)3, - CH2CH2C(CH2CH3)3, -CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2, -CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2, - CH(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)CH(CH3)(CH2CH3), and others. The phrase also includes cyclic alkyl groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl and such rings substituted with straight and branched chain alkyl groups as defined above. The phrase also includes polycyclic alkyl groups such as, but not limited to, adamantyl norbornyl, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl and such rings substituted with straight and branched chain alkyl groups as defined above. The phrase alkyl also includes groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen and non-carbon atoms such as, but not limited to, a halogen atom in halides such as F, Cl, Br, and I; and oxygen atom in groups such as hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, and ester groups; a sulfur atom in groups such as thiol groups, alkyl and aryl sulfide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonyl groups, and sulfoxide groups; a nitrogen atom in groups such as amines, amides, alkylamines, dialkylamines, arylamines, alkylarylamines, diarylamines, N-oxides, imides, and enamines; a silicon atom in groups such as in trialkylsilyl groups, dialkylarylsilyl groups, alkyldiarylsilyl groups, and triarylsilyl groups; and other heteroatoms in various other groups. Alkyl groups are those limited to having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and as many as 5 additional heteroatoms as described above. More preferred alkyl groups have from 1 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms. The term "Ci-6 alkyl" has the same meaning as alkyl, except that it is limited to alkyl groups of six carbon atoms or less. The term "C2 alkyl" indicates an alkyl group having two carbon atoms. [00404] The phrase "aryl" refers to substituted and unsubstituted aryl groups that do not contain heteroatoms. Thus the phrase includes, but is not limited to, groups such as phenyl, biphenyl, anthracenyl, naphthenyl by way of example. Aryl groups also include those in which one of the aromatic carbons is bonded to a non-carbon or non- hydrogen atoms described above (in the alkyl definition) and also includes aryl groups in which one or more aromatic carbons of the aryl group is bonded to a substituted and/or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group as defined herein. This includes bonding arrangements in which two carbon atoms of an aryl group are bonded to two atoms of an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group to define a fused ring system (e.g. dihydronaphthyl or tetany dronaphthyl). Thus, the phrase "aryl" includes, but is not limited to tolyl, and hydroxyphenyl among others. The term "C6-Io aryl" has the same meaning as aryl, except that it is limited to aryl groups of from six to ten carbon atoms. [00405] The phrase "alkenyl" refers to straight and branched chain and cyclic groups such as those described with respect to alkyl groups as defined above, except that at least one double bond exists between two carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to vinyl, -CH=C(H)(CH3), -CH=C(CH3)2, -C(CH3)=C(H)2, - C(CH3)=C(H)(CH3), -C(CH2CH3)=CH2, cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexadienyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, and hexadienyl among others. Included as well are groups in which a non-carbon or non-hydrogen atom is bonded to a carbon double bonded to another carbon and those in which one of the non-carbon or non- hydrogen atoms are bonded to a carbon not involved in a double bond to another carbon. Alkenyl groups are those limited to having 2 to 15 carbon atoms and as many as 4 additional heteroatoms as described above. More preferred alkenyl groups have from 2 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms. The term "C2-6 alkenyl" has the same meaning as alkenyl, except that it is limited to alkenyl groups of from two to six carbon atoms. [00406] The phrase "alkoxy" refers to substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy groups of the formula -O-alkyl, wherein the point of attachment is the oxy group and the alkyl group is as defined above. Alkoxy groups are those limited to having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and as many as 5 additional heteroatoms, including the oxygen atom. More preferred alkoxy groups have from 1 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms, including the oxygen atom. The term "Ci-6 alkoxy" has the same meaning as alkoxy, except that it is limited to alkoxy groups of six carbon atoms or less. [00407] The phrase "alkynyl" refers to straight and branched chain groups such as those described with respect to alkyl groups as defined above, except that at least one triple bond exists between two carbon atoms. Examples include, but are not limited to -CsC(H), -C=C(CH3), -C^C(CH2CH3), -C(H2)CsC(H), -C(H)2C^C(CH3), and - C(H)2CsC(CH2CH3) among others. Included as well are alkynyl groups in which a non-carbon or non-hydrogen atom is bonded to a carbon triple bonded to another carbon and those in which a non-carbon or non-hydrogen atom is bonded to a carbon not involved in a triple bond to another carbon. Alkynyl groups are those limited to having 2 to 15 carbon atoms and as many as 4 additional heteroatoms as described above. More preferred alkynyl groups have from 2 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms. The term "C2-6 alkynyl" has the same meaning as alkynyl, except that it is limited to alkynyl groups of from two to six carbon atoms. [00408] The phrase "aryloxy" refers to groups having the formula -O-aryl, wherein the point of attachment is the oxy group and the aryl group is as defined above. The phrase "C6-1O aryloxy" has the same meaning as aryloxy, except that it is limited to aryloxy groups of six to ten carbon atoms. [00409] The phrase "trihalomethyl" refers to a methyl group in which the three H atoms of the methyl group are substituted with three halogens which may be same or different. One example of such a group is a -CF3 group in which all three H atoms of the methyl group are substituted with F atoms. [00410] The phrase "C1-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl" refers to ether groups with as many as 12 carbon atoms. One example of a Ci-6 alkoxy-Ci-6 alkyl group is -CH2-O-CH2CH3. [00411] The phrase "C6-1O aryloxy-Ci-6 alkyl" refers to aryl ether groups of 16 carbon atoms or less, especially of 10 carbon atoms or less bound at the Ci-6 alkyl group. One example of a C6-1O aryloxy-Ci-6 alkyl group is propoxybenzene. [00412] The phrase "C6-1O aryl-Ci-6 alkyl" refers to arylalkyl groups of 16 carbon atoms or less, especially of 10 carbon atoms or less bound at the Ci-6 alkyl group. One example of a C6-io aryl-C^ alkyl group is toluene. [00413] The phrase "heterocyclyl" refers to both aromatic and nonaromatic ring compounds including monocyclic, bicyclic, and polycyclic ring compounds such as, but not limited to, quinuclidyl, containing 3 or more ring members of which one or more is a heteroatom such as, but not limited to, N, O, and S. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to: unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to pyrrolyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, dihydropyridyl, pyrimidyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazolyl (e.g. 4H-l,2,4-triazolyl, lH-l,2,3-triazolyl, 2H-l,2,3-triazolyl etc.), tetrazolyl, (e.g. lH-tetrazolyl, 2H tetrazolyl, etc.); saturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl; condensed unsaturated heterocyclic groups containing 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, indolyl, isoindolyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl; unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms such as, but not limited to furanyl; unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl (e.g. 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl, etc.); saturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, morpholinyl; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic groups containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, for example, benzoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzoxazinyl (e.g. 2H-l,4-benzoxazinyl etc.); unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 3 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl (e.g. 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, etc.); saturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, thiazolodinyl; saturated and unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as, but not limited to, thienyl, dihydrodithiinyl, dihydrodithionyl, tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrothiopyran; unsaturated condensed heterocyclic rings containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms such as, but not limited to, benzothiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzothiazinyl (e.g. 2H-l,4-benzothiazinyl, etc.), dihydrobenzothiazinyl (e.g. 2H-3,4- dihydrobenzothiazinyl, etc.), unsaturated condensed heterocyclic rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms such as benzodioxolyl (e.g. 1,3-benzodioxoyl, etc.); unsaturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing an oxygen atom and 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as, but not limited to, dihydrooxathiinyl; saturated 3 to 8 membered rings containing 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as 1,4-oxathiane; unsaturated condensed rings containing 1 to 2 sulfur atoms such as benzothienyl, benzodithiinyl; and unsaturated condensed heterocyclic rings containing an oxygen atom and 1 to 2 oxygen atoms such as benzoxathiinyl. Heterocyclyl group also include those described above in which one or more S atoms in the ring is double-bonded to one or two oxygen atoms (sulfoxides and sulfones). For example, heterocyclyl groups include tetrahydrothiophene, tetrahydrothiophene oxide, and tetrahydrothiophene 1,1- dioxide. Preferred heterocyclyl groups contain 5 or 6 ring members. More preferred heterocyclyl groups include morphorine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, imidazole, pyrazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, tetrazole, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine in which the S atom of the thiomorpholine is bonded to one or more O atoms, pyrrole, homopiperazine, oxazolidin-2-one, pyrrolidin-2-one, oxazole, quinuclidine, thiazole, isoxazole, furan, and tetrahydrofuran. "Heterocyclyl" also refers to those groups as defined above in which one of the ring members is bonded to a non-hydrogen atom such as described above with respect to substituted alkyl groups and substituted aryl groups (also referred to herein as "substituted heterocyclyl"). Examples, include, but are not limited to, 2-methylbenzimidazolyl, 5- methylbenzimidazolyl, 5-chlorobenzthiazolyl, 1 -methyl piperazinyl, and 2- chloropyridyl among others. Heterocyclyl groups are those limited to having 2 to 15 carbon atoms and as many as 6 additional heteroatoms as described above. More preferred heterocyclyl groups have from 3 to 5 carbon atoms and as many as 2 heteroatoms. [00414] The term "substituted" as applied to an undefined, yet well known in the art group, such as phenyl, will have the same meaning with respect to the optional appendages as described in the definition of alkyl. Some preferred substitution groups include, for example, hydroxyl, nitro, amino, imino, cyano, halo, thio, thioamido, amidino, imidino, oxo, oxamidino, methoxamidino, imidino, guanidino, sulfonamide, carboxyl, formyl, alkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aralkylcarbonyl, alkylthio, aminoalkyl, alkylamino, cyanoalkyl, phosphate, diphosphate, triphosphate and the like. For example, one preferred "substituted Ci-6 alkyl" is tert-butanol. [00415] The substitution group can itself be substituted one time. For example, an alkoxy substituent of an alkyl group may be substituted with a halogen, and oxo group, an aryl group, or the like. The group substituted onto the substitution group can be carboxyl, halo, nitro, oxo, amino, cyano, hydroxyl, Ci-6 alkyl, C)-6 alkoxy, C6. io aryl, aminocarbonyl, -SR, thioamido, -SO3H, -SO2R or cycloalkyl, where R is typically hydrogen, hydroxyl or Ci-6 alkyl. [00416] When the substituted substituent includes a straight chain group, the substitution can occur either within the chain (e.g., 2-hydroxypropyl, 2-aminobutyl, and the like) or at the chain terminus (e.g., 2-hydroxyethyl, 3-cyanopropyl, and the like). Substituted substituents can be straight chain, branched or cyclic arrangements of covalently bonded carbon atoms or heteroatoms. [00417] Reference to "phosphate" indicates -O-PO3, where the point of attachment is oxo. Where a "phosphate" group is attached at an oxo moiety (e.g. CH3-O-ρhosphate) the phosphate substituent is -PO3 (e.g. CH3-O-PO3). "Diphosphate" and "triphosphate" groups are respectively 2 and 3 phosphate moieties bound together as in -0-P(O)2-O-P(O)2-O-PO3 for triphophate. [00418] The term "protected" or a "protecting group" with respect to hydroxyl groups, amine groups, and sulfhydryl groups refers to forms of these functionalities which are protected from undesirable reaction with a protecting group known to those skilled in the art such as those set forth in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene, T.W., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, (1st Edition, 1981) which can be added or removed using the procedures set forth therein. Examples of protected hydroxyl groups include, but are not limited to, silyl ethers such as those obtained by reaction of a hydroxyl group with a reagent such as, but not limited to, t- butyldimethyl-chlorosilane, trimethylchlorosilane, triisopropylchlorosilane, triethylchlorosilane; substituted methyl and ethyl ethers such as, but not limited to methoxymethyl ether, methythiomethyl ether, benzyloxymethyl ether, t-butoxymethyl ether, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl ether, tetrahydropyranyl ethers, 1-ethoxyethyl ether, allyl ether, benzyl ether; esters such as, but not limited to, benzoylformate, formate, acetate, trichloroacetate, and trifiuoracetate. Examples of protected amine groups include, but are not limited to, benzyl or dibenzyl, amides such as, formamide, acetamide, trifluoroacetamide, and benzamide; imides, such as phthalimide, and dithiosuccinimide; and others. In some embodiments, a protecting group for amines is a benzyl group. Examples of protected sulfhydryl groups include, but are not limited to, thioethers such as S-benzyl thioether, and S-4-picolyl thioether; substituted S-methyl derivatives such as hemithio, dithio and aminothio acetals; and others. [00419] Within the present invention it is to be understood that a 3,4-di(lH-indol-3- yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione, staurosporine analog, derivatized pyridazine, chromen-4- one, indolinone, quinazoline, nucleoside analog, or other small molecule as described herein may exhibit the phenomenon of tautomerism and that the formulae drawings within this specification can represent only one of the possible tautomeric forms. It is to be understood that the invention encompasses any tautomeric form which possesses immunomodulatory activity and is not to be limited merely to any one tautomeric form utilized within the formulae drawings. [00420] It is also to be understood that certain 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5- diones, staurosporine analogs, derivatized pyridazines, chromen-4-ones, indolinones, quinazolines, nucleoside analogs, or other small molecules as described herein can exist in solvated as well as unsolvated forms such as, for example, hydrated forms. It is to be understood that the invention encompasses all such solvated forms which possess immunomodulatory activity. [00421] The invention also includes isotopically-labeled compounds, that are structurally identical to those disclosed above, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 180, 170, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F and 36Cl, respectively. Compounds of the present invention, prodrugs thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of said compounds and of said prodrugs that contain the aforementioned isotopes and/or other isotopes of other atoms are within the scope of this invention. Certain isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated, i.e., 3H, and carbon-14, i.e., 14C, isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium, i.e., 2H, may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds of this invention and prodrugs thereof can generally be prepared by carrying out known or referenced procedures and by substituting a readily available isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent. [00422] Preferred "cytokines" include IL 1-30 as well as TNF-alpha, TNF-beta, IFN-alpha (family), IFN-beta and IFN-gamma. [00423] Reference to "IL 1-30" indicates interleukin cytokines selected from the group consisting of ILIA, ILlB, IL1F5, IL1F6, IL1F7, IL1F8, IL1F9, ILlFlO, ILlRl, IL1R2, ILlRAP, ILlRAPLl, IL1RAPL2, ILlRLl, IL1RL2, ILlRN3 IL2, IL2RA, IL2RB, IL2RG, IL3, IL3RA, IL4, IL4R, IL5, IL5RA, IL6, IL6R, IL6RL1, IL6ST, IL6ST2, IL6STP, IL7, IL7R, IL8, IL8RA, IL8RB, IL8RBP, IL9, IL9R, IL9RP1, IL9RP2, IL9RP3, IL9RP4, ILlO, ILlORA, ILlORB, ILI l, ILIlRA3 ILI lRB, IL12A, IL12B, IL12RB1, IL12RB2, IL13, IL13RA1, IL13RA2, IL14, IL15, IL15RA, IL15RB, IL16, IL17, IL17B, IL17C, IL17D, IL17E, IL17F, IL17R, IL17RB, IL17RC, IL17RD, IL17RE, IL18, IL18BP, IL18R1, IL18RAP, IL19, IL20, IL20RA, IL20RB, IL21, IL21R, IL22, IL22RA1, IL22RA2, IL23A, IL24, IL26, IL28A, IL28B, IL28RA, IL29, and IL30. More preferred interleukins include IL-Ib, IL-2, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL- 10, IL-12, and IL-13. [00424] Reference to "chemokines" indicates: CXC chemokines including CXCLl3 CXCL2, CXCL3, CXCL4, CXCL5, CXCL6, CXCL7, CXCL8, CXCL9, CXCLlO, CXCLl 1, CXCL12, CXCL13, CXCL14, CXCL15, and CXCL16; C chemokines including XCLl, and XCL2; CX3C chemokines including CX3CLl; and CC chemokines including CCLl3 CCL2, CCL3, CCL3L1, CCL4, CCL5, CCL6, CCL7, CCL8, CCL9/CCL10, CCLI l, CCL12, CCL13, CCL14, CCL15, CCL16, CCL17, CCL18, CCL19, CCL20, CCL21, CCL22, CCL23, CCL24, CCL25, CCL26, CCL27, and CCL28. [00425] "Concomitantly" refers to occurring or existing concurrently or in parallel with another. [00426] Vaccine compositions contemplated to be within the scope of the several aspects of the present invention may include (an) additional adjuvant(s). Preferred adjuvants to enhance effectiveness of the composition include, but are not limited to: (1) aluminum salts (alum), such as aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, aluminum sulfate, etc; (2) oil-in-water emulsion formulations (with or without specific immunostimulating agents such as muramyl peptides or bacterial cell wall components), such as, for example (a) MF59™ (WO90/14837), containing 5% squalene, 0.5% Tween 80, and 0.5% Span 85 (optionally containing MTP-PE) formulated into submicron particles using a microfluidizer, (b) SAF, containing 5% squalene, 0.5% Tween 80, 5% pluronic-blocked polymer L121, and thr-MDP either microfluidized into a submicron emulsion or vortexed to generate a larger particle size emulsion, and (c) Ribi™ adjuvant system (RAS), (Ribi Immunochem, Hamilton, MT) containing 2% Squalene, 0.2% Tween 80, and one or more bacterial cell wall components from the group consisting of monophosphorylipid A (MPL), trehalose dimycolate (TDM), and cell wall skeleton (CWS), preferably MPL + CWS (Detox ™); (3) saponin adjuvants, such as QS21 or Stimulon™ (Cambridge Bioscience, Worcester, MA) may be used or particles generated therefrom such as ISCOMs (immunostimulating complexes), which ISCOMs may be devoid of additional detergent e.g. WO00/07621; (4) Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA) and Incomplete Freund's Adjuvant (IFA); (5) cytokines, such as interleukins (e.g. IL-I, IL-2, IL-4, IL- 5, IL-6, IL-7, IL- 12 (WO99/44636), etc.), interferons (e.g. gamma interferon), macrophage colony stimulating factor (M-CSF), tumor necrosis factor (TNF), etc.; (6) momophosphoryl lipid A (MPL) or 3-0-deacylated MPL (3dMPL), optionally in the substantial absence of alum when used with pneumococcal saccharides e.g. WO00/56358; and RC529 (7) combinations of 3dMPL with, for example, QS21 and /or oil-in-water emulsions e.g. EP-A-0835318; (8) oligonucleotides comprising CpG motifs, i.e. containing at least one CG dinucleotide, with 5-methylcytosine optionally being used in place of cytosine; (9) a polyoxyethylene ether or a polyoxyethylene ester e.g. WO99/52549; (10) a polyoxyethylene sorbitan ester surfactant in combination with an octoxynol (WOO 121207) or a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether or ester surfactant in combination with at least one additional non-ionic surfactant such as an octoxynol (WO01/21152); (11) a saponin and an immunostimulatory oligonucleotide (e.g. a CpG oligonucleotide) (WO00/62800); (12) an immunostimulant and a particle of metal salt e.g WO00/23105; (13) a saponin and an oil-in-water emulsion e.g. WO99/11241; (14) a saponin (e.g. QS21) + 3dMPL +IL- 12 (optionally + a sterol) e.g. WO98/57659; (14) other substances that act as immunostimulating agents to enhance the effectiveness of the composition. In one particular embodiment, Alum (especially aluminium phosphate and/or hydroxide) and MF59 are preferred for use with saccharide antigens. [00427] In some aspects, the invention is also directed to methods of administering the vaccine composition. The vaccine is administered in an amount effective to stimulate an immune response. The amount that constitutes an effective amount depends, inter alia, on the particular vaccine used, the particular adjuvant compound being administered and the amount thereof, the immune response that is to be enhanced (humoral or cell mediated), the state of the immune system (e.g., suppressed, compromised, stimulated), and the desired therapeutic result. Accordingly it is not practical to set forth generally the amount that constitutes an effective amount of the vaccine. Those of ordinary skill in the art, however, can readily determine the appropriate amount with due consideration of such factors. [00428] The vaccine compositions of the invention can be administered to animals, e.g., mammals human and non-human, including, for example, pocket pets, fowl, and the like according to conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., orally, subcutaneously, nasally, topically). [00429] Suitable vaccines include, but are not limited to, any material that raises either humoral or cell mediated immune response, or both. Suitable vaccines include live viral and bacterial antigens and inactivated viral, tumor-derived, protozoal, organism-derived, fungal, and bacterial antigens, toxoids, toxins, polysaccharides, proteins, glycoproteins, peptides, and the like. Conventional vaccines, such as those used in connection with BCG (live bacteria), cholera, plague, and typhoid (killed bacteria), hepatitis B, influenza, inactivated polio, and rabies (inactivated virus), measles, mumps, rubella, oral polio, SARS vaccines, and yellow fever (live virus), tetanus and diphtheria (toxoids), hemophilus influenzae b, meningococcal, and pneumococcal (bacterial polysaccharides) also can be used. Any antigen known in the art or disclosed herein may be used. [00430] Furthermore, it is contemplated that certain currently experimental vaccines, especially materials such as recombinant proteins, glycoproteins, and peptides that do not raise a strong immune response, will also find use in connection with the 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compound. Exemplary experimental subunit antigens include those related to viral disease such as adenovirus, AIDS, chicken pox, cytomegalovirus, dengue, feline leukemia, fowl plague, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, HSV-I, HSV-2, hog cholera, influenza A, influenza B, Japanese encephalitis, measles, parainfluenza, rabies, respiratory syncytial virus, SARS virus, rotavirus, wart, and yellow fever. [00431] Specific antigens include: a protein antigen from N. meningitides serogroup B (1-7); an outer-membrane vesicle (OMV) preparation from N. meningitides serogroup B. (8, 9, 10, 11); a saccharide antigen from N. meningitides serogroup A, C W135 and/or Y, such as the oligosaccharide (12) from serogroup C (13); a saccharide antigen horn Streptococcus pneumoniae (14, 15, 16); an antigen from N. gonorrhoeae (1, 2, 3); an antigen from Chlamydia pneumoniae (17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23); an antigen from Chlamydia trachomatis (24); an antigen from hepatitis A virus, such as inactivated virus (25, 26); an antigen from hepatitis B virus, such as the surface and/or core antigens (e.g. 26, 27); an antigen from hepatitis C virus (28); an antigen from Bordetella pertussis, such as petussis holotoxin (PT) and filamentous haemagglutinin (FHA) from B. pertussis, optionally also combination with pertactin and/or agglutinogens 2 and 3 (29, 30); a diphtheria antigen, such as a diphtheria toxoid (31:chapter 3) e.g. the CRM^7 mutant (32); a tetanus antigen, such as a tetanus toxoid (31 : chapter 4); a protein antigen from Helicobacter pylori such as CagA (33), VacA (33), NAP (34), HopX (5), HopY (35) and/or urease; a saccharide antigen from Haemophilus influenzae B (13); an antigen from Porphyromonas gingivalis (36); polio antigen(s) (37, 38) such as IPV or OPV; rabies antigen(s) (39) such lyophilized inactivated virus (40, RabAvert™); measles, mumps and/or rubella antigens (31: chapters 9, 10, & 11); influenza antigen(s) (31:chapter 19), such as the haemagglutinin and/or neuraminidase surface proteins; an antigen from Moraxella catarrhalis (41); an antigen from Streptococcus agalactiae (group B streptococcus) (42, 43); an antigen from Streptococcus pyogenes (group A streptococcus) (43, 44, 45); and an antigen from Staphylococcus aureus (46). [00432] The composition may comprise one or more of the above antigens. [00433] Where a saccharide or carbohydrate antigen is used, it is preferably conjugated to a carrier protein in order to enhance antigenicity (47-56). Preferred carrier proteins are bacterial toxins or toxoids, such as diphtheria or tetanus toxoids. The CRM1C17 diphtheria toxoid is particularly preferred. Other suitable carrier proteins include the N. meningitides outer membrane protein (57), synthetic peptides (58, 59), heat shock proteins (60), pertussis proteins (61, 62), protein D from H. influenzae (63), toxin A or B from C. difficile (64) etc. Where a mixture comprises capsular saccharides from both serogroups A and C, it is preferred that the ratio (w/w) of MenA saccharide:MenC saccharide is greater than 1 (e.g. 2:1, 3:1, 4:4, 5:1, 10:1 or higher). Saccharides from different serogroups of Ν. meningitides may be conjugated to the same or different carrier proteins. [00434] Any suitable conjugation reaction can be used, with any suitable linker where necessary. Toxic protein antigens may be detoxified where necessary (e.g. detoxification of pertussis toxin by chemical and/or genetic means (30)). Where a diphtheria antigen is included in the composition it is preferred also to include tetanus antigens and pertussis antigens. Similar, where a tetanus antigen is include it is preferred also to include diphtheria and pertussis antigens. Similar, where pertussis antigen is included it is preferred also to include diphtheria and tetanus antigens. [00435] The pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds described herein can include additives such as excipients. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include processing agents and drug delivery modifiers and enhancers, such as, for example, calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, monosaccharides, disaccharides, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, dextrose, hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, low melting waxes, ion exchange resins, and the like, as well as combinations of any two or more thereof. Other suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are described in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences," Mack Pub. Co., New Jersey (1991), incorporated herein by reference. [00436] Pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds of the invention may be in any form suitable for the intended method of administration, including, for example, a solution, a suspension, or an emulsion. Liquid carriers are typically used in preparing solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Liquid carriers contemplated for use in the practice of the present invention include, for example, water, saline, pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent(s), pharmaceutically acceptable oils or fats, and the like, as well as mixtures of two or more thereof. The liquid carrier may contain other suitable pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, nutrients, buffers, preservatives, suspending agents, thickening agents, viscosity regulators, stabilizers, and the like. Suitable organic solvents include, for example, monohydric alcohols, such as ethanol, and polyhydric alcohols, such as glycols. Suitable oils include, for example, soybean oil, coconut oil, olive oil, saffiower oil, cottonseed oil, and the like. For parenteral administration, the carrier can also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, and the like. Compositions of the present invention may also be in the form of microparticles, microcapsules, and the like, as well as combinations of any two or more thereof. [00437] The compounds and combinations of the present invention can also be administered in the form of liposomes. As is known in the art, liposomes are generally derived from phospholipids or other lipid substances. Liposomes are fonned by mono- or multilamellar hydrated liquid crystals that are dispersed in an aqueous medium. Any non-toxic, physiologically acceptable and metabolizable lipid capable of forming liposomes can be used. The present compositions in liposome form can contain, in addition to a compound of the present invention, stabilizers, preservatives, excipients, and the like. The preferred lipids are the phospholipids and phosphatidyl cholines (lecithins), both natural and synthetic. Methods to form liposomes are known in the art. See, for example, Prescott, Ed., Methods in Cell Biology, Volume XIV, Academic Press, New York, N. W., p. 33 et seq (1976). [00438] Other additives include immunostimulatory agents known in the art or listed herein. Immunostimulatory oligonucleotides and polynucleotides are described in PCT WO 98/55495 and PCT WO 98/16247. U.S. Patent Application No. 2002/0164341 describes adjuvants including an unmethylated CpG dinucleotide (CpG ODN) and a non-nucleic acid adjuvant. U.S. Patent Application No. 2002/0197269 describes compositions comprising an antigen, an antigenic CpG-ODN and a polycationic polymer. Other immunostimulatory additives described in the art may be used, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 5,026,546; U.S. Patent No. 4,806,352; and U.S. Patent No. 5,026,543. Additionally, SMIP compounds as described in USSN 10/814480 and 60/582654 are contemplated as effective co¬ administration agents or combination with the compositions of the instant invention. [00439] A controlled release delivery system may be used, such as a diffusion controlled matrix system or an erodible system, as described for example in: Lee, "Diffusion-Controlled Matrix Systems", pp. 155-198 and Ron and Langer, "Erodible Systems", pp. 199-224, in "Treatise on Controlled Drug Delivery", A. Kydonieus Ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York 1992. The matrix may be, for example, a biodegradable material that can degrade spontaneously in situ and in vivo for, example, by hydrolysis or enzymatic cleavage, e.g., by proteases. The delivery system may be, for example, a naturally occurring or synthetic polymer or copolymer, for example in the form of a hydrogel. Exemplary polymers with cleavable linkages include polyesters, polyorthoesters, polyanhydrides, polysaccharides, poly(phosphoesters), polyamides, polyurethanes, poly(imidocarbonates) and poly(phosphazenes) . [00440] The compounds of the invention may be administered enterally, orally, parenterally, sublingually, by inhalation spray, rectally, or topically in dosage unit formulations containing conventional nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles as desired. For example, suitable modes of administration include oral, subcutaneous, transdermal, transmucosal, iontophoretic, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, subdermal, rectal, and the like. Topical administration may also involve the use of transdermal administration such as transdermal patches or ionophoresis devices. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal injection, or infusion techniques. [00441] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-propanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables. [00442] Suppositories for rectal administration of the drug can be prepared by mixing the drug with a suitable nonirritating excipient such as cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols that are solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum and release the drug. [00443] Solid dosage forms for oral administration may include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate. In the case of capsules, tablets, and pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. Tablets and pills can additionally be prepared with enteric coatings. [00444] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration may include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and elixirs containing inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as water. Such compositions may also comprise adjuvants, such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, cyclodextrins, and sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents. [00445] Effective amounts of the compounds of the invention generally include any amount sufficient to detectably treat the disorders described herein. [00446] Successful treatment of a subject in accordance with the invention may result in the inducement of a reduction or alleviation of symptoms in a subject afflicted with a medical or biological disorder to, for example, halt the further progression of the disorder, or the prevention of the disorder. [00447] The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of administration, route of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, and the severity of the particular disease undergoing therapy. The therapeutically effective amount for a given situation can be readily determined by routine experimentation and is within the skill and judgment of the ordinary clinician. Compositions of the invention may be administered in conjunction with one or more antigens for use in therapeutic, prophylactic, or diagnostic methods of the present invention. Preferred antigens include those listed below. Additionally, the compositions of the present invention may be used to treat or prevent infections caused by any of the below-listed microbes. In addition to combination with the antigens described below, the compositions of the invention may also be combined with an adjuvant as described herein. Antigens for use with the invention include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following antigens set forth below, or antigens derived from one or more of the pathogens set forth below:
A. Bacterial Antigens Bacterial antigens suitable for use in the invention include proteins, polysaccharides, lipopolysaccharides, and outer membrane vesicles which may be isolated, purified or derived from a bacteria. In addition, bacterial antigens may include bacterial lysates and inactivated bacteria formulations. Bacteria antigens may be produced by recombinant expression. Bacterial antigens preferably include epitopes which are exposed on the surface of the bacteria during at least one stage of its life cycle. Bacterial antigens are preferably conserved across multiple serotypes. Bacterial antigens include antigens derived from one or more of the bacteria set forth below as well as the specific antigens examples identified below. Neisseria meningitides: Meningitides antigens may include proteins (such as those identified in References 1 - 7), saccharides (including a polysaccharide, oligosaccharide or lipopolysaccharide), or outer-membrane vesicles (References 8, 9, 10, 11) purified or derived from N. meningitides serogroup A, C, W135, Y, and/or B. Meningitides protein antigens may be selected from adhesions, autotransporters, toxins, Fe acquisition proteins, and membrane associated proteins (preferably integral outer membrane protein). Streptococcus pneumoniae: Streptococcus pneumoniae antigens may include a saccharide (including a polysaccharide or an oligosaccharide) or protein from Streptococcus pneumoniae. Saccharide antigens may be selected from serotypes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6B, 7F, 8, 9Ν, 9V, 1OA, HA, 12F, 14, 15B, 17F, 18C, 19A, 19F, 20, 22F, 23F, and 33F. Protein antigens may be selected from a protein identified in WO 98/18931, WO 98/18930, US Patent No. 6,699,703, US Patent No. 6,800,744, WO 97/43303, and WO 97/37026. Streptococcus pneumoniae proteins may be selected from the Poly Histidine Triad family (PhtX), the Choline Binding Protein family (CbpX), CbpX truncates, LytX family, LytX truncates, CbpX truncate-LytX truncate chimeric proteins, pneumolysin (Ply), PspA, PsaA, Spl28, SpIOl, Spl30, Spl25 or Spl33. Streptococcus pyogenes (Group A Streptococcus): Group A Streptococcus antigens may include a protein identified in WO 02/34771 or WO 2005/032582 (including GAS 40), fusions of fragments of GAS M proteins (including those described in WO 02/094851, and Dale, Vaccine (1999) 17:193-200, and Dale, Vaccine 14(10): 944-948), fibronectin binding protein (Sfbl), Streptococcal heme- associated protein (Shp), and Streptolysin S (SagA). Moraxella catarrhalis: Moraxella antigens include antigens identified in WO 02/18595 and WO 99/58562, outer membrane protein antigens (HMW-OMP), C- antigen, and/or LPS. Bordetella pertussis: Pertussis antigens include petussis holotoxin (PT) and filamentous haemagglutinin (FHA) from B. pertussis, optionally also combination with pertactin and/or agglutinogens 2 and 3 antigen. Staphylococcus aureus: Staph aureus antigens include S. aureus type 5 and 8 capsular polysaccharides optionally conjugated to nontoxic recombinant Pseudomonas aeruginosa exotoxin A, such as StaphVAX™, or antigens derived from surface proteins, invasins (leukocidin, kinases, hyaluronidase), surface factors that inhibit phagocytic engulfment (capsule, Protein A), carotenoids, catalase production, Protein A, coagulase, clotting factor, and/or membrane-damaging toxins (optionally detoxified) that lyse eukaryotic cell membranes (hemolysins, leukotoxin, leukocidin). Staphylococcus epidermis: S. epidermidis antigens include slime-associated antigen (SAA). Tetanus: Tetanus antigens include tetanus toxoid (TT), preferably used as a carrier protein in conjunction/conjugated with the compositions of the present invention. Diphtheria: Diphtheria antigens include diphtheria toxin, preferably detoxified, such as CRMi97, additionally antigens capable of modulating, inhibiting or associated with ADP ribosylation are contemplated for combination/co- adrninistration/conjugation with the compositions of the present invention, the diphtheria toxoids are preferably used as carrier proteins. Haemophilus influenzae B (Hib): Hib antigens include a Hib saccharide antigen. Pseudomonas aeruginosa: Pseudomonas antigens include endotoxin A, Wzz protein, P. aeruginosa LPS, more particularly LPS isolated from PAOl (05 serotype), and/or Outer Membrane Proteins, including Outer Membrane Proteins F (OprF) (Infect Immυn. 2001 May; 69(5): 3510-3515). Legionella pneumophila (Legionnairs' Disease): L. pneumophila antigens may optionally derived from cell lines with disrupted asd genes (Infect Immun. 1998 May; 66(5): 1898). Streptococcus agalactiae (Group B Streptococcus): Group B Streptococcus antigens include a protein or saccharide antigen identified in WO 02/34771, WO 03/093306, WO 04/041157, or WO 2005/002619 (including proteins GBS 80, GBS 104, GBS 276 and GBS 322, and including saccharide antigens derived from serotypes Ia, Ib, Ia/c, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII and VIII). Neiserria gonorrhoeae: Gonorrhoeae antigens include Por (or porin) protein, such as PorB (see Zhu et al, Vaccine (2004) 22:660 - 669), a transferring binding protein, such as TbpA and TbpB (See Price et al, Infection and Immunity (2004) 71(1):277 - 283), a opacity protein (such as Opa), a reduction-modifiable protein (Rmp), and outer membrane vesicle (OMV) preparations (see Plante et al, J Infectious Disease (2000) 182:848 - 855), also see e.g. WO99/24578, WO99/36544, WO99/57280, WO02/079243). Chlamydia trachomatis: Chlamydia trachomatis antigens include antigens derived from serotypes A, B, Ba and C are (agents of trachoma, a cause of blindness), serotypes L1, L2 & L3 (associated with Lymphogranuloma venereum), and serotypes, D-K. Chlamydia trachomas antigens may also include an antigen identified in WO 00/37494, WO 03/049762, WO 03/068811, or WO 05/002619. Treponema pallidum (Syphilis): Syphilis antigens include TmpA antigen. Haemophilus ducreyi (causing chancroid): Ducreyi antigens include outer membrane protein (DsrA). Enterococcus faecalis or Enter ococcus faecium: Antigens include a trisaccharide repeat or other Enterococcus derived antigens provided in US Patent No. 6,756,361. Helicobacter pylori: H pylori antigens include Cag, Vac, Nap, HopX, Hop Y and/or urease antigen. Staphylococcus saprophyticus: Antigens include the 160 kDa hemagglutinin of S. saprophyticus antigen. Yersinia enterocolitica Antigens include LPS (Infect Immun. 2002 August; 70(8): 4414). E. coli: E. coli antigens may be derived from enterotoxigenic E. coli (ETEC), enteroaggregative E. coli (EAggEC), diffusely adhering E. coli (DAEC), enteropathogenic E. coli (EPEC), and/or enterohemorrhagic E. coli (EHEC). Bacillus anthracis (anthrax): B. anthracis antigens are optionally detoxified and may be selected from A-components (lethal factor (LF) and edema factor (EF)), both of which can share a common B-component known as protective antigen (PA). Yersinia pestis (plague): Plague antigens include Fl capsular antigen (Infect Immun. 2003 Jan; 71(1)): 374-383, LPS (Infect Immun. 1999 Oct; 67(10): 5395), Yersinia pestis V antigen (Infect Immun. 1997 Nov; 65(11): 4476-4482).
Mycobacterium tuberculosis: Tuberculosis antigens include lipoproteins, LPS, BCG antigens, a fusion protein of antigen 85B (Ag85B) and/or ESAT-6 optionally formulated in cationic lipid vesicles (Infect Immun. 2004 October; 72(10): 6148), Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) isocitrate dehydrogenase associated antigens (Proc Natl Acad Sd USA. 2004 Aug 24; 101(34): 12652), and/or MPT51 antigens {Infect Immun. 2004 July; 72(7): 3829). Rickettsia: Antigens include outer membrane proteins, including the outer membrane protein A and/or B (OmpB) {Biochim Biophys Acta. 2004 Nov l;1702(2):145), LPS, and surface protein antigen (SPA) (J Autoimmun. 1989 Jun;2 Suppl:81). Listeria monocytogenes : Antigens derived from L. monocytogenes are preferably used as carriers/vectors for intracytoplasmic delivery of conjugates/associated compositions of the present invention. Chlamydia pneumoniae: Antigens include those identified in WO 02/02606. Vibrio cholerae: Antigens include proteinase antigens, LPS, particularly lipopolysaccharides of Vibrio cholerae II, Ol Inaba O-specifϊc polysaccharides, V. cholera 0139, antigens of IEM108 vaccine (Infect Immun. 2003 Oct;71(10):5498- 504), and/or Zonula occludens toxin (Zot). Salmonella typhi (typhoid fever): Antigens include capsular polysaccharides preferably conjugates (Vi, i.e. vax-TyVi). Borrelia burgdorferi (Lyme disease): Antigens include lipoproteins (such as OspA, OspB, Osp C and Osp D), other surface proteins such as OspE-related proteins (Erps), decorin-binding proteins (such as DbpA), and antigenically variable VI proteins. , such as antigens associated with P39 and P13 (an integral membrane protein, Infect Immun.2001 May; 69(5): 3323-3334), VlsE Antigenic Variation Protein (J Clin Microbiol. 1999 Dec; 37(12): 3997). Porphyromonas gingivalis: Antigens include P. gingivalis outer membrane protein (OMP). Klebsiella: Antigens include an OMP, including OMP A, or a polysaccharide optionally conjugated to tetanus toxoid. Where not specifically referenced, further bacterial antigens of the invention may be capsular antigens, polysaccharide antigens or protein antigens of any of the above. Further bacterial antigens may also include an outer membrane vesicle (OMV) preparation. Additionally, antigens include live, attenuated, split, and/or purified versions of any of the aforementioned bacteria. The bacterial or microbial derived antigens of the present invention may be gram-negative or gram-positive and aerobic or anaerobic. Additionally, any of the above bacterial-derived saccharides (polysaccharides, LPS, LOS or oligosaccharides) can be conjugated to another agent or antigen, such as a carrier protein (for example CRM197 ). Such conjugation may be direct conjugation effected by reductive animation of carbonyl moieties on the saccharide to amino groups on the protein, as provided in US Patent No. 5,360,897 and Can JBiochem Cell Biol. 1984 May; 62(5): 270-5. Alternatively, the saccharides can be conjugated through a linker, such as, with succinamide or other linkages provided in Bioconjugate Techniques, 1996 and CRC, Chemistry of Protein Conjugation and Cross-Linking, 1993.
B. Viral Antigens Viral antigens suitable for use in the invention include inactivated (or killed) virus, attenuated virus, split virus formulations, purified subunit formulations, viral proteins which may be isolated, purified or derived from a virus, and Virus Like Particles (VLPs). Viral antigens may be derived from viruses propagated on cell culture or expressed recombinantly. Viral antigens preferably include epitopes which are exposed on the surface of the virus during at least one stage of its life cycle. Viral antigens are preferably conserved across multiple serotypes. Viral antigens include antigens derived from one or more of the viruses set forth below as well as the specific antigens examples identified below. Orthomyxovirus: Viral antigens may be derived from an Orthomyxovirus, such as Influenza A, B and C. Orthomyxovirus antigens may be selected from one or more of the viral proteins, including hemagglutinin (HA), neuraminidase (NA), nucleoprotein (NP), matrix protein (Ml), membrane protein (M2), one or more of the transcriptase components (PBl, PB2 and PA). Preferred antigens include HA and NA. Influenza antigens may be derived from interpandemic (annual) flu strains. Alternatively influenza antigens may be derived from strains with the potential to cause pandemic a pandemic outbreak (i.e., influenza strains with new haemagglutinin compared to the haemagglutinin in currently circulating strains, or influenza strains which are pathogenic in avian subjects and have the potential to be transmitted horizontally in the human population, or influenza strains which are pathogenic to humans). Paramyxoviridae viruses: Viral antigens may be derived from Paramyxoviridae viruses, such as Pneumoviruses (RSV), Paramyxoviruses (PIV) and Morbilliviruses (Measles). Pneumovirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Pneumovirus, such as Respiratory syncytial virus (RSV), Bovine respiratory syncytial virus, Pneumonia virus of mice, and Turkey rhinotracheitis virus. Preferably, the Pneumovirus is RSV. Pneumovirus antigens may be selected from one or more of the following proteins, including surface proteins Fusion (F), Glycoprotein (G) and Small Hydrophobic protein (SH), matrix proteins M and M2, nucleocapsid proteins N, P and L and nonstructural proteins NSl and NS2. Preferred Pneumovirus antigens include F, G and M. See e.g., J Gen Virol. 2004 Nov; 85(Pt 11):3229). Pneumovirus antigens may also be formulated in or derived from chimeric viruses. For example, chimeric RSV/PIV viruses may comprise components of both RSV and PIV. Paramyxovirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Paramyxovirus, such as Parainfluenza virus types 1 - 4 (PIV), Mumps, Sendai viruses, Simian virus 5, Bovine parainfluenza virus and Newcastle disease virus. Preferably, the Paramyxovirus is PIV or Mumps. Paramyxovirus antigens may be selected from one or more of the following proteins: Hemagglutinin -Neuraminidase (HN), Fusion proteins Fl and F2, Nucleoprotein (NP), Phosphoprotein (P), Large protein (L), and Matrix protein (M). Preferred Paramyxovirus proteins include HN, Fl and F2. Paramyxovirus antigens may also be formulated in or derived from chimeric viruses. For example, chimeric RSV/PIV viruses may comprise components of both RSV and PIV. Commercially available mumps vaccines include live attenuated mumps virus, in either a monovalent form or in combination with measles and rubella vaccines (MMR). Morbillivirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Morbillivirus, such as Measles. Morbillivirus antigens may be selected from one or more of the following proteins: hemagglutinin (H), Glycoprotein (G), Fusion factor (F), Large protein (L), Nucleoprotein (NP), Polymerase phosphoprotein (P), and Matrix (M). Commercially available measles vaccines include live attenuated measles virus, typically in combination with mumps and rubella (MMR). Picornavirus: Viral antigens may be derived from Picornaviruses, such as Enteroviruses, Rhinoviruses, Heparnavirus, Cardioviruses and Aphthoviruses. Antigens derived from Enteroviruses, such as Poliovirus are preferred. Enterovirus: Viral antigens may be derived from an Enterovirus, such as Poliovirus types 1, 2 or 3, Coxsackie A virus types 1 to 22 and 24, Coxsackie B virus types 1 to 6, Echovirus (ECHO) virus) types 1 to 9, 11 to 27 and 29 to 34 and Enterovirus 68 to 71. Preferably, the Enterovirus is poliovirus. Enterovirus antigens are preferably selected from one or more of the following Capsid proteins VPl, VP2, VP3 and VP4. Commercially available polio vaccines include Inactivated Polio Vaccine (IPV) and Oral poliovirus vaccine (OPV). Heparnavirus: Viral antigens may be derived from an Heparnavirus, such as Hepatitis A virus (HAV). Commercially available HAV vaccines include inactivated HAV vaccine. Togavirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Togavirus, such as a Rubivirus, an Alphavirus, or an Arterivirus. Antigens derived from Rubivirus, such as Rubella virus, are preferred. Togavirus antigens may be selected from El, E2, E3, C, NSP-I, NSPO-2, NSP-3 or NSP-4. Togavirus antigens are preferably selected from El, E2 or E3. Commercially available Rubella vaccines include a live cold- adapted virus, typically in combination with mumps and measles vaccines (MMR). Flavivirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Flavivirus, such as Tick- borne encephalitis (TBE), Dengue (types 1, 2, 3 or 4), Yellow Fever, Japanese encephalitis, West Nile encephalitis, St. Louis encephalitis, Russian spring-summer encephalitis, Powassan encephalitis. Flavivirus antigens may be selected from PrM, M, C, E, NS-I, NS-2a, NS2b, NS3, NS4a, NS4b, and NS5. Flavivirus antigens are preferably selected from PrM, M and E. Commercially available TBE vaccine include inactivated virus vaccines. Pestivirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Pestivirus, such as Bovine viral diarrhea (BVDV), Classical swine fever (CSFV) or Border disease (BDV). Hepadnavirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Hepadnavirus, such as Hepatitis B virus. Hepadnavirus antigens may be selected from surface antigens (L, M and S), core antigens (HBc, HBe). Commercially available HBV vaccines include subunit vaccines comprising the surface antigen S protein. Hepatitis C virus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Hepatitis C virus (HCV). HCV antigens may be selected from one or more of El, E2, E1/E2, NS345 polyprotein, NS 345-core polyprotein, core, and/or peptides from the nonstructural regions (Houghton et al., Hepatology (1991) 14:381). Rhabdovirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Rhabdovirus, such as a Lyssavirus (Rabies virus) and Vesiculovirus (VSV). Rhabdovirus antigens may be selected from glycoprotein (G), nucleoprotein (N), large protein (L), nonstructural proteins (NS). Commercially available Rabies virus vaccine comprise killed virus grown on human diploid cells or fetal rhesus lung cells. Caliciviridae; Viral antigens may be derived from Calciviridae, such as Norwalk virus. Coronavirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Coronavirus, SARS, Human respiratory coronavirus, Avian infectious bronchitis (IBV), Mouse hepatitis virus (MHV), and Porcine transmissible gastroenteritis virus (TGEV). Coronavirus antigens may be selected from spike (S), envelope (E), matrix (M), nucleocapsid (N), and Hemagglutinin-esterase glycoprotein (HE). Preferably, the Coronavirus antigen is derived from a SARS virus. SARS viral antigens are described in WO 04/92360; Retrovirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Retrovirus, such as an Oncovirus, a Lentivirus or a Spumavirus. Oncovirus antigens may be derived from HTLV-I, HTLV-2 or HTLV-5. Lentivirus antigens may be derived from HIV-I or HIV-2. Retrovirus antigens may be selected from gag, pol, env, tax, tat, rex, rev, nef, vif, vpu, and vpr. HIV antigens may be selected from gag (p24gag and p55gag), env (gpl60 and gp41), pol, tat, nef, rev vpu, miniproteins, (preferably p55 gag and gpl40v delete). HIV antigens may be derived from one or more of the following strains: fflVπib, HIVsF2, HIVLAV, HIVLAI, HIVMN, HIV-1CM235, HIV-1US4. Reovirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Reovirus, such as an Orthoreo virus, a Rotavirus, an Orbivirus, or a Coltivirus. Reovirus antigens may be selected from structural proteins λl, λ2, λ3, μl, μ2, σl, σ2, or σ3, or nonstructural proteins σNS, μNS, or σls. Preferred Reovirus antigens may be derived from a Rotavirus. Rotavirus antigens may be selected from VPl, VP2, VP3, VP4 (or the cleaved product VP5 and VP8), NSP 1, VP6, NSP3, NSP2, VP7, NSP4, or NSP5. Preferred Rotavirus antigens include VP4 (or the cleaved product VP5 and VP8), and VP7. Parvovirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Parvovirus, such as Parvovirus B19. Parvovirus antigens may be selected from VP-I, VP-2, VP-3, NS-I and NS-2. Preferably, the Parvovirus antigen is capsid protein VP-2. Delta hepatitis virus (HDV): Viral antigens may be derived HDV, particularly δ-antigen from HDV (see, e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,378,814). Hepatitis E virus (HEV): Viral antigens may be derived from HEV. Hepatitis G virus (HGV): Viral antigens may be derived from HGV. Human Herpesvirus: Viral antigens may be derived from a Human Herpesvirus, such as Herpes Simplex Viruses (HSV), Varicella-zoster virus (VZV), Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), Cytomegalovirus (CMV), Human Herpesvirus 6 (HHV6), Human Herpesvirus 7 (HHV7), and Human Herpesvirus 8 (HHV8). Human Herpesvirus antigens may be selected from immediate early proteins (α), early proteins (β), and late proteins (γ). HSV antigens may be derived from HSV-I or HSV-2 strains. HSV antigens may be selected from glycoproteins gB, gC, gD and gH, fusion protein (gB), or immune escape proteins (gC, gE, or gl). VZV antigens may be selected from core, nucleocapsid, tegument, or envelope proteins. A live attenuated VZV vaccine is commercially available. EBV antigens may be selected from early antigen (EA) proteins, viral capsid antigen (VCA), and glycoproteins of the membrane antigen (MA). CMV antigens may be selected from capsid proteins, envelope glycoproteins (such as gB and gH), and tegument proteins Papovaviruses: Antigens may be derived from Papovaviruses, such as Papillomaviruses and Polyomaviruses. Papillomaviruses include HPV serotypes 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 31, 33, 35, 39, 41, 42, 47, 51, 57, 58, 63 and 65. Preferably, HPV antigens are derived from serotypes 6, 11, 16 or 18. HPV antigens maybe selected from capsid proteins (Ll) and (LT), or El - E7, or fusions thereof. HPV antigens are preferably formulated into virus-like particles (VLPs). Polyomyavirus viruses include BK virus and JK virus. Polyomavirus antigens may be selected from VPl, VP2 or VP3. Further provided are antigens, compositions, methods, and microbes included in Vaccines, 4th Edition (Plotkin and Orenstein ed. 2004); Medical Microbiology 4th Edition (Murray et al. ed. 2002); Virology, 3rd Edition (W.K. Joklik ed. 1988); Fundamental Virology, 2nd Edition (B.N. Fields and D.M. Knipe, eds. 1991), which are contemplated in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention.
Fungal Antigens In some embodiments compositions of the present invention are combined with fungal antigens for use in methods of the present invention, including treatment or prevention of mycoses. Fungal antigens for use herein, associated with vaccines include those described in: U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,229,434 and 4,368,191 for prophylaxis and treatment of trichopytosis caused by Trichophyton mentagrophytes; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,277,904 and 5,284,652 for a broad spectrum dermatophyte vaccine for the prophylaxis of dermatophyte infection in animals, such as guinea pigs, cats, rabbits, horses and lambs, these antigens comprises a suspension of killed T. equinum, T. mentagrophytes (var. granulare), M. canis and/or M. gypseum in an effective amount optionally combined with an adjuvant; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,453,273 and 6,132,733 for a ringwoπn vaccine comprising an effective amount of a homogenized, formaldehyde- killed fungi, i.e., Microsporum canis culture in a carrier; U.S. Pat. No. 5,948,413 involving extracellular and intracellular proteins for pythiosis. Additional antigens identified within antifungal vaccines include Ringvac bovis LTF-130 and Bioveta. Further, fungal antigens for use herein may be derived from Dermatophytres, including: Epidermophytonfloccusum, Microsporum audouini, Microsporum canis, Microsporum distortum, Microsporum equinum, Microsporum gypsum, Microsporum nanum, Trichophyton concentricum, Trichophyton equinum, Trichophyton gallinae, Trichophyton gypseum, Trichophyton megnini, Trichophyton mentagrophytes, Trichophyton quinckeanum, Trichophyton rubrum, Trichophyton schoenleini, Trichophyton tonsurans, Trichophyton verrucosum, T. verrucosum var. album, var. discoides, var. ochraceum, Trichophyton violaceum, and/or Trichophyton faviforme. Fungal pathogens for use as antigens or in derivation of antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention comprise Aspergillus fumigatus, Aspergillus flavus, Aspergillus niger, Aspergillus nidulans, Aspergillus terreus, Aspergillus sydowi, Aspergillus flavatus, Aspergillus glaucus, Blastoschizomyces capitatus, Candida albicans, Candida enolase, Candida tropicalis, Candida glabrata, Candida krusei, Candida par apsϊlosis, Candida stellatoidea, Candida kusei, Candida parakwsei, Candida lusitaniae, Candida pseudotropicalis, Candida guilliermondi, Cladosporium carrionii, Coccidioides immitis, Blastomyces dermatidis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Geotrichum clavatum, Histoplasma capsulatum, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Paracoccidioides brasiliensis, Pneumocystis carinii, Pythiumn insidiosum, Pityrosporum ovale, Sacharomyces cerevisae, Saccharomyces boulardii, Saccharomyces pombe, Scedosporium apiosperum, Sporothrix schenckii, Trichosporon beigelii, Toxoplasma gondii, Penicillium marneffei, Malassezia spp., Fonsecaea spp., Wangiella spp., Sporothrix spp., Basidiobolus spp., Conidiobolus spp., Rhizopus spp, Mucor spp, Absidia spp, Mortierella spp, Cunninghamella spp, and Saksenaea spp. Other fungi from which antigens are derived include Alternaria spp, Curvularia spp, Helminthosporium spp, Fusarium spp, Aspergillus spp, Penicillium spp, Monolinia spp, Rhizoctonia spp, Paecilomyces spp, Pithomyces spp, and Cladosporium spp. Processes for producing a fungal antigens are well known in the art (see US Patent No. 6,333,164). In a preferred method a solubilized fraction extracted and separated from an insoluble fraction obtainable from fungal cells of which cell wall has been substantially removed or at least partially removed, characterized in that the process comprises the steps of: obtaining living fungal cells; obtaining fungal cells of which cell wall has been substantially removed or at least partially removed; bursting the fungal cells of which cell wall has been substantially removed or at least partially removed; obtaining an insoluble fraction; and extracting and separating a solubilized fraction from the insoluble fraction.
STD Antigens Embodiments of the invention include compositions and methods related to a prophylactic and therapeutic treatments for microbes that can be neutralized prior to infection of a cell. In particular embodiments, microbes (bacteria, viruses and/or fungi) against which the present compositions and methods can be implement include those that cause sexually transmitted diseases (STDs) and/or those that display on their surface an antigen that can be the target or antigen composition of the invention. In a preferred embodiment of the invention, compositions are combined with antigens derived from a viral or bacterial STD. Antigens derived from bacteria or viruses can be administered in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention to provide protection against at least one of the following STDs, among others: chlamydia, genital herpes, hepatitis (particularly HCV), genital warts, gonorrhea, syphilis and/or chancroid (See, WO00/15255).
In another embodiment the compositions of the present invention are co¬ administered with an antigen for the prevention or treatment of an STD.
Antigens derived from the following viruses associated with STDs, which are described in greater detail above, are preferred for co-administration with the compositions of the present invention: hepatitis (particularly HCV), HPV, HIV, or HSV.
Additionally, antigens derived from the following bacteria associated with STDs, which are described in greater detail above, are preferred for co-administration with the compositions of the present invention: Neiserria gonorrhoeae, Chlamydia pneumoniae, Chlamydia trachomatis, Treponema pallidum, ox Haemophilus ducreyi.
Respiratory Antigens
The invention provides methods of preventing and/or treating infection by a respiratory pathogen, including a virus, bacteria, or fungi such as respiratoiy syncytial virus (RSV), PIV, SARS virus, influenza, Bacillus anthracis, particularly by reducing or preventing infection and/or one or more symptoms of respiratory virus infection. A composition comprising an antigen described herein, such as one derived from a respiratory virus, bacteria or fungus is administered in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention to an individual which is at risk of being exposed to that particular respiratory microbe, has been exposed to a respiratory microbe or is infected with a respiratory virus, bacteria or fungus. The composition(s) of the present invention is/are preferably co-administered at the same time or in the same formulation with an antigen of the respiratory pathogen. Administration of the composition results in reduced incidence and/or severity of one or more symptoms of respiratory infection.
Tumor Antigens One embodiment of the present involves a tumor antigen or cancer antigen in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention. Tumor antigens can be, for example, peptide-containing tumor antigens, such as a polypeptide tumor antigen or glycoprotein tumor antigens. A tumor antigen can also be, for example, a saccharide-containing tumor antigen, such as a glycolipid tumor antigen or a ganglioside tumor antigen. The tumor antigen can further be, for example, a polynucleotide-containing tumor antigen that expresses a polypeptide-containing tumor antigen, for instance, an RNA vector construct or a DNA vector construct, such as plasmid DNA. Tumor antigens appropriate for the practice of the present invention encompass a wide variety of molecules, such as (a) polypeptide-containing tumor antigens, including polypeptides (which can range, for example, from 8-20 amino acids in length, although lengths outside this range are also common), lipopolypeptides and glycoproteins, (b) saccharide-containing tumor antigens, including poly-saccharides, mucins, gangliosides, glycolipids and glycoproteins, and (c) polynucleotides that express antigenic polypeptides. The tumor antigens can be, for example, (a) full length molecules associated with cancer cells, (b) homologs and modified forms of the same, including molecules with deleted, added and/or substituted portions, and (c) fragments of the same. Tumor antigens can be provided in recombinant form. Tumor antigens include, for example, class I-restricted antigens recognized by CD8+ lymphocytes or class Il-restricted antigens recognized by CD4+ lymphocytes. Numerous tumor antigens are known in the art, including: (a) cancer-testis antigens such as NY-ESO-I, SSX2, SCPl as well as RAGE, BAGE, GAGE and MAGE family polypeptides, for example, GAGE-I, GAGE-2, MAGE-I, MAGE-2, MAGE-3, MAGE-4, MAGE-5, MAGE-6, and MAGE-12 (which can be used, for example, to address melanoma, lung, head and neck, NSCLC, breast, gastrointestinal, and bladder tumors), (b) mutated antigens, for example, p53 (associated with various solid tumors, e.g., colorectal, lung, head and neck cancer), p21/Ras (associated with, e.g., melanoma, pancreatic cancer and colorectal cancer), CDK4 (associated with, e.g., melanoma), MUMl (associated with, e.g., melanoma), caspase-8 (associated with, e.g., head and neck cancer), CIA 0205 (associated with, e.g., bladder cancer), HLA- A2-R1701, beta catenin (associated with, e.g., melanoma), TCR (associated with, e.g., T-cell non-Hodgkins lymphoma), BCR-abl (associated with, e.g., chronic myelogenous leukemia), triosephosphate isomerase, KIA 0205, CDC-27, and LDLR- FUT, (c) over-expressed antigens, for example, Galectin 4 (associated with, e.g., colorectal cancer), Galectin 9 (associated with, e.g., Hodgkin's disease), proteinase 3 (associated with, e.g., chronic myelogenous leukemia), WT 1 (associated with, e.g., various leukemias), carbonic anhydrase (associated with, e.g., renal cancer), aldolase A (associated with, e.g., lung cancer), PRAME (associated with, e.g., melanoma), HER-2/neu (associated with, e.g., breast, colon, lung and ovarian cancer), alpha- fetoprotein (associated with, e.g., hepatoma), KSA (associated with, e.g., colorectal cancer), gastrin (associated with, e.g., pancreatic and gastric cancer), telomerase catalytic protein, MUC-I (associated with, e.g., breast and ovarian cancer), G-250 (associated with, e.g., renal cell carcinoma), p53 (associated with, e.g., breast, colon cancer), and carcinoembryonic antigen (associated with, e.g., breast cancer, lung cancer, and cancers of the gastrointestinal tract such as colorectal cancer), (d) shared antigens, for example, melanoma-melanocyte differentiation antigens such as MART- 1/Melan A, gplOO, MClR, melanocyte-stimulating hormone receptor, tyrosinase, tyrosinase related protein- 1 /TRPl and tyrosinase related protein-2/TRP2 (associated with, e.g., melanoma), (e) prostate associated antigens such as PAP, PSA, PSMA, PSH-Pl, PSM-Pl, PSM-P2, associated with e.g., prostate cancer, (f) immunoglobulin idiotypes (associated with myeloma and B cell lymphomas, for example), and (g) other tumor antigens, such as polypeptide- and saccharide-containing antigens including (i) glycoproteins such as sialyl Tn and sialyl Lex (associated with, e.g., breast and colorectal cancer) as well as various mucins; glycoproteins may be coupled to a carrier protein (e.g., MUC-I may be coupled to KLH); (ii) lipopolypeptides (e.g., MUC-I linked to a lipid moiety); (iii) polysaccharides (e.g., Globo H synthetic hexasaccharide), which may be coupled to a carrier proteins (e.g., to KLH), (iv) gangliosides such as GM2, GM12, GD2, GD3 (associated with, e.g., brain, lung cancer, melanoma), which also may be coupled to carrier proteins (e.g., KLH). Additional tumor antigens which are known in the art include pi 5, Hom/Mel- 40, H-Ras, E2A-PRL, H4-RET, IGH-IGK, MYL-RAR, Epstein Barr virus antigens, EBNA, human papillomavirus (HPV) antigens, including E6 and E7, hepatitis B and C virus antigens, human T-cell lymphotropic virus antigens, TSP-180, pl85erbB2, pl80erbB-3, c-met, mn-23Hl, TAG-72-4, CA 19-9, CA 72-4, CAM 17.1, NuMa, K- ras, p 16, TAGE, PSCA, CT7, 43-9F, 5T4, 791 Tgp72, beta-HCG, BCA225, BTAA, CA 125, CA 15-3 (CA 27.29\BCAA), CA 195, CA 242, CA-50, CAM43, CD68\KP1, CO-029, FGF-5, Ga733 (EpCAM), HTgp-175, M344, MA-50, MG7-Ag, MOVl 8, NB/70K, NY-CO-I, RCASl, SDCCAG 16, TA-90 (Mac-2 binding proteMcyclophilin C-associated protein), TAAL6, TAG72, TLP, TPS, and the like. These as well as other cellular components are described for example in United States Patent Application 20020007173 and references cited therein. Polynucleotide-containing antigens in accordance with the present invention typically comprise polynucleotides that encode polypeptide cancer antigens such as those listed above. Preferred polynucleotide-containing antigens include DNA or RNA vector constructs, such as plasmid vectors (e.g., pCMV), which are capable of expressing polypeptide cancer antigens in vivo. Tumor antigens may be derived, for example, from mutated or altered cellular components. After alteration, the cellular components no longer perfoπn their regulatory functions, and hence the cell may experience uncontrolled growth. Representative examples of altered cellular components include ras, p53, Rb, altered protein encoded by the Wilms' tumor gene, ubiquitin, mucin, protein encoded by the DCC, APC, and MCC genes, as well as receptors or receptor-like structures such as neu, thyroid hormone receptor, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF) receptor, insulin receptor, epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptor, and the colony stimulating factor (CSF) receptor. These as well as other cellular components are described for example in U.S. Patent No. 5,693,522 and references cited therein. Additionally, bacterial and viral antigens, may be used in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention for the treatment of cancer. In particular, carrier proteins, such as CRMi 9-7, tetanus toxoid, or Salmonella typhimurium antigen can be used in conjunction/conjugation with compounds of the present invention for treatment of cancer. The cancer antigen combination therapies will show increased efficacy and bioavailability as compared with existing therapies. Additional information on cancer or tumor antigens can be found, for example, in Moingeon P, "Cancer vaccines," Vaccine, 2001, 19:1305-1326; Rosenberg SA, "Progress in human tumor immunology and immunotherapy," Nature, 2001, 411:380- 384; Dermine, S. et al, "Cancer Vaccines and Immunotherapy," British Medical Bulletin, 2002, 62, 149-162; Espinoza-Delgado L, "Cancer Vaccines," The Oncologist, 2002, 7(suppl3):20-33; Davis, LD. et al., "Rational approaches to human cancer immunotherapy," Journal of Leukocyte Biology, 2003, 23: 3-29; Van den Eynde B, et al., "New tumor antigens recognized by T cells," Curr. Opin. Immunol., 1995, 7:674-81; Rosenberg SA, "Cancer vaccines based on the identification of genes encoding cancer regression antigens, Immunol. Today, 1997, 18: 175-82; Offringa R et al., "Design and evaluation of antigen-specific vaccination strategies against cancer," Current Opin. Immunol., 2000, 2:576-582; Rosenberg SA, "A new era for cancer immunotherapy based on the genes that encode cancer antigens," Immunity, 1999, 10:281-7; Sahin U et al., "Serological identification of human tumor antigens," Curr. Opin. Immunol., 1997, 9:709-16; Old LJ et al., "New paths in human cancer serology," J. Exp. Med., 1998, 187:1163-7; Chaux P, et al., "Identification of MAGE- 3 epitopes presented by HLA-DR molecules to CD4(+) T lymphocytes," J. Exp. Med., 1999, 189:767-78; GoId P, et al., "Specific carcinoembryonic antigens of the human digestive system," J. Exp. Med., 1965, 122:467-8; Livingston PO3 et al., Carbohydrate vaccines that induce antibodies against cancer: Rationale," Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 1997, 45:1-6; Livingston PO, et al., Carbohydrate vaccines that induce antibodies against cancer: Previous experience and future plans," Cancer Immunol. Immunother., 1997, 45:10-9; Taylor-Papadimitriou J, "Biology, biochemistry and immunology of carcinoma-associated mucins," Immunol. Today, 1997, 18:105-7; Zhao X-J et al., "GD2 oligosaccharide: target for cytotoxic T lymphocytes," J. Exp. Med., 1995, 182:67-74; Theobald M, et al., "Targeting p53 as a general tumor antigen," Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 1995, 92:11993-7; Gaudernack G, "T cell responses against mutant ras: a basis for novel cancer vaccines," Immunotechnology, 1996, 2:3-9; WO 91/02062; U.S. Patent No. 6,015,567; WO 01/08636; WO 96/30514; U.S. Patent No. 5,846,538; and U.S. Patent No. 5,869,445.
Pediatric/Geriatric Antigens In one embodiment the compositions of the present invention are used in conjunction with an antigen for treatment of a pediatric population, as in a pediatric antigen. In a more particular embodiment the pediatric population is less than about 3 years old, or less than about 2 years, or less than about 1 years old. In another embodiment the pediatric antigen (in conjunction with the composition of the present invention) is administered multiple times over at least 1, 2, or 3 years. In another embodiment the compositions of the present invention are used in conjunction with an antigen for treatment of a geriatric population, as in a geriatric antigen.
Other Antigens Other antigens for use in conjunction with the compositions of the present include hospital acquired (nosocomial) associated antigens. In another embodiment, parasitic antigens are contemplated in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention. Examples of parasitic antigens include those derived from organisms causing malaria and/or Lyme disease. In another embodiment, the antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention are associated with or effective against a mosquito born illness. In another embodiment, the antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention are associated with or effective against encephalitis. In another embodiment the antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention are associated with or effective against an infection of the nervous system. In another embodiment, the antigens in conjunction with the compositions of the present invention are antigens transmissible through blood or body fluids.
Antigen Formulations In other aspects of the invention, methods of producing microparticles having adsorbed antigens are provided. The methods comprise: (a) providing an emulsion by dispersing a mixture comprising (i) water, (ii) a detergent, (iii) an organic solvent, and (iv) a biodegradable polymer selected from the group consisting of a poly(α-hydroxy acid), a polyhydroxy butyric acid, a polycaprolactone, a polyorthoester, a polyanhydride, and a polycyanoacrylate. The polymer is typically present in the mixture at a concentration of about 1% to about 30% relative to the organic solvent, while the detergent is typically present in the mixture at a weight-to- weight detergent-to-polymer ratio of from about 0.00001:1 to about 0.1:l (more typically about 0.0001:1 to about 0.1:1, about 0.001:1 to about 0.1:1, or about 0.005:1 to about 0.1:1); (b) removing the organic solvent from the emulsion; and (c) adsorbing an antigen on the surface of the microparticles. In certain embodiments, the biodegradable polymer is present at a concentration of about 3% to about 10% relative to the organic solvent. Microparticles for use herein will be formed from materials that are sterilizable, non-toxic and biodegradable. Such materials include, without limitation, poly(α-hydroxy acid), polyhydroxybutyric acid, polycaprolactone, polyorthoester, polyanhydride, PACA, and polycyanoacrylate. Preferably, microparticles for use with the present invention are derived from a poly(α;-hydroxy acid), in particular, from a poly(lactide) ("PLA") or a copolymer of D,L-lactide and glycolide or glycolic acid, such as a poly(D,L-lactide-co-glycolide) ("PLG" or "PLGA"), or a copolymer of D,L-lactide and caprolactone. The microparticles may be derived from any of various polymeric starting materials which have a variety of molecular weights and, in the case of the copolymers such as PLG, a variety of lactide:glycolide ratios, the selection of which will be largely a matter of choice, depending in part on the coadministered macromolecule. These parameters are discussed more fully below. Further antigens may also include an outer membrane vesicle (OMV)
preparation. Additional formulation methods and antigens (especially tumor antigens) are
provided in U.S. Patent Serial No. 09/581,772.
Antigen References The following references include antigens useful in conjunction with the
compositions and methods of the present invention:
1 International patent application WO99/24578 2 International patent application WO99/36544. 3 International patent application WO99/57280. 4 International patent application WO00/22430. 5 Tettelin et al. (2000) Science 287:1809-1815. 6 International patent application WO96/29412. 7 Pizza et al. (2000) Science 287: 1816-1820. 8 PCT WO 01/52885. 9 Bjune et al. (1991) Lancet 338(8775). 10 Fuskasawa et al. (1999) Vaccine 17:2951-2958. 11 Rosenqist et al. (1998) Dev. Biol. Strand 92:323-333. 12 Constantino et al. (1992) Vaccine 10:691-698. 13 Constantino et al. (1999) Vaccine 17:1251-1263. 14 Watson (2000) Pediatr Infect Dis J 19:331-332. 15 Rubin (20000) Pediatr Clin North Am 47:269-285,v. 16 Jedrzejas (2001) Microbiol MoI Biol Rev 65:187-207. 17 International patent application filed on 3rd July 2001 claiming priority from GB-0016363.4;WO 02/02606; PCT IB/01/00166. 18 Kalman et al. (1999) Nature Genetics 21:385-389. 19 Read et al. (2000) Nucleic Acids Res 28:1397-406. 20 Shirai et al. (2000) J. Infect. Dis 181(Suppl 3):S524-S527. 21 International patent application WO99/27105. 22 International patent application WO00/27994. 23 International patent application WO00/37494. 24 International patent application WO99/28475. 25 Bell (2000) Pediatr Infect Dis J 19:1187-1188. 26 Iwarson (1995) APMIS 103:321-326. 27 Gerlich et al. (1990) Vaccine 8 Suppl:S63-68 & 79-80. 28 Hsu et al. (1999) Clin Liver Dis 3:901-915. 29 Gastofsson et al. (1996) N. Engl. J. Med. 334-:349-355. 30 Rappuoli et al. (1991) TIBTECH 9:232-238. 31 Vaccines (1988) eds. Plotkin & Mortimer. ISBN 0-7216-1946-0. 32 Del Guidice et al. (1998) Molecular Aspects of Medicine 19:1-70. 33 International patent application WO93/018150. 34 International patent application WO99/53310. 35 International patent application WO98/04702. 36 Ross et al. (2001) Vaccine 19:135-142. 37 Sutter et al. (2000) Pediatr Clin North Am 47:287-308. 38 Zimmerman & Spam (1999) Am Fan Physician 59:113-118, 125-126. 39 Dreensen (1997) Vaccine 15 Suppl"S2-6. 40 MMWR Morb Mortal WkIy rep 1998 Jan 16:47(1):12, 9. 41 McMichael (2000) Vaccinel9 Suppl l:S101-107. 42 Schuchat (1999) Lancer 353(9146):51-6. 43 GB patent applications 0026333.5, 0028727.6 & 0105640.7. 44 Dale (1999) Infect Disclin North Am 13:227-43, viii. 45 Ferretti et al. (2001) PNAS USA 98: 4658-4663. 46 Kuroda et al. (2001) Lancet 357(9264): 1225-1240; see also pages 1218-1219. 47 Ramsay et al. (2001) Lancet 357(9251):195-196. 48 Lindberg (1999) Vaccine 17 Suppl 2:S28-36. 49 Buttery & Moxon (2000) J R Coil Physicians Long 34:163-168. 50 Ahmad & Chapnick (1999) Infect Dis Clin North Am 13:113-133, vii. 51 Goldblatt (1998) J. Med. Microbiol. 47:663-567. 52 European patent 0 477 508. 53 U.S. Patent No. 5,306,492. 54 International patent application WO98/42721. 55 Conjugate Vaccines (eds. Cruse et al.) ISBN 3805549326, particularly vol. 10:48-114. 56 Hermanson (1996) Bioconjugate Techniques ISBN: 012323368 & 012342335X. 57 European patent application 0372501. 58 European patent application 0378881. 59 European patent application 0427347. 60 International patent application WO93/17712. 61 International patent application WO98/58668. 62 European patent application 0471177. 63 International patent application WO00/56360. 64 International patent application WO00/67161.
[00448] It is contemplated that the invention encompasses all possible
combinations of the embodiments described herein.
EXAMPLES
Preparation of Quinazolines
[00449] In the above reaction, halo is preferably chloro, bromo, or iodo. The reaction is a Grignard, carried out in an inert organic solvent, such as toluene, at a temperature between room temperature and the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture. Most significantly, the reaction is dependent on solvent conditions. When carried out in a Toluene:THF:ether solvent system, the reaction provides the product in high yield. The product is precipitated from the reaction mixture with ammonium chloride (NH4Cl). The resulting bis-3,4(3'-indolyl)-lN-pyrrole-2,5-dione product, may be isolated by standard techniques. [00450] In the next step, L is a good leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, mesyl, tosyl, and the like. L may also be a hydroxy or other precursor that may be readily converted to a good leaving group by techniques known in the art. For example, the hydroxy may be readily converted to a sulfonic ester such as mesyl by reacting the hydroxy with methanesulfonyl chloride to produce the mesylate leaving group. The reaction is accomplished by any of the known methods of preparing N- substituted indoles. This reaction usually involves approximately equimolar amounts of the two reagents, although other ratios, especially those wherein the alkylating reagent is in excess, are operative. The reaction is best carried out in a polar aprotic solvent employing an alkali metal salt or other such alkylation conditions as are appreciated in the art. When the leaving group is bromo or chloro, a catalytic amount of iodide salt, such as potassium iodide may be added to speed the reaction. Reaction conditions include the following: Potassium hexamethyldisilazide in dimethylformamide or tetrahydrofuran, sodium hydride in dimethylformamide. [00451] Preferably, the reaction is carried out under slow reverse addition with cesium carbonate in either acetonitrile, dimethylformamide (DMF), or tetrahydrofuran (THF). The temperature of the reaction is preferably from about ambient temperature to about the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture.
Table 1: 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione compounds
Preparation of Indolinones
[00452] Scheme 1 is performed as a one pot procedure, with reagents in step a being NH4OH, CuCl in H2O. Followed by addition of aq. HCl in step b. R2-R5 are as defined herein.
Scheme 2:
[00453] In Scheme 2, the reagents are stirred in EtOH in the presence of piperidine (a) to afford the final product. As will be apparent to a skilled artisan, the reaction may be heated to enhance the yield, depending on reactivity of the particular starting materials.
Scheme 3:
[00454] In Scheme 3, the reagents are refluxed in EtOH in the presence of NaOBu-t (a) to afford the final product. R9 as shown in scheme 3 is H, -OH, -CN, alkyl, aryl, heterocyclyl, alkoxy, or -NRaRb as defined herein. It is contemplated that the above structure may replace Formula I to allow substitution at Rg, whereby all other substituents are as defined herein.
Scheme 4 (Synthesis of Example 1):
74%
[00455] Preparation of Example Chromen-4-ones Scheme 1: Synthesis of general flavones Scheme 2: Synthesis of general isoflavones
Scheme 3: Synthesis of 2-methyl-4-oxo-3-phenyl-4H-chromen-7-yl acetate
Ac2O, NaHCO3 AcONa
Scheme 4: Synthesis of 5,7-dihydroxy-2-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-4H-chromen-4-one
[00456] Further, it will become apparent to one skilled in the art that many chromen-4-ones, particularly flavones and isoflavones, are commercially available, including many of the Examples disclosed herein, as well as starting materials that can be functionalized to arrive at the desired final product.
Table 1: Chromen-4-one SMIPs
Table 2: Examples 4-49 3-phenylchromen-4-one (Isoflavone) SMIPs Table 3: Examples 50-100 2-Phenylchromen-4-one (Flavone) SMIPs Example Structure MH+
[00457] Preparation of Derivatized Pyridazines [00458] [00459] Preparation of the following Examples 60-68 were described in US 6,258,812, which also includes other reaction schemes that may be helpful in synthesizing the compounds of the present invention.
Example 60: [00460] 1 -(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine dihydrochloride [00461] A mixture of 15.22 g (59.52 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine (for preparation see German Auslegeschriftno. 1 061 788 published JuI. 23, 1959]), 7.73 g (60.59 mmol) 4-chloroaniline and 200 ml 1-butanol is heated for 2 h under reflux. The crystallizate which is obtained when the mixture slowly cools to 5° C. is then filtered off and washed with 1-butanol and ether. The filter residue is dissolved in about 200 ml hot methanol, the solution is treated with 0.75 g activated carbon and filtered Via a Hyflo Super CeI, and the pH of the filtrate is adjusted to about 2.5 with 7 ml 3N methanolic HCl. The filtrate is evaporated to about half the original volume and ether added until slight turbidity occurs; cooling then leads to the precipitation of crystals. The crystallizate is filtered off, washed with a mixture of methanol/ether (1 :2) as well as ether, dried for 8 h at 110° C. under HV, and equilibrated for 72 h at 20° C. and in room atmosphere. In this way, the title compound is obtained with a water content of 8.6%; m.p. >270° C j 1 H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 11.05-12.20 (br), 9.18-9.23 (m, IH), 8. 88 (d, 2H), 8.35-8.40 (m, IH), 8.18-8.29 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, 2H), 7.73 (d, 2H), 7.61 (d, 2H), 5.02 (s, 2H); ESI-MS: (M+H) +=347.
Example 61 :
[00462] 1 -(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine hydrochloride [00463] A mixture of 0.972 g (3.8 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine, 0.656 g (4 mmol) 4-chloroaniline hydrochloride (Research Organics, Inc., Cleveland, Ohio, USA) and 20 ml ethanol is heated for 2 h under reflux. The reaction mixture is cooled in an ice bath, filtered, and the crystallizate washed with a little ethanol and ether. After drying under HV for 8 h at 110° C. and for 10 h at 150° C, the title compound is obtained as a result of thermal removal of HCl; m.p. >270° C; ' H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 9.80-11.40 (br), 8.89-8.94 (m, IH), 8.67 (d, 2H), 8.25-8.30 (m, IH), 8.06-8.17 (m, 2H), 7.87 (d, 2H), 7. 69 (d, 2H), 7.49 (d, 2H), 4.81 (s, 2H); ESI-MS: (M+H) +=347.
Example 62 [00464] 1 -(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine hydrochloride [00465] A mixture of 1.28 g (5 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine, 0.67 g (5.25 mmol) 4-chloroaniline and 15 ml 1-butanol is heated for 0.5 h at 100 C while stirring in a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture is then cooled to RT, filtered, and the filtrate washed with 1-butanol and ether. For purification, the crystallizate is dissolved in 40 ml of hot methanol, the solution treated with activated carbon, filtered via Hyflo Super CeI, and the filtrate evaporated to about half its original volume, resulting in the formation of a crystalline precipitate. After cooling to 0° C, filtration, washing of the filter residue with ether, and drying under HV for 8 h at 130° C, the title compound is obtained; m.p. >270° C; l H NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 9.80-11.40 (br), 8.89-8.94 (m, IH), 8.67 (d, 2H)5 8.25-8.30 (m, IH), 8.06-8.17 (m, 2H), 7.87 (d, 2H), 7.69 (d, 2H)5 7. 49 (d, 2H), 4.81 (s, 2H); ESI-MS: (M+H) +=347.
Example 63 [00466] 1 -(4-Chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine [00467] A mixture of 14.19 g (0.1 mol) phosphorus pentoxide, 13.77 g (0.1 mol) triethylamine hydrochloride and 12.76 g (0.1 mol) 4-chloroaniline is heated and stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere at 200° C. until a homogeneous melt has formed (about 20 min). To the melt, 5.93 g (0.025 mol) 4-(4-pyridylmethyl)-l (2H)- phthalazinone (for preparation see German Auslegeschrift no. 1 061 788 [published 23.07.1959]) is added, and the reaction mixture is stirred for 3 h at 200° C. After the reaction mixture has cooled to about 100° C, 200 ml of water is added. Stirring is continued until the temperature reaches about 30° C, and then 20 ml cone, ammonia (30% aqueous ammonium hydroxide solution) and 900 ml chloroform are added consecutively. As soon as a diphasic mixture has formed, the organic phase is separated off, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and the filtrate evaporated on a RE to a volume of about 50 ml, to which 100 ml acetate is then added, and the mixture is cooled in an ice bath. The crystallizate obtained is filtered off and washed with acetate and ether. After recrystallization from methanol and drying under HV for 8 h at 120° C, the title compound is obtained; m.p. 194-195° C; ESI-MS: (M+H) + =347.
[00468] A: 7-Amino- 1 -(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine hydrochloride [00469] Under exclusion of air, 381 mg (0.77 mmol) 7-trifluoroacetamino-l- chloro- 4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine is heated to 100° C for 5 h in 3.1 ml n-butanol with 295 mg (2.31 mmol) 4-chloroaniline. After cooling, the dark suspension is filtered off, washed with n-butanol and ethanol, and dried to obtain title compound: m.p.: >300° C; HPLC: t Ret (Grad 5-40 )=12.9; FAB MS (M+H) +=362. With DIPE, further product may be precipitated out from the filtrate. The starting material is prepared as follows: [00470] 64A.1) 7-Trifluoroacetamino-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)-l(2H)-phthalazinone hydrochloride [00471] A suspension of 500 mg (1.98 mmol) 7-amino-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)-l(2H)- phthalazinone [=l-oxo-4-[pyridyl-(4')-methylq-7-amino-l,2- dihydrophthalazine (for preparation see German Auslegeschrft no. 1061788 [published 23. 7.1959]) in 1.65 ml (11.88 mmol) trifiuoroacetic acid anhydride is stirred over the weekend at RT. Addition of water and sonication yield a suspension which can be filtered and washed out with water. The crystals are suspended in 15 ml acetic acid. When 2.47 ml of a 2.4 M solution of HCl in dioxane is added, the suspension dissolves, and scraping eventually leads to renewed crystallization. Filtering and washing with ethyl acetate yield the title compound; HPLC: t Ret (Grad 5- 40 )=1 1.3; FAB MS (M+H) + =349. [00472] 64A.2) 7-Trifluoroacetamino- 1 -chloro-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazme [00473] Under N2 atmosphere, 552 mg (1.44 mmol) 7-trifiuoroacetamino-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)-l (2H)-phthalazinone hydrochloride is added to 4.2 ml acetonitrile 0.328 ml (3.58 mmol) phosphoroxychloride and heated for 4 h to 100° C. This is then cooled to 10° C, and 1.4 g NaHCO3 in 7 ml water is added. After ethyl acetate is added, a reddish suspension forms which is filtered and washed out. Drying under HV yields the title compound: HPLC: t Ret (Grad 5-40 )=12.1; FAB MS (M+H) +=367. [00474] The following compounds are prepared in the same manner: y EAB MS H-Ji-Y -HN HPLCi I1W (KI * HJ*
Example 65 [00475] 5-(4-Chloroanilino)-8-(4-pyridylmethyl)pyrido[2.3-d]pyridazine [00476] Under N2 atmosphere, a mixture of 1.19 g (8.38 mmol) phosphorus pentoxide, 1.156 g (8.4 mmol) triethylamine hydrochloride, and 1.072 g (8. 4 mmol) 4-chloroaniline is heated for 5 min to 200° C. Then 0.50 g (2.1 mmol) 8-(4- pyridylmethyl)-.6H.-pyrido[2,3-.d.]pyridazin-5one is added to the melt, and this is stirred for 3 h at 200° C. After cooling, the melt is taken up in 25 ml dichloromethane, 10 ml water, and 5 ml sat. NH 3 solution, and the organic phase is separated off, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), and concentrated by evaporation. Column chromatography (SiO2; acetate/ClϊjOH 50: l→ 25:1) and crystallization from acetonitrile/methanol yields the title compound: m.p.: 220-222° C; Anal. calc. C 65.61%, H 4.06%, N 20.14%; found C 65.7%, H 4.1%, N 20.1%; FAB MS (M+H) +=348. The starting material is prepared as follows: [00477] 65.1) 6-(Pyridin-4-yl)-l pyridin-5,7-dione [00478] To a suspension of 20.27 g (150 mmol) furo[3,4-b]pyridin-5(7h)-one (for preparation see Synthesis 1997,113) and 14.13 ml (150 mmol) 4- pyridinecarbaldehyde in 120 ml methanol and 75 ml ethyl propionate, 27.8 ml (150 mmol) of a 5.4M solution of sodium methylate in methanol is added dropwise under ice cooling (and N2 atmosphere). The mixture is heated for 15 min to RT and then for 2 h to reflux temperature. The suspension temporarily goes into solution before a solid forms again. After cooling, 120 ml water is added, before stirring, filtering and washing the product with water. Further product is obtainable from the filtrate by acidification with acetic acid: FAB MS (M+H) +=225. [00479] 65.2) 8-(4-Pyridylmethyl)-.6H.-pyrido[2,3-.d.]pyridazin-5-one (A) and 5-(4- pyridylmethyl)-.7H.-pyrido[2,3-.d.]pyridazin-8-one (B) [00480] A suspension of 8.7 g (38.8 mmol) 6-(pyridin-4-yl)-[ll]pyridin-5,7- dione in 40 ml hydrazine hydrate is heated for 4 h to reflux. The suspension goes into solution temporarily, then once again a solid precipitates out, which is filtered off after cooling to RT, washed with water and ether, and dried. Fractionated crystallization from boiling methanol leads to mixtures of A and B. Column chromatography (SiO2 ; ethyl acetate/CH3OH 19:1-7:3) and stirring in boiling methanol yields A followed by B. A: m.p.: 246-248° C; 1 H-NMR (DMSOd 6 ) 12. 83 (s, HN), 9.13 (dd, IH), 8.59 (dd, IH), 8.43 (d, 2H), 7.85 (dd, IH), 7. 29 (d, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H; NOE on signal at 7.29 pyridine ); Aml calc (Cl3Hl()N4θ) c 65.54%, H 4.23%, N 23.52%; found C 65.2%, H 4.3%, N 23.5. B: m.p.: >260° C; ' H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) 12.83 (s, HN), 9.04 (dd, IH), 8.46 (d, 2H), 8.33 (dd, IH), 7.86 (dd, IH), 7.30 (d, 2H), 4.34 (s, 2H; NOE on signal at 7.29 pyridine and 8.33 HC"4); Anal. calc. (Ci3H10N4O) C 65.54%, H 4.23%, N 23. 52%; found C 65.2%, H 4.3%, N 23.5.
Example
[00481] The following compounds are prepared as described below: [00482] A: Rx = 4-Cl [00483] B: Rx = 4-CH3 [00484] C: Rx = 4-OCH3 [00485] D: Rx = 3-Cl [00486] E: Rx = 3-CH3 [00487] Preparation of 82A=3-(4-chloroanilino)-4,5-dimethyl-6-(pyridin-4- yl)methylpyridazine (Rx = para-chloro): [00488] A solution of 0.070 g 3-chloro-4,5-dimethyl-6-(pyridin-4- yl)methylpyridazine and 0.153 g para-choroaniline is heated in a sealed tube for 20h to 130° C. After cooling to RT, the solution is concentrated by evaporation, the residue diluted with 100 ml CH2Cl2 and then extracted with 100 ml sat. aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The organic phase is dried over MgSO4 , concentrated by evaporation, and the residue purified by flash chromatography (FC) on silica gel in CH2Cl2 /methanol 19/1. The title compound is obtained: m.p. 196-199° C. ! H-NMR (250 MHz, CDCl3 ): δ=8.45 (s, wide, 2H); 7.55 (d, 2H); 7. 25 (d, 2H); 7.10 (d, 2H); 6.20 (s, wide, IH); 4.25 (s, 2H); 2.15 (s, 3H); 2.10 (s, 3H). ES-MS 325, 327 (M+H for 35 Cl and 37 Cl).
Example 67 [00489] A: l-(3-Phenoxyanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine [00490] A mixture of 256 mg (1.00 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine and 556 mg (3.00 mmol) 4-phenoxyaniline (Aldrich) is heated for 2 h at 90° C. The melt is cooled and stirred with 6 ml NH3 solution (10% in water: or 10 ml sat. NaHCO3 solution) and 15 ml dichloromethane/methanol 50:1 for 30 min. The aqueous phase is then separated off and extracted again with dichloromethane. The organic phase is dried (Na2SO4), concentrated by evaporation, and chromatographed (SiO2 ; ethyl acetate→ ethyl acetate/CH3OH 19:1→ 10: 1). Crystallization from acetonitrile yields the title compound: m.p.: 186-1 89° C; Anal. calc. (C26H2IN4O) C 77.02%, H 5.22%, N 13.82%; found C 77.2%, H 4.9%, N 13.8%. [00491] The starting material is prepared as follows: [00492] 67. Al) l-Chloro-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine [00493] Under exclusion of air, 29 g (122 mmol) 4-(4-pyridylmethyl)-l (2H)- phthalazinone [for preparation, see German Auslegeschrift no. 1061788 (published 23.7.1959)] in 450 ml acetonitrile is mixed with 61 ml HCl/dioxane 4N and 28 ml (306 mmol) phosphoryl chloride and stirred for 27 h at 50° C. To the white suspension, 119 g NaHCO3 in 1.45 1 water is then added dropwise under ice cooling, and the mixture is stirred and the title compound filtered off. Anal. calc. (Ci4HiON3Cl) C 65.76%, H 3. 94%, N 16.43%, Cl 13.86%; found C 65.40%, H 4.12%, N 16.45%, Cl 13.66%; FAB MS (M+H) + =256. [00494] In the same manner, the following compounds are prepared by reaction in the melt: fir H)*
[00495] To 262 mg (1.05 mmol) decyloxyaniline (Salor) in 5 ml ethanol, 0.26 ml HCl/dioxane 4N is added, the mixture stirred for «8 min, and then 256 mg (1.00 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine (Example 67A.1) is added. After 2 h boiling under reflux, the mixture is cooled and concentrated by evaporation. The residue is stirred with 6 ml NH3 solution (10% in water: or 10 ml sat. NaHCO3 solution) and 15 ml dichloromethane/methanol SO: 1 for 30 min. The aqueous phase is then separated off and extracted again with dichloromethane. The organic phase is dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated by evaporation. Crystallization [possibly after chromatography on SiO2 (ethyl acetate/CH3OH 19:1)] from acetonitrile (or methanol) yields the title compound: m.p.: 116-119° C; Anal. calc. (C30H36N4O) C 76.89%, H 7.74%, N 11.96%; found C 76. 7%, H 7.7%, N 11.9%; FAB MS (M+H) += 469. [00496] By the same manner, the following compounds are prepared in ethanol while heating: II}*
[00497] A: l-(3-Chlorophenoxy)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine [00498] Under exclusion of air, 200 mg (0.78 mmol) l-chloro-4-(4- pyridylmethyl)phthalazine (Example 67A.1), 173 mg (1.25 mmol) K2CO3 , and 120 mg (0.94 mmol) 3-chlorophenol (Fluka) are heated in 2 ml DMSO for 3 h to 90° C. The reaction mixture is distributed between 20 ml water and 20 ml ethyl acetate, and the aqueous phase separated and extracted with 2 portions of ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed with water and brine, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated by evaporation. The residue is dissolved in -15 ml THF, precipitated with hexane, and filtered. Title compound is obtained from the evaporated filtrate after chromatography (SiO2 ; ethyl acetate/CH3OH 4:1): m.p.: 143-145° C; HPLC: t Ret (Grad 20-100 )=8.9; FAB MS (M+H) +=348.
[00499] The following compounds are prepared in the same manner: (M * III'
[00500] Preparation of Staurosporine Analogs
[00501] As will become apparent to a skilled artisan, many of the bridged epoxy diindolopyrrolo-hexahydrobenzodiazocines are commercially available as final compounds or modifiable intermediates. Staurosporine was originally isolated from the bacterium Streptomyces staurosporeus. (S.Omura et al. JAntibiotics, 30, 275 1977).
[00502] Synthesis of 9, 12-epoxy staurosporine analogs: S iPhlfe [00503] Greater detail is provided in Tetrahedron Letters, 36(46), 8383-6, 1995. [00504] Alternative synthesis of 9,12-epoxy staurosporine analogs: [00505] Greater detail is provided in Organic Letters, 3(11), 1689-1692; 2001. [00506] [00507] Synthesis of 9, 13-epoxy staurosporine analogs:
NOTE: 1) STEREOSELECTIVE, 3) (92%/65%/95%/92%) , 4) 100% OVERALL (5.5:1, ALPHA:BETA), 5) STEREOSELECTIVE, KEY STEP, 8) (97%/91%), 9) PHOTOCHEM., 12) STEREOSELECTIVE KEY STEP, 14) (92%/81%/82%) , Reactants: 10, Reagents: 20, Catalysts: 5, Solvents: 9, Steps: 17, Stages: 35, Most stages in any one step: 6
[00508] Whereas, a more thorough description of reagents, reaction conditions, and other pertinent syntheses are described Journal of the American Chemical Society,
117(1), 552-3; 1995. Additionally, syntheses on staurosporine and analogs thereof are described by SJ Danishefsky et al, J.Am.Chem.Soc, 118, 28251996 and J.L.Wood
etal, J.Am.Chem.Soc, 118, 106561996. Table 1 : Staurosporine Analogs Preparation of Nucleoside Analogs [00510] Scheme Ia:
[00511] In addition to Cl other activating groups such as Br, I, triflate, or tosylate, and the like may be used in the above reaction scheme. It is preferred that HR] is a nucleophile, such as ammonia and the base is triethylamine or NaH.
[00512] Scheme Ib:
HC(S)2Na1 H2O CI"R
[00513] In addition to Cl other activating groups such as Br, I, triflate, or tosylate, and the like may be used in the above reaction scheme.
[00514] Scheme 2:
[00515] IfRi, R4, or R5 is nucleophilic (as in -NH2) it may need to be protected (such as with a Bz group), which can subsequently be removed after addition of R3. [00516] Scheme 3: Synthesis of analogs of 5*-modified derivatives of bredinin, the 5'-phosphate 2, the 5'- deoxy derivative 3, and the 5'-0-(3-aminopropyi)carbamate 4 (Fig. 1) were attempted. Scheme 3
[00517] A phosphoramidite method with o-xylylene N,N-diethylphosphoramidite (XEPA) u is effective in this system (Scheme 4). Treatment of 17 with XEPA and tetrazole in CH2Cl2, followed by oxidation with aq. I2, gives the corresponding 5'- phosphotriester 19 in 70% yield. The isopropylidene and Boc groups of 19 are removed simultaneously with 90% aq. TFA, and the resulting product, without purification, is heated with (EtO)3CH in DMF at 90 0C to give the bredinin 5'- phosphate derivative 20 in 47% yield from 19. Hydrogenation of 20 with Pd-carbon in MeOH furnished bredinin 5'-phosphate 2, which is isolated as a disodium salt in 89% yield, after successive treatment with Dowex 50 (H+) and Diaion WK-20 (Na+) resins.
Scheme 4 Table 1: Nucleoside Analogs Table 1 Cont'd: Nucleoside Analogs [00519] Nucleoside analog example compounds were screened in the assay described below for their ability to induce cytokines. Compounds of Formula I in the table showed activity with respect to production of TNF-α. Subsequently, each of these compounds is individually preferred and is preferred as a member of a group that includes any or all of the other compounds and each compound is preferred in methods of modulating an immune response and in methods of treating biological conditions associated therewith, for example to be used as an antiviral. Each of the compounds is also preferred for use in preparation of medicaments for immunopotentiation, treating microbial and viral infections, particularly HCV, HIV, and HSV, and in treating biological conditions mediated therefrom. [00520] Some of the Example compounds were screened and found to not be effective at a concentration of 20 μM or less using the assay described below. These compounds are also useful within the scope of the invention, since the invention is not meant to be limited to those compounds that are useful at a concentration of 20μM or less. Compounds may be useful as intermediates or prodrugs with undetectable activity in the present assay, or as final products that cause production of TNF-α at higher concentrations, such as 100 μM, 200 μM or 300 μM in the assays described herein. For example Loxoribine causes useful production of TNF-ce at 300 μM (see Pope et al. Cellular Immunology 162: 333-339 (1995)).
[00521] Small Molecule Compounds
BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES In vitro: [00522] Candidate small molecule immuno-potentiators can be identified in vitro. Compounds are screened in vitro for their ability to activate immune cells and or ability to inhibit viral replication/activity. One marker of such activation is the induction of cytokine production, for example TNF-a production. Apoptosis inducing small molecules may be identified having this activity. These small molecule immuno-potentiators have potential utility as adjuvants and immuno-therapeutics. [00523] In an assay procedure (High Throughput Screening (HTS)) for 3,4-di(lH- indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione, indolinone, chromen-4-one, derivatized pyridazine, staurosporine analog, nucleoside analog or other small molecule as described herein small molecule immune potentiators (SMIPs), human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC), 500,000 per niL in RPMI 1640 medium with 10% FCS, are distributed in 96 well plates (100,000 per well) already containing 5μM of compound in DMSO. The PBMCs are incubated for 18 h at 37°C in 5% CO2. Their ability to produce cytokines in response to the small molecule compounds is determined using a modified sandwich ELISA. [00524] Briefly supernatants from the PBMC cultures are assayed for secreted TNF using a primary plate bound antibody for capture followed by a secondary biotinylated anti-TNF antibody forming a sandwich. The biotinylated second antibody is then detected using streptavidin-Europium and the amount of bound europium is determined by time resolved fluorescence. 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-dione, indolinone, chromen-4-one, derivatized pyridazine, staurosporine analog, nucleoside analog or other small molecule as described herein compounds are confirmed by their TNF inducing activity that is measured in the assay as increased Europium counts over cells incubated in RPMI medium alone. "Hits" are selected based on their TNF-inducing activity relative to an optimal dose of lipopolysaccaride LPS (1 μg/ml), a strong TNF inducer. The robustness of the assay and low backgrounds allowed for the routine selection of hits with -10% of LPS activity that is normally between 5-1 OX background (cells alone). Selected hits are then subjected to confirmation for their ability to induce cytokines from multiple donors at decreasing concentrations. Those compounds with consistent activity at or below 5μM are considered confirmed for the purposes of this assay. The assay is readily modified for screening for compounds effective at higher or lower concentrations. [00525] In addition to the procedure described above, methods of measuring other cytokines (e.g. ILl-beta, IL-12, IL-6, IFN-gamma, IL-10 etc.) are well known in the art and can be used to find active 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione, indolinone, chromen-4-one, derivatized pyridazine, staurosporine analog, nucleoside analog or other small molecule as described herein compounds of the present invention. [00526] Compounds may be useful that cause production of TNF-α at higher concentrations, such as lOOμM, 200 μM or 300μM in the assays described herein. For example Loxoribine causes useful production of TNF-αat 300μM (see Pope et al. Immunostimulatory Compound 7-Allyl-8-Oxoguanosine (Loxoribine) Induces a Distinct Subset of Murine Cytokines Cellular Immunology 162: 333-339 (1995)). In vivo: [00527] Subjects are randomized to receive either a 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH- pyrrole-2,5-dione, indolinone, chromen-4-one, derivatized pyridazine, staurosporine analog, nucleoside analog or other small molecule as described herein, an equivalent amount of LPS, or normal saline. 3 h before the administration of compound a radial arterial catheter is placed in all subjects to monitor heart rate and blood pressure continuously (model 2000A; Datascope Corp., Paramus, NJ) and for blood sampling. A rectal probe is inserted to allow continuous measurement of core temperature. On day 1 all subjects are given a defined formula oral diet (Sustacal; Mead- Johnson & Co., Evansville, IN) in four equal portions (total 30 kcal/kg). From day 1, 10:00 p.m., until day 2, 9:00 p.m., all volunteers are fasted. [00528] On day 1, venous blood is obtained before the start of compound administration. On day 2, arterial blood is obtained directly before the start of the compound administration and 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 12, and 24 h thereafter. All blood samples (except samples for leukocyte counts) are centrifuged at 4°C for 20 min at 1,600 g and stored at -7O0C until assayed. [00529] Thereafter, blood sampling continued as in day 2, but administration of compound ceases after the second day. [00530] Wliole blood stimulation. On day 1 (0, 4, and 8 h) and day 2 (—3 and 0 h), blood is drawn to assess the effect of various concentration responsiveness in human whole blood to a particular 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)-lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione, indolinone, chromen-4-one, derivatized pyridazine, staurosporine analog, nucleoside analog or other small molecule as described herein. Blood is collected aseptically using a sterile collecting system consisting of a butterfly needle connected to a syringe (Becton Dickinson & Co., Rutherford, NJ). Anticoagulation is obtained using sterile heparin (Elkins-Sinn Inc., Cherry Hill, NJ) (10 U/ml blood, final concentration). Heparin is chosen as anticoagulant rather than EDTA in whole blood experiments, since EDTA has been reported to inhibit cell function in bioassays and to inhibit the production of TNF. Incubation of heparinized whole blood in the absence of LPS does not result in detectable cytokine production. Screens are run as described above in the in vitro method. Additionally, whole blood is stimulated for 24 h at 37°C with LPS in sterile polypropylene tubes (Becton Dickinson & Co.) as described previously. After the incubation, plasma is prepared by centrifugation and stored at -7O0C until assays are performed. TNF levels are expressed as nanograms per 109 monocytes, since monocyte counts change during administration of a particular 3,4-di(lH-indol-3-yl)- lH-pyrrole-2,5-dione, indolinone, chromen-4-one, derivatized pyridazine, staurosporine analog, nucleoside analog or other small molecule as described herein, and monocytes are the major source of TNF.
Quantification Of HCV Replicon RNA In Cell Lines (HCV Cell Based Assay) [00531] Cell lines, including Huh-11-7 or Huh 9-13, harboring HCV replicons (Lohmami, et al Science 285:110-113, 1999) are seeded at 5x10 cells/well in 96 well plates and fed media containing DMEM (high glucose), 10% fetal calf serum, penicillin-streptomycin and non-essential amino acids. Cells are incubated in a 5% CO2 incubator at 37 0C. At the end of the incubation period, total RNA is extracted and purified from cells using Qiagen Rneasy 96 Kit (Catalog No. 74182). To amplify the HCV RNA so that sufficient material can be detected by an HCV specific probe (below), primers specific for HCV (below) mediate both the reverse transcription (RT) of the HCV RNA and the amplification of the cDNA by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) using the TaqMan One-Step RT-PCR Master Mix Kit (Applied Biosystems catalog no. 4309169). The nucleotide sequences of the RT-PCR primers, which are located in the NS5B region of the HCV genome, are the following: [0100] HCV Forward primer "RBNS5bfor" [0101] 5 'GCTGCGGCCTGTCGAGCT: [0102] HCV Reverse primer "RBNS5Brev": [0103] 5 'CAAGGTCGTCTCCGCATAC [0104] Detection of the RT-PCR product is accomplished using the Applied Biosystem (ABI) Prism 7700 Sequence Detection System (SDS) that detects the fluorescence that is emitted when the probe, which is labeled with a fluorescence reporter dye and a quencher dye, is processed during the PCR reaction. The increase in the amount of fluorescence is measured during each cycle of PCR and reflects the increasing amount of RT-PCR product. Specifically, quantification is based on the threshold cycle, where the amplification plot crosses a defined fluorescence threshold. Comparison of the threshold cycles of the sample with a known standard provides a highly sensitive measure of relative template concentration in different samples (ABI User Bulletin #2 December 11, 1997). The data is analyzed using the ABI SDS program version 1.7. The relative template concentration can be converted to RNA copy numbers by employing a standard curve of HCV RNA standards with known copy number (ABI User Bulletin #2 December 11, 1997). [0105] The RT-PCR product was detected using the following labeled probe: [0106] 5' FAM-CGAAGCTCCAGGACTGCACGATGCT-TAMRA [0107] FAM = Fluorescence reporter dye. [0108] TAMRA = Quencher dye. [0109] The RT reaction is performed at 480C for 30 minutes followed by PCR. Thermal cycler parameters used for the PCR reaction on the ABI Prism 7700 Sequence Detection System were: one cycle at 950C, 10 minutes followed by 35 cycles each of which included one incubation at 950C for 15 seconds and a second incubation for 600C for 1 minute. [0110] To normalize the data to an internal control molecule within the cellular RNA, we perform RT-PCR on the cellular messenger RNA glyceraldehydes-3- phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH). The GAPDH copy number is very stable in the cell lines used. GAPDH RT-PCR is performed on the same exact RNA sample from which the HCV copy number is determined. The GAPDH primers and probes, as well as the standards with which to determine copy number, is contained in the ABI Pre- Developed TaqMan Assay Kit (catalog no. 4310884E). The ratio of HCV/GAPDH RNA is used to calculate the activity of compounds evaluated for inhibition of HCV RNA replication. [0111] Activity of compounds as inhibitors of HCV replication (Cell based Assay) in replicon containing Huh-7 cell lines: The effect of a specific anti-viral compound on HCV replicon RNA levels in Huh- 11-7 or 9-13 cells, cells was determined by comparing the amount of HCV RNA normalized to GAPDH (e.g. the ratio of HCV/GAPDH) in the cells exposed to compound versus cells exposed to the 0% inhibition and the 100% inhibition controls. Specifically, cells were seeded at 5x 103 cells/well in a 96 well plate and were incubated either with: 1) media containing 1% DMSO (0% inhibition control), 2) 100 international units, IU/ml Interferon-alpha 2b in media/1 %DMSO or 3) media/1 %DMSO containing a fixed concentration of compound. 96 well plates as described above were then incubated at 37 0C for 3 days (primary screening assay) or 4 days (IC50 determination). Percent inhibition was defined as: % Inhibition= [100-((S-C2)/Cl-C2))]xl00 where: S= the ratio of HCV RNA copy number/GAPDH RNA copy number in the sample; Cl= the ratio of HCV RNA copy number/GAPDH RNA copy number in the 0% inhibition control (media/1 %DMSO); and C2= the ratio of HCV RNA copy number/GAPDH RNA copy number in the 100% inhibition control (100 IU/ml Interferon-alpha 2b). [0112] The dose-response curve of the inhibitor is generated by adding compound in serial, three-fold dilutions over three logs to wells starting with the highest concentration of a specific compound at lOuM and ending with the lowest concentration of 0.01 μM. Further dilution series (1 μM to 0.001 μM for example) is performed if the IC50 value was not in the linear range of the curve. IC50 is determined based on the IDBS Activity Base program using Microsoft Excel "XL Fit" in which A=I 00% inhibition value (100IU/ml Interferon-alpha 2b), B= 0% inhibition control value (media/ 1%DMS O) and C= midpoint of the curve as defined as C=(B-A/2)+A. A, B and C values are expressed as the ratio of HCV RNA/GAPDH RNA as determined for each sample in each well of a 96 well plate as described above. For each plate the average of 4 wells were used to define the 100% and 0% inhibition values.
HIV-I Replication Assay [00532] The inhibitory effects of the nucleoside analogs on HIV-I replication may be due to the inhibition of virus-induced infectious focus formation in MAGI-CCR5 cells. Briefly, MAGI-CCR5 cells are seeded in a 96-well plate at 1.5 x 104 cells per well. The culture supernatants are removed on the next day, and fresh culture medium containing the virus (approximately 300 focus-forming units per well) and various concentrations of the test compounds are added to each well. On day 2 after viral infection, the culture supernatants are removed and fixing solution (1% formaldehyde and 0.2% glutaraldehyde in phosphate-buffered saline [PBS]) is added to each well. The cells are fixed at room temperature for 5 min and washed twice with PBS. X-GaI staining solution (4 mM potassium ferrocyanide, 4 mM potassium ferricyanide, 2 mM magnesium chloride, and 0.4 mg of 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indoyl-β-D-galactopyranoside per ml in PBS) is added to each well, and the cells are stained at 37°C for 45 min. The number of infected (blue) cells is counted microscopically.
ENV-Mediated Membrane Fusion Assay [00533] The inhibitory effects of the test compounds on HIV-I Env-mediated membrane fusion are determined by a P-D-galactosidase reporter gene system. For preparation of the effector cells, 293T cells are seeded in a six-well plate at 106 cells per well. The culture supernatants are removed on the next day, and the cells are transfected with 0.6 μg of Env expression vector, 0.2 μg of p-rev encoding HIV-I Rev, and 1.0 μg of pSV2tat encoding HIV-I Tat with Lipofectamine (Life Technologies). After a 6-h incubation, the mixtures are removed and the cells are incubated with fresh culture medium for 2 days. For preparation of the target cells, MAGI-CCR5 cells are seeded in a 96-well plate at 104 cells per well. Culture supernatants are removed on the next day, and fresh culture medium containing transfected 293T cells (104 cells per well) and various concentrations of the test compounds are added to each well. The target and effector cell suspensions are incubated at 370C. After an overnight incubation, Gal-Screen (Tropix, Foster City, Calif.) is added to each well and the mixtures are incubated at 3O0C for 45 min. The P- D-galactosidase activity in each well is measured with a luminometer (Microlumat LB96P; Berthold, Wildbad, Germany).
Antiviral Activity In Pocket Pets [00534] The following test method describes a screen for the detection of the number and severity of lesions developed by animals infected with Type II Herpes simplex virus. [00535] Female pocket pets are anesthetized with methoxyflurane (available under the tradename Metafane from Pitman- Moore, Inc., Washington Crossing, NJ.), after which the vaginal area is swabbed with a dry cotton swab. The pocket pets are then infected intravaginally with a cotton swab saturated with Herpes simplex virus Type II strain 333 (1. times.105 plaque forming units/mL). Pocket pets are assigned to groups of 7 animals; one group for each treatment and one to serve as a control (vehicle treated). The compounds of the invention are formulated in water containing 5% Tween 80 (a polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate available from Aldrich Chemical Company, Inc., Milwaukee, Wis.). The pocket pets are treated orally once daily for four consecutive days starting 24 hours after infection. [00536] Antiviral activity is evaluated by comparing lesion development in compound treated versus vehicle treated pocket pets. External lesions are scored 4, 7, 8 and 9 days after infection using the following scale: 0— no lesion, 1 —redness and swelling, 2--a few small vesicles, 3— several large vesicles, 4— large ulcers with necrosis and 5~paralysis. The maximum lesion score of each pocket pet is used to calculate the percentage lesion inhibition. The percentage lesion inhibition is calculated as follows: 100 — Sum of maximum lesions scores of treatment group x 100 Sum of maximum lesion scores of vehicle group
[00537] While the invention has been described with respect to specific examples including presently preferred modes of carrying out the invention, those skilled in the art will appreciate that there are numerous variations and permutations of the above described systems and techniques that fall within the spirit and scope of the invention. [00538] Each of the following U.S. Provisional Applications is incorporated herein by reference in their entirety: 60/599,717, filed August 5, 2004; 60/599,592, filed August 5, 2004; 60/600,850, filed August 11, 2004; 60/603,001, filed August 19,12004; 60,603,867, filed August 23, 2004; 60/612,070, filed September 21, 2004; 60/582,654), filed June 24, 2004; 60/614,963, filed September 21, 2004; and 60/590,459, filed July 22, 2004.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE [00539] The contents of all of the patents, patent applications and journal articles cited throughout this document are incorporated by reference as if set forth fully herein.

Claims

1. A method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound of formula I:
I wherein, Ri is alkyl, -aryl(Rj)p, or heterocyclyl; R2 is H or alkyl; or, Ri and R2 are bound together to form Ri-2; R3 is H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)Rc, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; R4 is H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, -0-(CH2)q-Rg, -O-(CH2)q-O-Rs, -NR3Rb, -S(O)nRd, or -heterocyclyl-Rf; R5 is H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, -0-(CH2)q-Rg, -0-(CH2)q-0-Re, -NRaRb, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; R6 is H, -CN, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -C(O)R0, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; R7 is H, -OH, halogen, alkyl, aryl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, -S(O)nRd, or heterocyclyl; each Ra and Rb is independently H, alkyl, -C(O)alkyl, -C(O)aryl, -CHO, aryl, heterocyclyl, or alkoxy; or, Ra and Rb are bound together to foπn Rj-2; each R0 is independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, -NRaRb, aryl, or heterocyclyl; each Rd is independently H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, or -NRaRb; each R3 is independently H or alkyl; Rf is H, halogen, -OH, -CN, -(CH2)qNRaRh, alkoxy, -C(O)R0, -(CH2)qCH3. each Rg is independently H, halogen, -C(O)R0, aryl, heterocyclyl, or -NRaRb; Rh is H, or -(CH2)qS(O)nRd; each R,- is independently H, halo, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or -0(CH2)q-Rg; each n is independently 0, 1, or 2; each p is independently 0, 1, 2, or 3; each q is independently 0, 1, or 2; Ri-2 has the general structure as shown:
wherein, each R8 is independently H, -OH, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, -NRaRt>, or -S(O)nRa; each R9 is independently H, alkyl, -C(O)R0, or absent if X is O, S, or absent; each X is independently O, S, N, CH, or absent, thereby forming a covalent bond; and each m is independently 0, 1, or 2.
2. The method according to claim 1 wherein R2 is H.
3. The method accordmg to claim 2 wherein Ri is -aryl(Rj)p.
4. The method according to claim 3 wherein said aryl within Ri is phenyl, p within Ri is 2 and both R; groups within Ri are halo.
5. The method according to claim 3 wherein said aryl within Ri is phenyl, p within Ri is 2, one Rj group within Ri is halo and the other Rj group within Ri is -0(CH2)q-
6. The method according to claim 5 wherein q within Ri is 1 and Rg within Ri is halophenyl.
7. The method according to claim 3 wherein p within Ri is 1 and R; within Ri is alkynyl.
8. The method according to claim 1 wherein Ri and R2 are bound together to form R]- 2' wherein, R8 is H, X is N, and R9 is -C(O)NHRb.
9. The method according to claim 8 wherein Rb within Rg is -phenyl-O-CH2(CH3)2.
10. The method according to claim 1 wherein R3 and R6 are H.
11. The method according to claim 1 wherein R4 is -0-(CH2)q-Rg.
12. The method according to claim 11 wherein q within R4 is 1 and Rg is H.
13. The method according to claim 11 wherein Rg within R4 is heterocyclyl.
14. The method according to claim 1 wherein R4 and R5 are each -O-(CH2)q-O-Re.
15. The method according to claim 14 wherein q within both R4 and R5 is 2 and Re within both R4 and R5 is methyl.
16. The method according to claim 1 wherein R4 is -heterocyclyl-Rf and R5 is H.
17. The method according to claim 16 wherein said heterocyclyl within R4 is furanyl.
18. The method according to claim 17 wherein Rf within R4 is -(CH2)qNHRh.
19. The method according to claim 18 wherein Rh is -(CH2)qS(O)2CH3.
20. The method according to claim 1 wherein R5 is -0-(CH2)q-Rg.
21. The method according to claim 20 wherein Rg within R5 is heterocyclyl.
22. The method according to claim 12 wherein R5 is -O-(CH2)q-Rg.
23. The method according to claim 22 wherein Rg within R5 is heterocyclyl.
24. A method of modulating an immune response in a subject comprising administering a compound selected from the group consisting of:
25. The method according to claim 1 wherein R7 is H.
26. The method according to claim 1 wherein R3, R6, and R7 are all H.
27. The method as in any one of claims 1-23 wherein R7 is H.
28. The method as in any one of claims 1-23 wherein R3, R6, and R7 are all H.
29. The method as in any one of claims 1-26 wherein said modulating is inducing.
30. The method as in any one of claims 1-26 wherein said compound is administered in a subcytotoxic amount to said subject.
31. The method according to claim 29 or 30 wherein said subject is in remission from cancer.
32. The method according to claim 29 or 30 wherein said compound is administered for the treatment of refractory cancer cells.
33. The method according to claim 29 or 30 wherein said compound is administered metronomically.
34. The method according to claim 29 wherein the subject is not suffering from cancer.
35. The method as in any one of claims 1-26 wherein said compound is co¬ administered with another agent.
36. The method according to claim 29 wherein said compound is co-administered with another agent.
37. The method according to claim 29 wherein said compound is administered in a dose capable of increasing TNF-o; levels.
38. The method according to claim 29 or claim 37 wherein said compound has an average steady state drug concentration in the blood of less than 20 /ιM.
39. The method as in any one of claims 1-26 wherein said subject is suffering from an autoimmune disease.
40. The method according to claim 39 wherein said autoimmune disease is multiple sclerosis.
41. The method as in any one of claims 1-26 wherein said subject is suffering from a viral infection.
42. The method according to claim 45 wherein said viral infection is HCV, HIV, or HSV.
43. The method as in any one of claims 1-26 wherein said subject is suffering from allergies.
44. The method as in any one of claims 1-26 wherein said subject is suffering from asthma.
45. The method as in claim 29 wherein said inducing stimulates production of cytokines, chemokines, or growth factors.
EP05791104A 2004-06-24 2005-06-24 Compounds for immunopotentiation Withdrawn EP1765313A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP10179748A EP2277595A3 (en) 2004-06-24 2005-06-24 Compounds for immunopotentiation

Applications Claiming Priority (11)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US58265404P 2004-06-24 2004-06-24
US58809604P 2004-07-14 2004-07-14
US59045904P 2004-07-22 2004-07-22
US59959204P 2004-08-05 2004-08-05
US59971704P 2004-08-05 2004-08-05
US60085004P 2004-08-11 2004-08-11
US60300104P 2004-08-19 2004-08-19
US60386704P 2004-08-23 2004-08-23
US61207004P 2004-09-21 2004-09-21
US61496304P 2004-09-30 2004-09-30
PCT/US2005/022769 WO2006002422A2 (en) 2004-06-24 2005-06-24 Compounds for immunopotentiation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1765313A2 true EP1765313A2 (en) 2007-03-28

Family

ID=35601821

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP10179748A Withdrawn EP2277595A3 (en) 2004-06-24 2005-06-24 Compounds for immunopotentiation
EP05791104A Withdrawn EP1765313A2 (en) 2004-06-24 2005-06-24 Compounds for immunopotentiation

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP10179748A Withdrawn EP2277595A3 (en) 2004-06-24 2005-06-24 Compounds for immunopotentiation

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (2) EP2277595A3 (en)
JP (2) JP2008504292A (en)
CA (1) CA2571421A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2006002422A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (57)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2008504286A (en) * 2004-06-24 2008-02-14 カイロン コーポレイション Small molecule immune potentiators and assays for their detection
CN1947717B (en) * 2005-10-14 2012-09-26 卓敏 Method for treating neuronal and non-neuronal pain
AU2006310337B9 (en) 2005-11-04 2013-11-28 Novartis Ag Adjuvanted influenza vaccines including cytokine-inducing agents
US10842867B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2020-11-24 Seqirus UK Limited Adjuvanted vaccines with non-virion antigens prepared from influenza viruses grown in cell culture
CA2628206A1 (en) 2005-11-04 2007-05-10 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics S.R.L. Influenza vaccine with reduced amount of oil-in-water emulsion as adjuvant
JP2009515839A (en) * 2005-11-15 2009-04-16 メルク フロスト カナダ リミテツド Azacyclohexane derivatives as stearoyl-CoA delta-9 desaturase inhibitors
ES2531623T3 (en) * 2005-12-13 2015-03-18 Mcgill University Pheretinide to correct a lipid imbalance in a subject
JP2009520730A (en) 2005-12-23 2009-05-28 ヤド・テヒノロギース・ゲーエムベーハー Means and methods for treating and preventing allergic diseases
HUE049580T2 (en) 2006-01-27 2020-09-28 Seqirus Uk Ltd Influenza vaccines containing hemagglutinin and matrix proteins
WO2007110776A1 (en) 2006-03-24 2007-10-04 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics Gmbh & Co Kg Storage of influenza vaccines without refrigeration
US20100285062A1 (en) 2006-03-31 2010-11-11 Novartis Ag Combined mucosal and parenteral immunization against hiv
GB0614460D0 (en) 2006-07-20 2006-08-30 Novartis Ag Vaccines
US8158810B2 (en) 2006-07-27 2012-04-17 Gilead Sciences, Inc. ALDH-2 inhibitors in the treatment of addiction
WO2008014497A2 (en) * 2006-07-27 2008-01-31 Cv Therapeutics, Inc. Aldh-2 inhibitors in the treatment of addiction
EP2586790A3 (en) 2006-08-16 2013-08-14 Novartis AG Immunogens from uropathogenic Escherichia coli
CN101594870A (en) * 2006-08-22 2009-12-02 康塞特医药品有限公司 4-Aminoquinazoline derivatives and methods of use thereof
ES3031467T3 (en) 2006-09-11 2025-07-09 Seqirus Uk Ltd Making influenza virus vaccines without using eggs
US8198266B2 (en) 2006-10-31 2012-06-12 Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) Use of an EGFR antagonist for the treatment of glomerolonephritis
CN101553252A (en) 2006-12-06 2009-10-07 诺华有限公司 Vaccine comprising antigens from four strains of influenza virus
GB0700562D0 (en) 2007-01-11 2007-02-21 Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic Modified Saccharides
CA2687338A1 (en) * 2007-05-23 2008-11-27 Merck Frosst Canada Ltd. Bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as inhibitors of stearoyl-coenzyme a delta-9 desaturase
AU2008269439B2 (en) 2007-06-27 2013-12-19 Novartis Ag Low-additive influenza vaccines
GB0713880D0 (en) 2007-07-17 2007-08-29 Novartis Ag Conjugate purification
GB0810305D0 (en) 2008-06-05 2008-07-09 Novartis Ag Influenza vaccination
CN101925590A (en) * 2008-01-24 2010-12-22 吉利德帕洛阿尔托股份有限公司 ALDH-2 Inhibitors for Addiction
ES2326459B1 (en) * 2008-04-08 2010-05-28 Universidad De Oviedo GLYCOLSILATED INDOLOCARBAZOLS, ITS PROCESSING PROCEDURE AND ITS USES.
EP2158913A1 (en) 2008-08-25 2010-03-03 Ratiopharm GmbH Pharmaceutical composition comprising N-[3-chhloro-4-[(3-fluorophenyl)methoxy]phenyl]6-(5[[[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino]methyl]-2-furyl]-4-quinazolinamine
EP2158912A1 (en) 2008-08-25 2010-03-03 Ratiopharm GmbH Pharmaceutical composition comprising N-[3-chhloro-4-[3-fluorophenyl)methoxy)phenyl]6-[5[[[2-(methylsulfonyl)ethyl]amino]methyl]-2-furyl]-4-quinazolinamine
JP2012503619A (en) * 2008-09-26 2012-02-09 アンスティチュ ナショナル ドゥ ラ サンテ エ ドゥ ラ ルシェルシュ メディカル Host cell kinases as targets for antiviral therapy against HCV infection
US8809343B2 (en) 2008-12-26 2014-08-19 Fudan University Pyrimidine derivative, preparation method and use thereof
SG178026A1 (en) 2009-07-15 2012-03-29 Novartis Ag Rsv f protein compositions and methods for making same
BR112012026644A2 (en) * 2010-04-23 2017-12-19 Kineta Inc antiviral compounds
WO2012064981A2 (en) * 2010-11-10 2012-05-18 National Jewish Health Methods to test allergic conditions
CN102552271B (en) * 2010-12-09 2014-08-06 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Use of quinazoline compounds in preparation of drug for resisting flaviviridae viruses
HRP20190791T1 (en) 2011-01-26 2019-06-28 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals Sa MODE OF IMMUNIZATION AGAINST RSV
EP2918273B1 (en) * 2011-02-25 2016-12-21 Kineta, Inc. Methods and cells for identifying rig-i pathway regulators
PT3275892T (en) 2011-05-13 2020-04-08 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals Sa Pre-fusion rsv f antigens
WO2014170910A1 (en) 2013-04-04 2014-10-23 Natco Pharma Limited Process for the preparation of lapatinib
WO2015009889A1 (en) 2013-07-18 2015-01-22 Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Deuterated intedanib derivatives and their use for the treatment of proliferative disorders
WO2016046734A2 (en) * 2014-09-22 2016-03-31 University Of The Western Cape Compounds and compositions for treatment of tuberculosis
DE102014017368A1 (en) 2014-11-24 2015-05-28 Clariant International Ltd. Use of polyhydroxy fatty acid amides to improve the wet abrasion resistance of aqueous emulsion paints
DE202014010366U1 (en) 2014-11-24 2015-05-15 Clariant International Ltd. Use of polyhydroxy fatty acid amides to improve the wet abrasion resistance of aqueous dispersions
CN106478598B (en) * 2016-08-30 2018-11-13 山东罗欣药业集团股份有限公司 A kind of Vande Thani hydrate crystal and preparation method thereof
CN106397401B (en) * 2016-08-30 2018-11-13 山东罗欣药业集团股份有限公司 A kind of crystalline compounds of anticancer drug and preparation method thereof
CN109223795B (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-07-28 江苏理工学院 Compound B2 as histone methyltransferase NSD3 activity inhibitor and application thereof
CN109223793B (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-07-28 江苏理工学院 Compound C1 as histone methyltransferase NSD3 activity inhibitor and application thereof
CN109223796B (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-07-28 江苏理工学院 A compound B6 as an inhibitor of histone methyltransferase NSD3 activity and its application
CN108853110B (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-07-28 江苏理工学院 A compound A8 as an inhibitor of histone methyltransferase NSD3 activity and its application
CN109223794B (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-07-28 江苏理工学院 Compound C6 as histone methyltransferase NSD3 activity inhibitor and application thereof
CN109053544B (en) * 2018-08-24 2020-07-28 江苏理工学院 A compound B11 as an inhibitor of histone methyltransferase NSD3 activity and its application
CN109232573A (en) * 2018-08-24 2019-01-18 江苏理工学院 A kind of compound B-11 is as histone methyltransferase NSD3 activity inhibitor and its application
CN109400567A (en) * 2018-12-05 2019-03-01 华中药业股份有限公司 A method of synthesis glycyrrhizin
EP3725788A1 (en) 2019-04-15 2020-10-21 Bayer AG Novel heteroaryl-substituted aminoalkyl azole compounds as pesticides
CN112125940B (en) * 2020-10-31 2025-10-21 青岛姿之妍化妆品科技有限责任公司 Cosmetics containing tetraacetyl glucoside-modified phloretin and preparation method thereof
CN112300228A (en) * 2020-10-31 2021-02-02 青岛姿之妍化妆品科技有限责任公司 A cosmetic containing phloretin derivative containing phloroglucinol group and its preparation method
CN119859132A (en) * 2023-10-20 2025-04-22 中国石油化工股份有限公司 Cyclic hydrocarbon chrysin derivative and preparation method thereof
CN118580289B (en) * 2024-06-21 2025-05-13 海南大学 Compound BP220805 with anti-tumor effect, and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (121)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BE567431A (en) 1957-05-07
US4323581A (en) 1978-07-31 1982-04-06 Johnson & Johnson Method of treating carcinogenesis
IE52670B1 (en) 1981-03-03 1988-01-20 Leo Ab Heterocyclic carboxamides,compositions containing such compounds,and processes for their preparation
IL73534A (en) 1983-11-18 1990-12-23 Riker Laboratories Inc 1h-imidazo(4,5-c)quinoline-4-amines,their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing certain such compounds
US4806352A (en) 1986-04-15 1989-02-21 Ribi Immunochem Research Inc. Immunological lipid emulsion adjuvant
EP0273512B1 (en) 1986-12-19 1991-02-27 Duphar International Research B.V Stabilised adjuvant suspension comprising dimethyl dioctadecyl ammonium bromide
US4923986A (en) 1987-03-09 1990-05-08 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Derivatives of physiologically active substance K-252
EP0283085B1 (en) 1987-03-17 1992-11-11 Akzo N.V. Adjuvant mixture
JP2766360B2 (en) 1988-02-04 1998-06-18 協和醗酵工業株式会社 Staurosporine derivative
IL89167A (en) 1988-02-10 1994-02-27 Hoffmann La Roche Substituted pyrroles, their manufacture and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
DE3841091A1 (en) 1988-12-07 1990-06-13 Behringwerke Ag SYNTHETIC ANTIGENS, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR USE
US5238944A (en) 1988-12-15 1993-08-24 Riker Laboratories, Inc. Topical formulations and transdermal delivery systems containing 1-isobutyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
ES2055785T3 (en) 1989-01-17 1994-09-01 Eniricerche Spa SYNTHETIC PEPTIDES AND THEIR USE AS UNIVERSAL VEHICLES FOR THE PREPARATION OF IMMUNOGENOUS CONJUGATES SUITABLE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF SYNTHETIC VACCINES.
US4929624A (en) 1989-03-23 1990-05-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Olefinic 1H-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolin-4-amines
CA2011896C (en) 1989-04-21 2001-05-08 Mark Werner Ringworm vaccine
EP0474727B1 (en) 1989-05-19 1997-07-23 Genentech, Inc. Her2 extracellular domain
HU212924B (en) 1989-05-25 1996-12-30 Chiron Corp Adjuvant formulation comprising a submicron oil droplet emulsion
ATE207958T1 (en) 1989-08-04 2001-11-15 Schering Ag EXTERNAL DOMAIN OF C-ERBB-2:GP75
US5439936A (en) 1989-10-03 1995-08-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Method of treating certain tumors using illudin analogs
IT1237764B (en) 1989-11-10 1993-06-17 Eniricerche Spa SYNTHETIC PEPTIDES USEFUL AS UNIVERSAL CARRIERS FOR THE PREPARATION OF IMMUNOGENIC CONJUGATES AND THEIR USE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF SYNTHETIC VACCINES.
IL98715A0 (en) 1990-08-13 1992-07-15 American Cyanamid Co Filamentous hemaglutinin of bodetella pertussis as a carrier molecule for conjugate vaccines
US5153312A (en) 1990-09-28 1992-10-06 American Cyanamid Company Oligosaccharide conjugate vaccines
US5284652A (en) 1990-10-26 1994-02-08 Pier Allan C Dermatophyte vaccine
US5389640A (en) 1991-03-01 1995-02-14 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 1-substituted, 2-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
US5268376A (en) 1991-09-04 1993-12-07 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 1-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
EP0540185A1 (en) 1991-10-10 1993-05-05 Schering Corporation 4'-(N-substituted-N-oxide)staurosporine derivatives
US5266575A (en) 1991-11-06 1993-11-30 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 2-ethyl 1H-imidazo[4,5-ciquinolin-4-amines
JPH07505124A (en) 1991-11-08 1995-06-08 ザ ユニバーシティ オブ サザン カリフォルニア Composition containing K-252 compound for enhancing neurotrophin activity
CA2117303C (en) 1991-11-29 2000-10-17 Sunil Chada Anti-cancer immunotherapeutic vector constructs
AU661533B2 (en) 1992-01-20 1995-07-27 Astrazeneca Ab Quinazoline derivatives
WO1993018150A1 (en) 1992-03-02 1993-09-16 Biocine S.P.A. Helicobacter pylori proteins useful for vaccines and diagnostics
IT1262896B (en) 1992-03-06 1996-07-22 CONJUGATE COMPOUNDS FORMED FROM HEAT SHOCK PROTEIN (HSP) AND OLIGO-POLY-SACCHARIDES, THEIR USE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF VACCINES.
US5621100A (en) 1992-07-24 1997-04-15 Cephalon, Inc. K-252a derivatives for treatment of neurological disorders
US5756494A (en) 1992-07-24 1998-05-26 Cephalon, Inc. Protein kinase inhibitors for treatment of neurological disorders
DE69331228D1 (en) 1992-09-21 2002-01-10 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kk Heilmittel für thrombozytopenia
US5395937A (en) 1993-01-29 1995-03-07 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Process for preparing quinoline amines
US5801005A (en) 1993-03-17 1998-09-01 University Of Washington Immune reactivity to HER-2/neu protein for diagnosis of malignancies in which the HER-2/neu oncogene is associated
US5869445A (en) 1993-03-17 1999-02-09 University Of Washington Methods for eliciting or enhancing reactivity to HER-2/neu protein
US5352784A (en) 1993-07-15 1994-10-04 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fused cycloalkylimidazopyridines
ES2149276T3 (en) 1993-07-15 2000-11-01 Minnesota Mining & Mfg IMIDAZO (4,5-C) PIRIDIN-4-AMINAS.
US5624949A (en) 1993-12-07 1997-04-29 Eli Lilly And Company Protein kinase C inhibitors
WO1995017182A1 (en) 1993-12-23 1995-06-29 Eli Lilly And Company Protein kinase c inhibitors
US6083903A (en) 1994-10-28 2000-07-04 Leukosite, Inc. Boronic ester and acid compounds, synthesis and uses
US5482936A (en) 1995-01-12 1996-01-09 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Imidazo[4,5-C]quinoline amines
IL117483A (en) 1995-03-17 2008-03-20 Bernard Brodeur Proteinase k resistant surface protein of neisseria meningitidis
EP0817775B1 (en) 1995-03-30 2001-09-12 Pfizer Inc. Quinazoline derivatives
GB9508538D0 (en) 1995-04-27 1995-06-14 Zeneca Ltd Quinazoline derivatives
US6331555B1 (en) 1995-06-01 2001-12-18 University Of California Treatment of platelet derived growth factor related disorders such as cancers
US5747498A (en) 1996-05-28 1998-05-05 Pfizer Inc. Alkynyl and azido-substituted 4-anilinoquinazolines
US5880141A (en) 1995-06-07 1999-03-09 Sugen, Inc. Benzylidene-Z-indoline compounds for the treatment of disease
GB9513261D0 (en) 1995-06-29 1995-09-06 Smithkline Beecham Biolog Vaccines
US5554519A (en) 1995-08-07 1996-09-10 Fermalogic, Inc. Process of preparing genistein
AU6888196A (en) 1995-08-11 1997-03-12 Yale University Glycosylated indolocarbazole synthesis
FR2741881B1 (en) 1995-12-01 1999-07-30 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL PURINE DERIVATIVES HAVING IN PARTICULAR ANTI-PROLIFERATIVE PRORIETES AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS
EA000710B1 (en) 1995-12-08 2000-02-28 Жансен Фармасетика Н.В. Farnesyl protein transerase inhibiting (imidazol-5-yl)methyl-2-quinolinone derivatives
JP2000511769A (en) 1996-04-02 2000-09-12 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション New compound
US5849733A (en) 1996-05-10 1998-12-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. 2-thio or 2-oxo flavopiridol analogs
WO1997043303A1 (en) 1996-05-14 1997-11-20 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel compounds
KR100447918B1 (en) 1996-07-25 2005-09-28 동아제약주식회사 Flavones and flavanone compounds with protective gastrointestinal tract including large intestine
DE19630390A1 (en) 1996-07-26 1998-01-29 Chiron Behring Gmbh & Co Proteins, in particular membrane proteins from Helicobacter pylori, their production and use
CA2264496C (en) 1996-09-04 2008-10-07 Takara Shuzo Co., Ltd. Fungal antigens and process for producing the same
US5908934A (en) 1996-09-26 1999-06-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for the preparation of chiral ketone intermediates useful for the preparation of flavopiridol and analogs
ATE292980T1 (en) 1996-10-11 2005-04-15 Univ California IMMUNO-STIMULATING OLIGONUCLEOTIDE CONJUGATES
AU5194598A (en) 1996-10-31 1998-05-22 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. (streptococcus pneumoniae) antigens and vaccines
CO4950519A1 (en) 1997-02-13 2000-09-01 Novartis Ag PHTHALAZINES, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS THAT UNDERSTAND THEM AND THE PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION
US6406705B1 (en) 1997-03-10 2002-06-18 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Use of nucleic acids containing unmethylated CpG dinucleotide as an adjuvant
US6299881B1 (en) 1997-03-24 2001-10-09 Henry M. Jackson Foundation For The Advancement Of Military Medicine Uronium salts for activating hydroxyls, carboxyls, and polysaccharides, and conjugate vaccines, immunogens, and other useful immunological reagents produced using uronium salts
CA2293489C (en) 1997-06-06 2009-09-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Inhibitors of dna immunostimulatory sequence activity
GB9712347D0 (en) 1997-06-14 1997-08-13 Smithkline Beecham Biolog Vaccine
GB9713156D0 (en) 1997-06-20 1997-08-27 Microbiological Res Authority Vaccines
US6800744B1 (en) 1997-07-02 2004-10-05 Genome Therapeutics Corporation Nucleic acid and amino acid sequences relating to Streptococcus pneumoniae for diagnostics and therapeutics
ES2253821T3 (en) 1997-07-12 2006-06-01 Cancer Research Technology Limited PURINE DERIVATIVES QUINASE INHIBITORS THAT DEPENDS ON CYCLINE.
US5948413A (en) 1997-07-17 1999-09-07 Board Of Trustees Operating Michigan State University Method and vaccine for treatment of pythiosis insidiosi in humans and lower animals
DE69815692T2 (en) 1997-09-05 2004-04-29 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals S.A. OIL IN WATER EMULSIONS WITH SAPONINES
DE69836977T2 (en) 1997-11-21 2007-10-18 Serono Genetics Institute S.A. CHLAMYDIA PNEUMONIAE GENOMIC SEQUENCES AND POLYPEPTIDES, FRAGMENTS AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF FOR PROOF, PREVENTION AND HEALING
CN1280619A (en) 1997-11-28 2001-01-17 根瑟特公司 Genomic sequences and polypeptides of chlamydia trachomatis, fragments thereof and uses thereof, in particular for the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of infections
UA67760C2 (en) 1997-12-11 2004-07-15 Міннесота Майнінг Енд Мануфакчурінг Компані Imidazonaphthyridines and use thereof to induce the biosynthesis of cytokines
RS49779B (en) * 1998-01-12 2008-06-05 Glaxo Group Limited, BICYCLIC HETEROAROMATIC COMPOUNDS AS PROTEIN TYROSINE KINASE INHIBITORS
US6303114B1 (en) 1998-03-05 2001-10-16 The Medical College Of Ohio IL-12 enhancement of immune responses to T-independent antigens
GB9807721D0 (en) 1998-04-08 1998-06-10 Chiron Spa Antigen
AU746163B2 (en) 1998-04-09 2002-04-18 Smithkline Beecham Biologicals (Sa) Adjuvant compositions
GB9810193D0 (en) 1998-05-12 1998-07-08 Smithkline Beecham Biolog Novel compounds
TR200003514T2 (en) 1998-05-29 2002-05-21 Sugen Inc. Pyrrole substituted 2-indolinone protein kinase inhibitors
WO2000018769A2 (en) 1998-09-30 2000-04-06 Wrair (Walter Reid Army Institute Of Research) INDOLO[2,1-b]QUINAZOLE-6,12-DIONE ANTIMALARIAL COMPOUNDS AND METHODS OF TREATING MALARIA THEREWITH
MXPA01003557A (en) 1998-10-09 2004-04-05 Chiron Corp Neisseria genomic sequences and methods of their use.
CA2773698C (en) 1998-10-16 2015-05-19 Glaxosmithkline Biologicals S.A. Adjuvant systems comprising an immunostimulant adsorbed to a metallic salt particle and vaccines thereof
US20030083242A1 (en) 1998-11-06 2003-05-01 Alphonse Galdes Methods and compositions for treating or preventing peripheral neuropathies
JP2002529069A (en) 1998-11-12 2002-09-10 ザ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニバーシティ オブ カリフォルニア Chlamydia pneumoniae genome sequence
GB9828000D0 (en) 1998-12-18 1999-02-10 Chiron Spa Antigens
MY125202A (en) 1999-03-19 2006-07-31 Smithkline Beecham Biologicals S A Vaccine
EP1187629B1 (en) 1999-04-19 2004-09-22 GlaxoSmithKline Biologicals S.A. Adjuvant composition comprising saponin and an immunostimulatory oligonucleotide
WO2000067161A2 (en) 1999-05-04 2000-11-09 Grant Lee H Method and apparatus for categorizing and retrieving network pages and sites
EP1201668A4 (en) 1999-07-13 2003-05-21 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kk STAUROSPORINE DERIVATIVES
WO2001008636A2 (en) 1999-08-03 2001-02-08 The Ohio State University Polypeptides and polynucleotides for enhancing immune reactivity to her-2 protein
IL148672A0 (en) 1999-09-24 2002-09-12 Smithkline Beecham Biolog Use of combination of polyxyethylene sorbitan ester and octoxynol as adjuvant and its use in vaccines
HK1046861A1 (en) 1999-09-24 2003-01-30 Smithkline Beecham Biologicals S.A. Adjuvant comprising a polyoxyethylene alkyl ether or ester and at least one nonionic surfactant
EP1676845B1 (en) * 1999-11-05 2008-06-11 AstraZeneca AB New quinazoline derivatives
ATE476988T1 (en) 2000-01-17 2010-08-15 Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic MEMBRANE VESICLE (OMV) VACCINE CONTAINING N. MENINGITIDIS SEROGROUP B MEMBRANE PROTEINS
AT409085B (en) 2000-01-28 2002-05-27 Cistem Biotechnologies Gmbh PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR IMMUNULATING AND PRODUCING VACCINES
BRPI0117360B8 (en) 2000-02-15 2021-07-06 Upjohn Co substituted pyrrole 2-indolinone protein kinase inhibitors, their salts and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
EP1274718B1 (en) 2000-04-12 2006-10-18 Genaera Corporation A process for the preparation of 7.alpha.-hydroxy 3-aminosubstituted sterols using intermediates with an unprotected 7.alpha.-hydroxy group
KR100815681B1 (en) 2000-06-30 2008-03-20 글락소 그룹 리미티드 Quinazolin Ditosylate Salt Compound
BR0113356A (en) * 2000-08-18 2004-04-20 Millennium Pharm Inc Quinazoline derivatives as kinase inhibitors
AU8743001A (en) 2000-08-28 2002-03-13 Aventis Pasteur Moraxella polypeptides and corresponding dna fragments and uses thereof
US6677450B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2004-01-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Topoisomerase inhibitors
ES2330083T3 (en) 2000-10-27 2009-12-04 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics S.R.L. NUCLEIC ACIDS AND PROTEINS OF STREPTOCOCES OF GROUPS A AND B.
WO2002062826A1 (en) 2001-02-07 2002-08-15 Vadim Viktorovich Novikov Method for producing peptides
CA2447599C (en) 2001-05-18 2015-04-28 The Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services, Centers For Disease Control And Prevention, Technology Transfer Office Peptide vaccines against group a streptococci
EP1404689A1 (en) 2001-07-02 2004-04-07 Debiopharm S.A. Oxaliplatin active substance with a very low content of oxalic acid
KR100484504B1 (en) 2001-09-18 2005-04-20 학교법인 포항공과대학교 Inclusion compound comprising curcurbituril derivatives as host molecule and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
US20030134846A1 (en) 2001-10-09 2003-07-17 Schering Corporation Treatment of trypanosoma brucei with farnesyl protein transferase inhibitors
GB0126879D0 (en) * 2001-11-08 2002-01-02 Astrazeneca Ab Combination therapy
AU2002316231A1 (en) 2002-02-19 2003-09-29 Xenoport, Inc. Methods for synthesis of prodrugs from 1-acyl-alkyl derivatives and compositions thereof
GB0210128D0 (en) 2002-05-02 2002-06-12 Chiron Spa Nucleic acids and proteins from streptococcus groups A & B
US6900342B2 (en) 2002-05-10 2005-05-31 Dabur India Limited Anticancer taxanes such as paclitaxel, docetaxel and their structural analogs, and a method for the preparation thereof
US6727272B1 (en) 2002-07-15 2004-04-27 Unitech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Leflunomide analogs for treating rheumatoid arthritis
US20040047835A1 (en) * 2002-09-06 2004-03-11 Cell Therapeutics, Inc. Combinatorial drug therapy using polymer drug conjugates
PT1551357E (en) 2002-09-13 2014-10-10 Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic Group b streptococcus vaccine
AU2003264488A1 (en) * 2002-09-19 2004-04-08 Orient Cancer Therapy Co., Ltd. Immunotherapeutic for cancer
JP4896715B2 (en) 2003-06-26 2012-03-14 ノバルティス バクシンズ アンド ダイアグノスティックス，インコーポレーテッド Immunogenic composition against Chlamydiatrachomatis
ES2505695T3 (en) 2003-07-31 2014-10-10 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Immunogenic compositions for Streptococcus pyogenes

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO2006002422A2 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2277595A3 (en) 2011-09-28
CA2571421A1 (en) 2006-01-05
WO2006002422A2 (en) 2006-01-05
EP2277595A2 (en) 2011-01-26
WO2006002422A3 (en) 2006-07-13
JP2008504292A (en) 2008-02-14
JP2012184264A (en) 2012-09-27
WO2006002422A9 (en) 2006-09-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1765313A2 (en) Compounds for immunopotentiation
JP4769810B2 (en) Imidazoquinoline compounds
US20100226931A1 (en) Compounds for immunopotentiation
US8063063B2 (en) Immunopotentiating compounds
US8173657B2 (en) Imidazoquinoxaline compounds as immunomodulators
ES2423800T3 (en) Use of organic compounds for immunopotentiation
CN105503862B (en) Inhibitors of influenza viruses replication
ES2391770T3 (en) Use of triptantrin compounds for immune potentiation
JP5046942B2 (en) HCV-inhibiting bicyclic pyrimidines
CN103561576B (en) Heterocyclic modulators of lipid synthesis
RU2737190C2 (en) Influenza virus replication inhibitors, methods of application and using
JP2001226268A (en) 1,3-oxathiolane useful for treatment of hepatitis
CN110114071A (en) Tricyclic compounds containing substituted pyridones and methods of using the same
US20110104186A1 (en) Small molecule immunopotentiators and assays for their detection
CN102271681A (en) Modulators of cxcr7
TW201249796A (en) Heterocyclic modulators of lipid synthesis
JP2003512375A (en) Condensed naphthyridines as HIV reverse transcriptase inhibitors
AU2017356214A1 (en) Heterocyclic modulators of lipid synthesis
JP2005519910A (en) Tricyclic pyrimidone compounds useful as reverse transcriptase inhibitors
JP2012107074A (en) Small molecule immunopotentiator and assay for the detection
BRPI0612678A2 (en) 1- [2 ', 3'-dideoxy-3' c- (hydroxydimentyl) beta-d-erythro-pentofuranazyl] cytozine derivatives as hiv inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20070105

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR

DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20080124

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: XU, FENGM/S R338

Inventor name: VALIANTE, NICHOLASM/S R338

Inventor name: SILVER, JOEL B.

RIN1 Information on inventor provided before grant (corrected)

Inventor name: XU, FENG

Inventor name: VALIANTE, NICHOLAS

Inventor name: SILVER, JOEL B.

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20150106